Bangladesh Telecommunications Company Limited - BTCL

Bangladesh Telecommunications Company Limited

TENDER DOCUMENT

For

Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of NFV Enabled IP Based

Interconnection Exchange (ICX) in BTCL on Turn-Key Basis

Project Director, Switching and Transmission Network Development for Strengthening of

Digital Connectivity Project (STNP), Bangladesh Telecommunications Company Limited

(BTCL), Satellite Earth Station Building, Karail, Banani, Dhaka-1213.

Invitation for Tender No: 14.33.0000.310.07.008.19-96

Issued on: 09-11-2021

Tender Package No: 06

BTCL_ICX_PG5A_04112021 ii

Table of Contents

Section 1. Instructions to Tenderers..................................................................1

A. General ......................................................................................................... 1 1. Scope of Tender .............................................................................................................. 1 2. Interpretation ................................................................................................................... 1 3. Source of Funds .............................................................................................................. 1 4. Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, Coercive (or Obstructive in case of Development Partner)

Practices ...................................................................................................................... 2 5. Eligible Tenderers ............................................................................................................ 4 6. Eligible Plant and Services .............................................................................................. 5 7. Site Visit ........................................................................................................................... 5

B. Tender Document ........................................................................................ 6 8. Tender Document: General ............................................................................................. 6 9. Clarification of Tender Document .................................................................................... 6 10. Pre-Tender Meeting ....................................................................................................... 6 11. Addendum to Tender Document ................................................................................... 7

C. Qualification Criteria .................................................................................... 8 12. General Criteria ............................................................................................................. 8 13. Litigation History ............................................................................................................ 8 14. Experience Criteria ........................................................................................................ 8 15. Financial Criteria ............................................................................................................ 8 16. Personnel Capacity ....................................................................................................... 8 17. Equipment Capacity ...................................................................................................... 9 18. Joint Venture, Consortium or Association ..................................................................... 9 19. Subcontractor(s) ............................................................................................................ 9

D. Tender Preparation .................................................................................... 10 20. Only one Tender .......................................................................................................... 10 21. Cost of Tendering ........................................................................................................ 10 22. Issuance and Sale of Tender Document ..................................................................... 10 23. Language of Tender .................................................................................................... 11 24. Contents of Tender ...................................................................................................... 11 (Document establishing the tender’s qualification) ............................................................ 11 25. Alternatives .................................................................................................................. 13 26. Tender Prices, Discounts & Price adjustment ............................................................ 13 27. Tender Currency .......................................................................................................... 16 28. Documents Establishing the Conformity of Plant, and Services ................................. 16 29. Documents Establishing Eligibility of the Tenderer ................................................... 17 30. Validity Period of Tender ............................................................................................. 17 31. Extension of Tender Validity and Tender Security ...................................................... 17 32. Tender Security ........................................................................................................... 18 33. Form of Tender security .............................................................................................. 18 34. Authenticity of Tender Security ................................................................................... 19 35. Return of Tender Security ........................................................................................... 19 36. Forfeiture of Tender Security. ...................................................................................... 19 37. Format and Signing of Tender ..................................................................................... 20

E. Tender Submission .................................................................................... 20 38. Sealing, Marking and Submission of Tender............................................................... 20 39. Deadline for Submission of tenders ............................................................................ 21 40. Late tender .................................................................................................................. 22 41. Modification, Substitution or Withdrawal of Tenders ................................................... 22 42. Tender Modification ..................................................................................................... 22 43. Tender Substitution ..................................................................................................... 22 44. Withdrawal of Tender .................................................................................................. 23

F. Tender Opening and Evaluation ............................................................... 23 45. Tender Opening ........................................................................................................... 23 46. Evaluation of Tenders .................................................................................................. 25

BTCL_ICX_PG5A_04112021 iii

47. Evaluation Process ...................................................................................................... 25 48. Preliminary Examination .............................................................................................. 25 49. Technical Evaluation and Responsiveness ................................................................. 26 50. Clarification on Technical Offer ................................................................................... 27 51. Restrictions on Disclosure of Information .................................................................... 28 52. Approval of Technical Offer ........................................................................................ 28 53. Financial Offer Opening .............................................................................................. 28 54. Clarification on Financial Offer .................................................................................... 29 55. Correction of Arithmetical Errors ................................................................................. 29 56. Conversion to Single Currency .................................................................................... 30 57. Financial Evaluation .................................................................................................... 30 58. Price Comparison ........................................................................................................ 31 59. Post-qualification ......................................................................................................... 32 60. Negotiation .................................................................................................................. 32 61. Rejection of All Tenders .............................................................................................. 33 62. Informing Reasons for Rejection ................................................................................. 34

G. Contract Award .......................................................................................... 34 63. Award Criteria .............................................................................................................. 34 64. Notification of Award .................................................................................................... 34 65. Performance Security .................................................................................................. 34 66. Form and Time Limit for furnishing of Performance security ...................................... 35 67. Validity of Performance Security ................................................................................. 35 68. Authenticity of performance Security ........................................................................... 35 69. Contract Signing ....................................................................................................... 36 70. Publication of Notification of Award of Contract .......................................................... 36 71. Debriefing of Tenderers ............................................................................................... 36 72. Right to Complains ...................................................................................................... 36

Section 2. Tender Data Sheet .........................................................................38

A. General ....................................................................................................... 38

B. Tender Document ...................................................................................... 38

C. Qualification Criteria .................................................................................. 39

D. Tender Preparation .................................................................................... 40

E. Submission of Tender .............................................................................. 42

F. Opening and Evaluation of Tenders ......................................................... 43

G. Award of Contract ...................................................................................... 43

Section 3. General Conditions of Contract ...................................................44

A. General ....................................................................................................... 44 1. Definitions ...................................................................................................................... 44 2. Interpretation ................................................................................................................. 48 3. Communications & Notices ........................................................................................... 49 4. Governing Law .............................................................................................................. 49 5. Governing Language ..................................................................................................... 49 6. Documents Forming the Contract and Priority of Documents ....................................... 49 7. Contract Agreement ...................................................................................................... 50 8. Assignment .................................................................................................................... 50 9. Eligibility ......................................................................................................................... 50 10. Gratuities / Agency fees .............................................................................................. 50 11. Confidential Details ...................................................................................................... 50 12. Joint Venture (JV) ........................................................................................................ 51 13. Possession of the Site ................................................................................................. 52 14. Access to the Site ........................................................................................................ 52 15. Safety, Security and Protection of the Environment .................................................... 52 16. Working Hours ............................................................................................................ 52 17. Welfare of Laborers ..................................................................................................... 52 18. Child Labor .................................................................................................................. 53 19. Fossils& antiquities ...................................................................................................... 53

BTCL_ICX_PG5A_04112021 iv

20. Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive or Coercive Practices ................................................. 53 21. License/ Use of Technical Information ........................................................................ 54

B. Subject Matter of Contract ............................................................................... 55 22. Scope of Facilities ....................................................................................................... 55 23. Time for Commencement ............................................................................................ 55 24. Time for Completion .................................................................................................... 55 25. Employer’s Responsibilities ......................................................................................... 56 26. Contractor’s Responsibilities ....................................................................................... 57 27. Employer’s and Contractor’s Risks ............................................................................. 57 28. Employer’s Risks ......................................................................................................... 57 29. Contractor’s Risks ....................................................................................................... 58

C. Execution of the Facilities ......................................................................... 58 30. Representatives ........................................................................................................... 58 31. Work Program ............................................................................................................. 59 32. Subcontractor .............................................................................................................. 61 33. Nominated Subcontractor ............................................................................................ 61 34. Other Contractors ........................................................................................................ 61 35. Design and Engineering .............................................................................................. 62 36. Procurement ................................................................................................................ 63 37. Installation.................................................................................................................... 64 38. Test & Inspection ......................................................................................................... 67 39. Completion of the Facilities ......................................................................................... 69 40. Commissioning and Operational Acceptance ............................................................. 71

D. Guarantees and Liabilities ........................................................................ 73 41. Completion Time Guarantee ....................................................................................... 73 42. Defect Liability ............................................................................................................. 74 43. Functional Guarantees ................................................................................................ 76 44. Patent Indemnity .......................................................................................................... 77 45. Limitation of Liability .................................................................................................... 77

E. Risk Distribution ........................................................................................ 78 46. Transfer of Ownership ................................................................................................. 78 47. Care of Facilities .......................................................................................................... 78 48. Loss of or Damage to Property; Accident or Injury to Workers; Indemnification......... 79 49. Insurance ..................................................................................................................... 80 50. Unforeseen Conditions ................................................................................................ 82 51. Change in Laws and Regulation ................................................................................. 83 52. Force Majeure ............................................................................................................. 83 53. Notice of Force Majeure .............................................................................................. 84 54. Duty to Minimize Delay ................................................................................................ 84 55. Consequences of Force Majeure ................................................................................ 85

F. Payment ...................................................................................................... 85 56. Contract Price .............................................................................................................. 85 57. Terms of Payment ....................................................................................................... 86 58. Advance Payment Security ......................................................................................... 86 59. Performance Security .................................................................................................. 86 60. Taxes and Duties ......................................................................................................... 87 61. Payments to Nominated Subcontractor(s) .................................................................. 87 62. Price Adjustment ........................................................................................................ 87 63. Liquidated Damages .................................................................................................... 88

G. Change in Contract Elements ................................................................... 88 64. Change in the Facilities ............................................................................................... 88 65. Extension of Time for Completion ............................................................................... 91 66. Suspension .................................................................................................................. 92

H. Termination and Settlement of Disputes .................................................. 93 67. Termination .................................................................................................................. 93 68. Payment upon Termination ......................................................................................... 95 69. Property ....................................................................................................................... 96 70. Frustration.................................................................................................................... 96

BTCL_ICX_PG5A_04112021 v

I. Claims, Disputes and Arbitration .............................................................. 96 71. Contractor’s Claims ..................................................................................................... 96 72. Settlement of Disputes ................................................................................................ 97

Section 4. Particular Conditions of Contract ................................................98

Appendix 1. Terms and Procedures of Payment .............................................. 102

Appendix 2. Price Adjustment ........................................................................... 106

Appendix 3. Insurance Requirements ............................................................... 107

Appendix 4. Time Schedule ............................................................................... 108

Appendix 5. List of Major Items of Plant and Services and List of Approved Subcontractors ........................................................................................ 113

Appendix 6. Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer ............................. 114

Appendix 7. List of Documents for Approval or Review .................................. 120

Appendix 8. Functional Guarantees ................................................................. 121

Section 5. Tender and Contract Forms .......................................................124 Tender Submission Letter for Technical offer .................................................................... 125 (Form PG5A-1a) ................................................................................................................ 125 Tender Submission Letter for Financial offer ..................................................................... 128 (Form PG5A-1b) ................................................................................................................ 128 Tenderer Information (Form PG5A-2a) ............................................................................. 131 JVCA Partner Information (Form PG5A-2b) .................................................................. 135 Subcontractor Information (Form PG5A-2c) ................................................................ 139 Price Schedule for Plant and Service (Form PG5A-3) ................................................. 141 Technical Proposal (Form PG5A-4) ............................................................................... 150 Manufacturer’s Authorisation Letter (Form PG5A - 5) ................................................. 163 Bank Guarantee for Tender Security (Form PG5A– 6)................................................. 163 Letter of Commitment for Bank’s undertaking for Line of Credit (Form PG5A-6a) ... 164 Notification of Award (Form PG5A - 7) .......................................................................... 165 Contract Agreement (Form PG5A - 8) ........................................................................... 166 Bank Guarantee for Performance Security (Form PG5A – 9) ...................................... 168 Bank Guarantee for Advance Payment (Form PG5A – 10) .......................................... 169 Bank Guarantee for Retention Money Security (Form PG5A-11) ............................... 170

Section 6. Employer’s Requirements ............................................................171 6.1.1 Tender in Brief……………………………………………………………………………173

6.1.2 Scope of the work………………………………………………………………………. 176

6.2 Specifications…………………………………………………....................... 189 6.2.1 General Requirement of NFV Enabled IP Based Interconnection

Exchange (ICX)…………………………………….………………………………….... 190

6.2.2 NFV and Cloud Requirement for Interconnection Exchange (ICX).…………... 193

6.2.3 Environments and Other Requirements……………………………………………. 202

6.2.4 Standard Requirement of IP Based ICX Platform…………………………………. 205

6.2.5 Requirement NTP Equipment……………………………………………………….... 212

6.2.6 Requirements of Gateway Router, Lan Switch, Firewall, Session Border Controller and Intrusion Detection System……………………. 215

6.2.7 Requirements of the Charging Facilities………………………………………….... 229

6.2.8 Requirements of the System Functions, Facilities and Supervisions………… 234

6.2.9 Requirements of the System Observation and Measurement Facilities……… 243

6.2.10 Requirements of the Operation and Maintenance Facilities……………………. 249

6.2.11 Requirements of the Power Plant & Air-Conditioning Facilities……………….. 269

6.2.12 Requirements of Transmission Equipment (Optional)..........………………….... 274

6.2.13 Requirements of the Short Message Service Gateway (Optional)………………288

6.2.14 Criteria for Evaluation of Bids………………………………………………………… 292

6.3 Form of Completion Certificate .................................................................... 295

6.4 Form of Operational Acceptance Certificate ............................................... 296

6.5 Form of Change Order Procedure and Forms ............................................. 297 Annex 1. Request for Change Proposal ......................................................................... 299 Annex 2. Estimate for Change Proposal ........................................................................ 301

BTCL_ICX_PG5A_04112021 vi

Annex 3. Acceptance of Estimate .................................................................................. 302 Annex 4. Change Proposal ............................................................................................. 303 Annex 5. Change Order .................................................................................................. 305 Annex 6. Pending Agreement Change Order ................................................................. 306 Annex 7. Application for Change Proposal………………………………………………… 307 Annex 8. Capacity Requirements of IP based ICX platform……………………………... 308 Annex 9. Capacity Requirements of each Gateway Router……………………………… 309 Annex 10. Capacity Requirements of each LAN Switch…………………………………..310 Annex 11. Capacity Requirements of Each Firewall……………………………………… 311 Annex 12. Capacity Requirements of SBC………………………………………………… 312 Annex 13. Capacity requirements of MSPP……………………………………………….. 313 Annex 14. Format for Maintenance Support during Warranty Period………………….. 314 Annex 15. Format for Post Warranty Maintenance Support……………………………... 317 Annex 16. Bond for Spares………………………………………………………………….. 321 Annex 17. Bond for Expansion Guarantee………………………………………………… 322 Annex 18. List of Deviations…………………………………………………………………. 323

Section 7. Drawings .......................................................................................328

“Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of NFV Enable IP based Interconnection Exchange (ICX) in BTCL on Turn Key Basis”

STNP_ICX 1

Section 1. Instructions to Tenderers

A. General

1. Scope of Tender 1.1 The Purchaser named in the Tender Data Sheet (TDS) (hereinafter referred to as the “Purchaser”) wishes to issue these Tender Documents for the supply and installation of plant & equipment incidental thereto, as specified in the TDS and as detailed in Section 6: Employer’s Requirements.

1.2 The name of the Tender and the number and identification of its constituent lot(s) are stated in the TDS.

1.3 Unless otherwise stated, throughout this Tender Document definitions and interpretations shall be as prescribed in the Section 3: General Conditions of Contract.

2. Interpretation 2.1 Throughout this Tender Document

(a) the term “in writing” means communication written by hand or machine duly signed and includes properly authenticated messages by facsimile or electronic mail;

(b) if the context so requires, singular means plural and vice versa; and

(c) “day” means calendar days unless otherwise specified as working days;

(d) "Tender Document ", means the Document provided by a Purchaser to a Tenderer as a basis for preparation of its Tender;

(e) "Tender ", depending on the context, means a Tender submitted by a Tenderer for delivery of Goods and Related Services to a Purchaser in response to an Invitation for Tender ;

3. Source of Funds 3.1 The Purchaser has been allocated public funds from the source as indicated in the TDS and intends to apply a portion of the funds to eligible payments under the contract for which this Tender Document is issued.

3.2 For the purpose of this provision, “public funds” means any funds allocated to a Purchaser under Government budget, or loan, grants and credits placed at the disposal of a Purchaser through the Government by the development partners or foreign states or organizations.

3.3 Payments by the development partner, if so indicated in the TDS, will be made only at the request of the Government and upon approval by the development partner in accordance with the applicable Loan/Credit/Grant Agreement, and will be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of that Agreement.


STNP_ICX 2

4. Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, Coercive (or Obstructive in case of Development Partner) Practices

4.1 The Government and the Development Partner, if applicablerequires that the Procuring Entity as well as the Tenderers and Contracts (including, sub-contractors, agents, personnel, consultants, and service providers) shall observe the highest standard of ethics during implementation of procurement proceedings and the execution of Contracts under public funds.

4.2 For the purposes of ITT Sub Clause 4.3, the terms set forth below as follows:

(a) “corrupt practice” means offering, giving or promising to give, receiving, or soliciting either directly or indirectly, to any officer or employee of the Procuring Entity or other public or private authority or individual, a gratuity in any form; employment or any other thing or service of value as an inducement with respect to an act or decision or method followed by the Procuring Entity in connection with a Procurement proceeding or Contract execution;

(b) “fraudulent practice” means the misrepresentation or omission of facts in order to influence a decision to be taken in a Procurement proceeding or Contract execution;

(c) “collusive practice” means a scheme or arrangement between two (2) or more Persons, with or without the knowledge of the Procuring Entity, that is designed to arbitrarily reduce the number of Tenders submitted or fix Tender prices at artificial, non-competitive levels, thereby denying the Procuring Entity the benefits of competitive price arising from genuine and open competition;

(d) “coercive practice” means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, Persons or their property to influence a decision to be taken in the Procurement proceeding or the execution of a Contract, and this will include creating obstructions in the normal submission process used for Tenders.

(e) “Obstructive practice” (applicable in case of Development Partner) means deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering or concealing of evidence material to the investigation or making false statements to investigators in order to materially impede an investigation into allegations of a corrupt, fraudulent, coercive or collusive practice; and /or threatening, harassing or intimidating any party to prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of matters relevant to the investigation or from pursuing the investigation.

4.3 Should any corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive (or obstructive in case of Development Partner) practice of any kind is determined by the Procuring Entity or the Development Partner, if applicable, this will be dealt in accordance with the provisions of the Public Procurement Act and Rules and Guidelines of the Development Partners as stated in the ITT sub-clause 3.3.


STNP_ICX 3

In case of obstructive practice, this will be dealt in accordance with Development Partners Guidelines.

4.4 If corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive (or obstructive in case of Development Partner) practices of any kind is determined by the Procuring Entity against any Tenderer or Contracts (including sub-contractors, agents, personnel, consultants, and service providers) in competing for, or in executing, a contract under public fund:

(a) Procuring Entity and/or the Development Partner shall exclude the concerned Tenderer from further participation in the concerned procurement proceedings;

(b) Procuring Entity and/or the Development Partner shall reject any recommendation for award that had been proposed for that concerned Tenderer;

(c) Procuring Entity and/or the Development Partner shall declare, at its discretion, the concerned Tenderer to be ineligible to participate in further Procurement proceedings, either indefinitely or for a specific period of time;

(d) Development Partner shall sanction the concerned Tenderer or individual, at any time, in accordance with prevailing Development Partner’ sanctions procedures, including by publicly declaring such Tenderer or individual ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time: (i) to be awarded a Development Partner-financed contract; and (ii) to be a nominated sub-contractor, consultant, manufacturer or Contractor, or service provider of an otherwise eligible firm being awarded a Development Partner-financed contract; and

(e) Development Partner shall cancel the portion of the loan allocated to a contract if it determines at any time that representatives of the Procuring Entity or of a beneficiary of the loan engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive or obstructive practices during the procurement or the execution of that Development Partner financed contract, without the Procuring Entity having taken timely and appropriate action satisfactory to the Development Partner to remedy the situation.

4.5 Tenderer shall be aware of the provisions on corruption, fraudulence, collusion, coercion (and obstruction, in case of Development Partner) of the Public Procurement Act, 2006, the Public Procurement Rules, 2008 and others as stated in GCC Clause 38.

4.6 In further pursuance of this policy, Tenderers, Contractors and their sub-contractors, agents, personnel, consultants, service providers shall permit the Government and the Development Partner to inspect any accounts and records and other documents relating to the Tender submission and contract performance, and to have them audited by auditors


STNP_ICX 4

appointed by the Government and/or the Development Partner during the procurement or the execution of that Development Partner financed contract.

5. Eligible Tenderers 5.1 This Invitation for Tenders is open to all potential Tenderers from all countries, except for any specified in the TDS.

5.2 Tenderers shall have the legal capacity to enter into the Contract under the Applicable law.

5.3 Tenderers shall be enrolled in the relevant professional or trade organisations registered in Bangladesh.

5.4 Tenderers may be a physical or juridical individual or body of individuals, or company, association or any combination of them in the form of a Joint Venture(JV) invited to take part in public procurement or seeking to be so invited or submitting a Tender in response to an Invitation for Tenders.

5.5 Tenderers shall have fulfilled its obligations to pay taxes and social security contributions under the provisions of laws and regulations of the country of its origin.

5.6 Tenderers should not be associated, or have been associated in the past, directly or indirectly, with a consultant or any of its affiliates which have been engaged by the Procuring Entity to provide consulting services for the preparation of the design, specifications, and other documents to be used for the procurement of the works to be performed under this Invitation for Tenders.

5.7 Tenderers in its own name or its other names or also in the case of its Persons in different names shall not be under a declaration of ineligibility for corrupt, fraudulent, collusive or coercive practices as stated under ITT Sub Clause 4.4 (or obstructive practice, in case of Development Partner) in relation to the Development Partner’s Guidelines in projects financed by Development Partner.

5.8 Tenderers are not restrained or barred from participating in Public Procurement on grounds of poor performance in the past under any Contract.

5.9 Tenderers shall not be insolvent, be in receivership, be bankrupt, be in the process of bankruptcy, be not temporarily barred from undertaking business and it shall not be the subject of legal proceedings for any of the foregoing.

5.10 Government-owned enterprise in Bangladesh may also participate in the Tender if it is legally and financially autonomous, it operates under commercial law, and it is not a dependent agency of the Procuring Entity.

5.11 Tenderers shall provide such evidence of their continued eligibility satisfactory to the Procuring Entity, as the Procuring Entity will reasonably request.

5.12 These above requirements for eligibility will extend, as applicable, to each JV partner and Subcontractor proposed by the Tenderers.


STNP_ICX 5

5.13 Tenderers shall have the up-to-date valid license(s), issued by the corresponding competent authority, as specified in the TDS.

6. Eligible Plant and Services

6.1 The plant and services to be supplied under the contract are eligible, unless their origin is from a country specified in the TDS and all expenditures under the contract will be limited to such plant, and services.

6.2 For purposes of this Clause, the term “plant” means permanent plant, equipment, machinery, apparatus, articles and things of all kinds to be provided in the facilities; and “installation services” means all those services ancillary to the supply of the Plant for the Facilities, such as transportation and provision of marine or other similar insurance, inspection, expediting, site preparation, installation, testing, pre-commissioning, commissioning, operations, maintenance, the provision of operations and maintenance manuals, training etc

6.3 For purposes of this clause, “origin” means the place where the plant, or component parts thereof are mined, grown, produced or manufactured, and from which the services are provided. Plant components are produced when, through manufacturing, processing, or substantial or major assembling of components, a commercially recognized product results that is substantially different in its basic characteristics or in purpose or utility from its components or country where the goods have been mined, grown, cultivated, produced, manufactured or processed; or through manufacture, processing, or assembly, another commercially recognized article results that differs substantially in its basic characteristics from its components.

6.4 The origin of plant & equipment is distinct from the nationality of the Tenderer. The nationality of the firm that produces, assembles, distributes, or sells the goods shall not determine their origin.

7. Site Visit 7.1 The Tenderer is advised to visit and examine the site where the plant is to be installed and its surroundings and obtain for itself on its own responsibility all information that may be necessary for preparing the tender and entering into a contract for the provision of Plant and Installation Services.

7.2 The Tenderer and any of its personnel or agents will be granted permission by the Employer to enter upon its premises and lands for the purpose of such visit, but only upon the express condition that the Tenderer, its personnel, and agents will release and indemnify the Employer and its personnel and agents from and against all liability in respect thereof, and will be responsible for death or personal injury, loss of or damage to property, and any other loss, damage, costs, and expenses incurred as a result of the inspection.


STNP_ICX 6

7.3 The Tenderer should ensure that the Purchaser is informed of the visit in adequate time to allow it to make appropriate arrangements.

7.4 The costs of visiting the Site shall be at the Tenderer’s own expense.

B. Tender Document 8. Tender Document:

General 8.1 The Sections comprising the Tender Document are listed

below, and should be read in conjunction with any Addendum issued under ITT Clause 11.

Section 1 Instructions to Tenderers (ITT)

Section 2 Tender Data Sheet (TDS)

Section 3 General Conditions of Contract (GCC)

Section 4 Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC)

Section 5 Tender and Contract Forms

Section 6 Employer’s Requirements

Section 7 Drawings

8.2 The Purchaser shall reject any Tender if the Tender Document was not purchased directly from the Purchaser, or through its agent as stated in the TDS.

8.3 The Tenderer is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms, and specifications in the Tender Document as well as addendum to Tender Documents.

9. Clarification of Tender Document

9.1 A prospective Tenderer requiring any clarification of the Tender Document shall contact the Purchaser in writing at the Purchasers address indicated in the TDS before two-third of time allowed for preparation and submission of Tender elapses.

9.2 The Procuring Entity is not obliged to answer any clarification request received after that date as stated under ITT Sub Clause 9.1.

9.3 The Procuring Entity shall respond in writing within five (5) working days of receipt of any such request for clarification received under ITT Sub Clause 9.1.

9.4 The Procuring Entity shall forward copies of its response to all those who have purchased the Tender Document, including a description of the enquiry but without identifying its source.

9.5 Should the Procuring Entity deem it necessary to revise the Tender Document as a result of a clarification, it will do so following the procedure under ITT Clause 11.

10. Pre-Tender Meeting

10.1 To clarify issues and to answer questions on any matter arising in the Tender Document, the Purchaser may, if stated in the TDS, hold a Pre-Tender Meeting at the place, date and time as specified in the TDS. All Potential Tenderers are encouraged to attend the meeting, if it is held.


STNP_ICX 7

10.2 Minutes of the pre-Tender meeting, including the text of the questions raised and the responses given, together with any responses prepared after the meeting, will be transmitted within one week (7 days) after holding the meeting to all those who purchased the Tender Document and even those who did not attend the meeting.

10.3 Any amendment to the Tender Documents listed in ITT Sub-Clause 8.1 that may become necessary as a result of the pre-Tender meeting shall be made by the Purchaser exclusively through the issue of an Addendum as stated under ITT Sub-Clause 11 and not through the minutes of the pre-Tender meeting.

10.4 Non-attendance at the Pre-Tender meeting will not be a cause for disqualification of a Tenderer.

11. Addendum to Tender Document

11.1 At any time prior to the deadline for submission of Tenders, the Purchaser on its own initiative or in response to a clarification request in writing from a Tenderer, having purchased the Tender Document or as a result of a Pre-Tender meeting, may revise the Tender Document by issuing an addendum pursuant to Rule 95 of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008.

11.2 The addendum issued under ITT Sub-Clause 11.1 shall become an integral part of the Tender Document and shall have a date and an issue number and shall be circulated by fax, mail or e-mail, to Tenderers who have purchased the Tender Documents within five (5) working days of issuance of such addendum, to enable Tenderers to take appropriate action.

11.3 The Tenderer shall acknowledge receipt of an addendum.

11.4 Tenderers who have purchased the Tender Documents but have not received any addendum issued under ITT Sub-clause 11.1 shall inform the Purchaser of the fact by fax, mail or e-mail before two-third of the time allowed for the submission of Tenders has elapsed.

11.5 Procuring Entities shall also ensure posting of relevant addenda with the reference number and date on their website.

11.6 To give a prospective Tenderer reasonable time in which to take an amendment into account in preparing its Tender, the Purchaser may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of Tenders, pursuant to Rule 95(6) of the Public Procurement Rule, 2008 and under ITT Clause 36.

11.7 If an addendum is issued when time remaining is less than one-third of the time allowed for the preparation of Tenders, a Purchaser shall extend the deadline by an appropriate number of days for the submission of Tenders, depending upon the nature of the Procurement requirement and the addendum. The minimum time for such extension shall not be less than seven (7) days.


STNP_ICX 8

C. Qualification Criteria

12. General Criteria 12.1 The Tenderer shall possess the necessary professional and technical qualifications and competence, financial resources, equipment and other physical facilities, managerial capability, specific experience, reputation, and the personnel, to perform the contract.

12.2 In addition to meeting the eligibility criteria, as stated in ITT Clause 5, the Tenderer must satisfy the other criteria stated in ITT Clauses 13 to 15 inclusive.

12.3 To qualify for multiple number of contracts/lots in a package made up of this and other individual contracts/lots for which tenders are invited in the Invitation for Tenders, the Tenderer shall demonstrate having resources and experience sufficient to meet the aggregate of the qualifying criteria for the individual contracts.

13. Litigation History 13.1 The maximum number of arbitration awards against the Tenderer over a period shall be as specified in the TDS.

14. Experience Criteria

14.1 Tenderers shall have the following minimum level of supply

experience to qualify for supplying the Plant and Services under the contract:

(a) a minimum number of years of general experience in the role of Contractor or Subcontractor or Management Contractor as specified in the TDS; and

(b) Specific experience as a Contractor or Subcontractor or Management Contractor that are similar to the proposed plant and services in at least a number of contract(s) and of a minimum value over the period, as specified in the TDS.

15. Financial Criteria 15.1 Tenderers shall have the following minimum level of financial capacity of qualify for the supply, execution and performance of plant and services under the contract.

(a) the average annual turnover as specified in the TDS calculated as total certified payments received for contracts in progress or completed, during the period specified in the TDS;

(b) availability of minimum liquid assets or working capital or credit facilities, as specified in the TDS; and;

(c) satisfactory resolution of all claims, arbitrations or other litigation cases and shall not have serious negative impact on the financial capacity of the Tenderer.

16. Personnel Capacity 16.1 The Tenderer shall have the following minimum level of personnel capacity to qualify for the performance of the plant and services under the Contract.


STNP_ICX 9

A Project Manager, Engineers, and other key staff with qualifications and experience as specified in the TDS;

17. Equipment Capacity

17.1 The Tenderer shall own suitable equipment and other physical facilities or have proven access through contractual arrangement to hire or lease such equipment or facilities for the desired period, where necessary or have assured access through lease, hire, or other such method, of the essential equipment, in full working order, as specified in the TDS.

18. Joint Venture, Consortium or Association

18.1 The Tenderer may participate in the procurement proceedings forming a Joint Venture, Consortium or Associations (JVCA) by an agreement, executed case by case on a non-judicial stamp of value as stated in TDS or alternately with the intent to enter into such an agreement supported by a Letter of Intent along with the proposed agreement duly signed by all partners of the intended JVCA and authenticated by a Notary Public.

18.2 The figures for each of the partners of a JVCA shall be added together to determine the Tenderer’s compliance with the minimum qualifying criteria; however, for a JVCA to qualify, lead partner and its other partners must meet the criteria stated in the TDS. Failure to comply with these requirements will result in rejection of the JVCA Tender. Subcontractors’ experience and resources will not be taken into account in determining the Tenderer’s compliance with the qualifying criteria.

18.3 Each partner of the JVCA shall be jointly and severally liable for the execution of the Contract, all liabilities and ethical and legal obligations in accordance with the Contract terms.

18.4 The JVCA shall nominate a Representative (partner-in-charge/Lead Firm) who shall have the authority to conduct all business for and on behalf of any and all the partners of the JVCA during the tendering process and, in the event the JVCA is awarded the Contract, during contract execution including the receipt of payments for and on behalf of the JVCA.

18.5 Each partner of the JVCA shall complete the JVCA Partner Information (Form PG5A-2b)for submission with the Tender

19. Subcontractor(s) 19.1 Tenderer, pursuant to Rule 53 of the PPR2008, is allowed to sub-contract a portion of the Supply.

19.2 The Tenderer shall specify in its Tender all portion of the Plant and Services that will be subcontracted, if any, including the entity(ies) to whom each portion will be subcontracted to, subject to the maximum allowable limit for subcontracting of Plant and Services specified in the TDS.

19.3 The Purchaser may require Tenderers to provide more information about their subcontracting arrangements. If any Subcontractor is found ineligible or unsuitable to carry out the subcontracted tasks, the Procuring Entity may request the Tenderer to propose an acceptable substitute.


STNP_ICX 10

19.4 The Purchaser may also select nominated Subcontractor(s) to execute certain specific components of the Works and if so, those will be specified in the TDS.

19.5 The successful Tenderer shall under no circumstances assign the goods/works/services or any part of it to a Subcontractor

19.6 Subcontractors must comply with the provision of ITT Clause 5. For this purpose contractor shall complete the Subcontractor’s information in Form PG5A-2c for submission with tender

19.7 If the Purchaser determines that a subcontractor is ineligible, the subcontracting of such portion of the Plants and Services assigned to the ineligible subcontractor shall be disallowed

D. Tender Preparation 20. Only one Tender 1. If a Tender for Plant and Services is invited on ‘lot-by-lot’

basis, each lot shall constitute a tender. A Tenderer shall submit only one (1) Tender for each lot, either individually or as a JVCA. The Tenderer who submits or participates in more than one (1) Tender for each lot will cause all the Tenders with that Tenderer’s participation to be rejected.

21. Cost of Tendering 21.1 Tenderers shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of its Tender, and the Purchaser shall not be responsible or liable for those costs, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the Tendering process.

22. Issuance and Sale of Tender Document

22.1 A Purchaser, pursuant to Rule 94 of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008 shall make Tender Documents available immediately to the potential Tenderers, requesting and willing to purchase at the corresponding price if the advertisement has been published in the newspaper pursuant to Rule 90 of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008.

22.2 Full contact details with mailing address, telephone and facsimile numbers and electronic mail address, as applicable, of those to whom Tender Documents have been issued shall be recorded with a reference number by the Purchaser or its agent.

22.3 There shall not be any pre-conditions whatsoever, for sale of Tender Document and the sale of such Document shall be permitted up to the day prior to the day of deadline for the submission of Tender.


STNP_ICX 11

23. Language of Tender 23.1 Tenders shall be written in the English language. Correspondences and documents relating to the Tender may be written in English or Bangla. Supporting documents and printed literature furnished by the Tenderers that are part of the Tender may be in another language, provided they are accompanied by an accurate translation of the relevant passages in the English or Bangla language, in which case, for purposes of interpretation of the Tender, such translation shall govern.

23.2 Tenderers shall bear all costs of translation to the governing language and all risks of the accuracy of such translation.

24. Contents of Tender (Document establishing the tender’s qualification)

24.1 The Tender prepared by the Tenderers shall comprise Two Envelope submitted simultaneously, one called the Technical Offer (Envelope-01) containing the documents listed in ITT 24.2 and other called the Financial Offer containing the documents listed in 24.3, both envelopes enclosed together in an outer Single envelope.

24.2 The Technical Offer (Envelope-01) prepared by the Tenderers will comprise the following:

(a) Technical Submission Letter (Form PG5A-1a) as furnished in Section 5: Tender and Contract Forms. This form must be completed without any alterations to its format, and no substitutes shall be accepted. All blank spaces shall be filled in with the information requested

(b) Tenderer Information Sheet (Form PG5A-2) as furnished in Section 5: Tender and Contract Forms;

(c) Tender Security as stated under ITT Clause 32,33 and 34;

(d) Technical Proposal (Form PG5A-4) as furnished in Section 5: Tender and Contract Forms.

(e) Alternatives, if permitted, as stated under with ITT Clause 25;

(f) Written confirmation authorising the signatory of the Tender to commit the Tenderer, as stated under ITT Sub-Clause 37.3;

(g) The completed eligibility declarations, to establish its eligibility as stated under ITT Clause 5, in the Tender Submission Sheet (Form PG5A-1a & 1b), as furnished in section 5: Tender and Contract Forms;

(h) An affidavit confirming the legal capacity stating that there are no existing orders of any judicial court that prevents either the Tenderer or employees of a Tenderer entering into or signing a Contract with the Purchaser as stated under ITT clause 5;

(i) An affidavit confirming that the Tenderer is not insolvent, in receivership or not bankrupt or not in the process of bankruptcy, not temporarily barred


STNP_ICX 12

from undertaking their business for financial reasons and shall not be the subject of legal proceedings for any of the foregoing as stated under ITT Clause 5;

(j) A certificate issued by the competent authority stating that the Tenderer is a Tax payer having valid Tax Identification Number (TIN) and VAT registration number or in lieu any other document acceptable to the Purchaser demonstrating that the Tenderer is a genuine Tax payer and has a VAT registration number as a proof of fulfillment of taxation obligations as stated under ITT Clause 5. In the case of foreign Tenderers, a certificate of competent authority in that country of which the Tenderer is citizen shall be provided;

(k) Documentary evidence demonstrating that they are enrolled in the relevant professional or trade organizations registered in Bangladesh or in case of foreign tenderer in their country of origin or a certificate concerning their competency issued by a professional institution in accordance with the law of the country of their origin, as stated under ITT Clause 5;

(l) The country of origin declarations, to establish the eligibility of the Plant and Services as stated under ITT Clause 6, in the Price Schedule for Plant and Services (Form PG5A-3) as, applicable, furnished in Section 5: Tender and Contract Forms;

(m) Documentary evidence as stated under ITT Clauses 28, that the Goods and Related Services conform to the Tender Documents;

(n) Documentary evidence as stated under ITT Clause 29 that the Tenderer’s qualifications conform to the Tender Documents;

(o) Documents establishing legal and financial autonomy and compliance with commercial law, as stated under ITT Sub-clause 5.3 in case of government owned entity; and

(p) In addition to the requirements stated under ITT Sub Clause 18.1, Tenders submitted by a JVCA or proposing a Subcontractor shall include.


STNP_ICX 13

i. a Joint Venture Agreement entered into by all partners, executed on a non-judicial stamp of value or equivalent as stated under ITT Sub Clause 18.1; or

ii. a Letter of Intent along with the proposed agreement duly signed by all partners of the intended JVCA with the declaration that it will execute the Joint Venture agreement in the event the Tenderer is successful;

iii. the JVCA Partner Information (Form PG5A-2b);

iv. the Subcontractor Information (Form PG5A-2c).

(q) the completed Specifications Submission and Compliance Sheet (Form PG5A-4a) as stated under ITT clause 28.1;

(r) Any other document as specified in the TDS.

24.3 The Financial Offer (Financial Envelope -02) prepared by the Tenderers shall comprise the following:

(a) The Financial Offer Submission Letter (Form PG5A-1b) as furnished in Section 5:

(b) The Tenderer shall submit the completed Price Schedule for Plant and Services (Form PG5A-3), according to their origin as appropriate as furnished in section 5: Tender and Contract Forms.

(c) the written confirmation authorizing the signatory of the Tender to commit the Tenderer, as stated under ITT Sub Clause 37.3;

(d) any other document as specified in the TDS.

25. Alternatives 25.1 Unless otherwise stated in the TDS, alternatives shall not be considered.

26. Tender Prices, Discounts & Price adjustment

26.1 Unless otherwise specified in the TDS, tenderers shall quote for the entire Plant and Installation Services on a “single responsibility” basis such that the total tender price covers all the Contractor’s obligations mentioned in or to be reasonably inferred from the tender document in respect of the design, manufacture, including procurement and subcontracting (if any), delivery, construction, installation and completion of the plant. This includes all requirements under the Contractor’s responsibilities for testing, pre-commissioning and commissioning of the plant and, where so required by the tender document, the acquisition of all permits, approvals and licenses, etc.; the operation, maintenance and training services and such other items and services as may be specified in the Tender Document, all in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions of Contract. Items against which no price is entered by the Tenderer will not be paid for by the Purchaser when executed and shall be deemed to be covered by the prices for other items.


STNP_ICX 14

26.2 Tenderers are required to quote the price for the commercial, contractual and technical obligations outlined in the tender document

26.3 Tenderers shall give a breakdown of the prices in the manner and detail called for in the Price Schedules included in Section 5, Tender and Contract Forms.

26.4 Depending on the scope of the Contract, the Price Schedules may comprise up to the six (6) schedules listed below. Separate numbered Schedules included in Section IV, Tender Forms, from those numbered 1-4 below, shall be used for each of the elements of the Plant and Installation Services. The total amount from each Schedule corresponding to an element of the Plant and Installation Services shall be summarized in the schedule titled Grand Summary, (Schedule 5), giving the total tender price(s) to be entered in the Letter of Tender.

Schedule No. 1 Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Supplied from Abroad

Schedule No. 2 Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Supplied from within the Purchaser’s Country

Schedule No. 3 Design Services

Schedule No. 4 Civil works part

Schedule No. 5 Installation Services

Schedule No. 6 Grand Summary (Schedule Nos. 1 to 4)

Schedule No. 7 Recommended Spare Parts

Tenderers shall note that the plant and equipment included in Schedule Nos. 1 and 2 above exclude materials used for civil, building and other construction works. All such materials shall be included and priced under Schedule No. 4, Installation Services.

26.5 In the Schedules, tenderers shall give the required details and a breakdown of their prices as follows:

a) Plant to be supplied from abroad (Schedule No. 1):

The price of the plant shall be quoted on CIP-named place of destination/CIF basis as specified in the TDS and as applicable.

(b) Plant manufactured within the Purchaser’s country (Schedule No. 2):

i) The price of the plant shall be quoted on an EXW INCOTERM basis (such as “ex-works,” “ex-factory,” “ex-warehouse” or “off-the-shelf,” as applicable),

(ii) Sales tax and all other taxes payable in the Employer’s country on the plant if the contract is awarded to the Tenderer, and

(iii) The total price for the item.

(c) Design Services (Schedule No. 3).

(d) Installation Services shall be quoted separately (Schedule No. 4) and shall include rates or prices for local transportation to named place of final


STNP_ICX 15

destination as specified in the TDS, insurance and other services incidental to delivery of the plant, all labor, contractor’s equipment, temporary works, materials, consumables and all matters and things of whatsoever nature, including operations and maintenance services, the provision of operations and maintenance manuals, training, etc., where identified in the Tender Document, as necessary for the proper execution of the installation and other services, including all taxes, duties, levies and charges payable in the Employer’s country as of twenty-eight (28) days prior to the deadline for submission of tenders.

(e) Recommended spare parts shall be quoted separately (Schedule 6) as specified in either subparagraph (a) or (b) above in accordance with the origin of the spare parts

26.6 The current edition of INCOTERMS, published by the International Chamber of Commerce shall govern.

26.7 The prices shall be either fixed or adjustable as specified in the TDS.

26.8 In the case of Fixed Price, prices quoted by the Tenderer shall be fixed during the Tenderer’s performance of the contract and not subject to variation on any account. A tender submitted with an adjustable price quotation will be treated as non-responsive and rejected.

26.9 In the case of Adjustable Price, prices quoted by the Tenderer shall be subject to adjustment during performance of the contract to reflect changes in the cost elements such as labor, material, transport and contractor’s equipment in accordance with the procedures specified in the corresponding Appendix to the Contract Agreement. A tender submitted with a fixed price quotation will not be rejected, but the price adjustment will be treated as zero. Tenderers are required to indicate the source of labor and material indices in the corresponding Form in Section 5, Tender and Contract Forms

26.10 If so indicated in ITT 1.2, tenders are to be invited for individual lots or for any combination of lots (packages). Tenderers wishing to offer any price reduction (discount) for the award of more than one lot shall specify in their Tender Submission Letter the price reductions applicable to each package, or alternatively, to individual Contracts within the package, and the manner in which the price reductions will apply.

26.11 Tenderers wishing to offer any unconditional discount shall specify in their Letter of Tender the offered discounts and the manner in which price discounts will apply.

26.12 If so indicated under ITT Sub Clause 26.9, Tenders are being invited with a provision for price adjustments. The unit rates or prices quoted by the Tenderer are subject to adjustment during the performance of the Contract in


STNP_ICX 16

accordance with the provisions of the relevant GCC Clause and, in such case the Employer shall provide the indexes and weightings or coefficients in Appendix to the Tender for the price adjustment formulae specified in the PCC.

26.13 The Employer may require the Tenderer to justify its proposed indexes, if any of those as stated under ITT Sub Clause 26.12, are instructed to be quoted by the Tenderer in Appendix to the Tender.

26.14 The price adjustment stated under ITT Sub Clause 26.9and 26.12 shall be dealt with in accordance with the provisions in Section 12 and 22 of the Public Procurement Act, 2006 and Rule 5 and 38 of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008.

27. Tender Currency 27.1 For expenditures that will be incurred in Bangladesh, the Tenderer shall quote the prices in Bangladesh Taka

27.2 Suppliers offering Goods manufactured or assembled in Bangladesh are permitted to submit their Tender in a combination of local and foreign currencies.

27.3 In case of National Tender, all quoted price shall be in local currency.

27.4 In case of international competitive tender, for expenditures that will be incurred outside Bangladesh, the Tenderer may quote the prices as specified in TDS.

28. Documents Establishing the Conformity of Plant, and Services

28.1 To establish the conformity of the plant and services to the Tender Documents, the Tenderer shall furnish as part of its Tender the documentary evidence that the Goods and Related services conform to the technical specifications and standards in Section 6, Employer’s Requirement.

a. a detailed description of the essential technical and performance characteristics of the plant and services, including the functional guarantees of the proposed plant and services, in response to the Specification

b. a list giving full particulars, including available sources, of all spare parts and special tools necessary for the proper and continuing functioning of the plant for the period named in the TDS, following completion of plant and services in accordance with provisions of contract; and


STNP_ICX 17

c. a commentary on the Employer’s Specification and adequate evidence demonstrating the substantial responsiveness of the plant and services to those specifications. Tenderers shall note that standards for workmanship, materials and equipment designated by the Employer in the Tender Document are intended to be descriptive (establishing standards of quality and performance) only and not restrictive. The Tenderer may substitute alternative standards, brand names and/or catalog numbers in its tender, provided that it demonstrates to the Employer’s satisfaction that the substitutions are substantially equivalent or superior to the standards designated in the Specification.

29. Documents Establishing Eligibility of the Tenderer

29.1 Tenderers, if applying as a sole Tenderer, shall submit documentary evidence to establish its eligibility as stated under ITT Clause 5 and, in particular, it shall:

(a) complete the eligibility declarations in the Tender Submission Letter (Form PG5A-1a);

(b) complete the Tenderer Information (Form PG5A-2a);

(c) complete Subcontractor Information (Form PG5A-2c), if it intends to engage any Subcontractor(s).

29.2 Tenderers, if applying as a partner of an existing or intended JV shall submit documentary evidence to establish its eligibility as stated under ITT Clause 5 and, in particular, in addition to as stated under ITT Sub Clause 29.1, it shall:

(a) provide for each JV partner, completed JV Partner Information (Form PG5A-2b);

(b) provide the JV agreement or Letter of Intent along with the proposed agreement of the intended JV as stated under ITT Sub Clause 18.1

30. Validity Period of Tender

30.1 Tender validities shall be determined on the basis of the complexity of the Tender and the time needed for its examination, evaluation, approval of the Tender and issuance of the Notification of Award (NOA).

30.2 Tenders shall remain valid for the period specified in the TDS after the date of Tender submission deadline prescribed by the Purchaser, as stated under ITT Clause 39. A Tender valid for a period shorter than that specified will be rejected by the Purchaser as non- responsive.

31. Extension of Tender Validity and Tender Security

31.1 In justified exceptional circumstances, prior to the expiration of the Tender validity period, the Purchaser following Rule 21 of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008 may solicit, not later than ten (10) days before the expiry date of the Tender validity, compulsorily all the Tenderers’ consent to an extension of the period of validity of their Tenders.


STNP_ICX 18

31.2 The request for extension of Tender validity period shall state the new date of the validity of the Tender.

31.3 The request from the Purchaser and the responses from the Tenderers will be made in writing.

31.4 Tenderers consenting in writing to the request made by the Purchaser under ITT Sub-Clause 30.1 shall also correspondingly extend the validity of its Tender Security for twenty-eight (28) days beyond the new date for the expiry of Tender validity.

31.5 Tenderers consenting in writing to the request under ITT Sub-Clause 31.1 shall not be required or permitted to modify its Tender in any circumstances.

31.6 If the Tenderers are not consenting in writing to the request made by the Purchaser under ITT Sub-Clause 31.1, its Tender will not be considered for subsequent evaluation.

32. Tender Security 32.1 The Tender Security and its amount shall be determined sufficient to discourage the submission of frivolous and irresponsible tenders pursuant to Rule 22 of the Public Procurement Rule2008 and shall be expressed as a rounded fixed amount and, shall not be stated as a precise percentage of the estimated total Contract value.

32.2 The Tenderer shall furnish as part of its Technical offer (envelope-1) Tender, in favour of the Purchaser or as otherwise directed on account of the Tenderer, a ender security in original form (not copy) and in the amount as specified in TDS.

32.3 If the Tender is a Joint Venture, the Tenderer shall furnish as part of its Tender, in favour of the Procuring Entity or as otherwise directed on account of the title of the existing or intended JVCA or any of the partners of that JVCA or in the names of all future partners as named in the Letter of Intent of the JVCA, a Tender Security in original form and in the amount as stated under ITT Sub Clause 32.1.

33. Form of Tender security

33.1 The Tender Security shall:

(a) In case of NCT, at the Tendere’s option, be either;

(i) In the form of a Bank Draft, Pay order or

(ii) in the form of an irrevocable bank guarantee issued by any scheduled Bank of Bangladesh, in the format (Form PG5A-6) furnished in Section 5: Tender and Contract Forms.

(b) In case of ICT, in the form of an irrevocable bank guarantee issued by an internationally reputable bank and shall require to be endorsed by its any correspondent bank located in Bangladesh, to make it enforceable, in the format (Form PG5A-6) furnished in Section 5: Tender and Contract Forms;

33.2 Tender security shall be payable promptly upon written demand by the Purchaser in the case of the conditions listed in ITT Clause 36 being invoked; and


STNP_ICX 19

33.3 Tender security shall remain valid for at least twenty eight (28) days beyond the expiry date of the Tender Validity in order to make a claim in due course against a Tenderer in the circumstances detailed under ITT Clause 36.

34. Authenticity of Tender Security

34.1 The authenticity of the Tender security submitted by a Tenderer shall be examined and verified by the Purchaser in writing from the Bank issuing the security, prior to finalization of the Evaluation Report pursuant to Rule, 24 of the Public Procurement Rule, 2008.

34.2 If a Tender Security is found to be not authentic, the Tender which it covers shall not be considered for subsequent evaluation and in such case the Purchaser shall proceed to take punitive measures against that Tenderer as stated under ITT Sub-Clause 4.6, pursuant to Rule 127 of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008 and in accordance with Section 64(5) of the Public Procurement Act, 2006.

34.3 Tender not accompanied by a valid Tender Security as stated under Sub-Clause 29, 30 and 31, shall be considered as non-responsive.

35. Return of Tender Security

35.1 No Tender security shall be returned by the Tender Opening Committee (TOC) during and after the opening of the Tenders pursuant to Rule 26 of the Public Procurement Rules 2008.

35.2 No Tender security shall be returned to the Tenderers before contract signing, except to those who are found non-responsive.

35.3 Tender securities of the non-responsive Tenders shall be returned immediately after the Evaluation Report has been approved by the Purchaser.

35.4 Tender securities of the responsive Tenderers shall be returned only after the lowest evaluated responsive Tenderer has submitted the performance security and signed the contract, that being even before the expiration of the validity period specified in Clause 30.

35.5 Tender Securities of the Tenderers not consenting within the specified date in writing to the request made by the Purchaser under ITT Sub-Clause 31.1 in regard to extension of its Tender validity shall be discharged or returned forthwith.

36. Forfeiture of Tender Security.

36.1 The Tender security pursuant to Rule 25 of the Public Procurement Rules,2008 may be forfeited if a Tenderer:

(a) withdraws its Tender after opening of Tenders but within the validity of the Tender as stated under ITT Clauses 30, and 31, pursuant to Rule 19 of the Public Procurement Rules 2008; or

(b) refuses to accept a Notification of Award as stated under ITT Sub-Clause 65.3, pursuant to Rule 102 of the Public Procurement Rules 2008; or

(c) fails to furnish performance security as stated under ITT Sub-Clause 66.2, pursuant to Rule 102 of the Public Procurement Rules 2008; or

(d) refuses to sign the Contract as stated under ITT Sub-Clause 70.2 pursuant to Rule 102 of the Public Procurement Rules 2008; or


STNP_ICX 20

(e) does not accept the correction of the Tender price following the correction of arithmetic errors as stated under ITT Clause 55, pursuant to Rule 98(11) of the Public Procurement Rules 2008.

37. Format and Signing of Tender

37.1 Tenderers shall prepare one (1) original of the documents comprising the Technical Offer as described in ITT Clause 24.2 and clearly mark it “ORIGINAL OF TECHNICAL OFFER” in addition, the Tenderers shall prepare the number of copies of the Technical Offer, as specified in the TDS and clearly mark each of them “COPY OF THE TECHNICAL OFFER.” In the event of any discrepancy between the original and the copies, the ORIGINAL shall prevail.

37.2 Tenderers shall prepare one (1) original of the documents comprising the Financial Offer as described in ITT Clause 24.3 and clearly mark it “ORIGINAL OF FINANCIAL OFFER” In addition, the Tenderers shall prepare the number of copies of the Financial Offer, as specified in the TDS and clearly mark each of them “COPY OF THE FINANCIAL OFFER” In the event of any discrepancy between the original and the copies, the ORIGINAL shall prevail.

37.3 Alternatives, if permitted under ITT Clause 25, shall be clearly marked “Alternative”.

37.4 The original and each copy of the Offer shall be typed or written in indelible ink and shall be signed by the Person duly authorized to sign on behalf of the Tenderer. This Tender specific authorization shall be attached to the Technical Offer Submission Letter (Form PW5A-1a) and Financial Offer Submission Letter (Form PW5A-1b). The name and position held by each Person(s) signing the authorization must be typed or printed below the signature. All pages of the original and of each copy of the Tender, except for un-amended printed literature, shall be numbered sequentially and signed by the person signing the Tender.

37.5 Any interlineations, erasures, or overwriting will be valid only if they are signed or initialled by the Person (s) signing the Tender.

E. Tender Submission

38. Sealing, Marking and Submission of Tender

38.1 Tenderers shall enclose the original of Technical Offer in one (1) envelope and all the copies of the Technical Offer, including the alternatives, if permitted under ITT Clause 25, in another envelope, duly marking the envelopes as “ORIGINAL OF TECHNICAL OFFER” “ALTERNATIVES” (if permitted), “COPY OF TECHNICAL OFFER”,”ALTERNATIVES” (if permitted) These sealed envelopes for the original and copies of the technical Tender shall then be enclosed and sealed in one single envelope and clearly mark it “Envelope-01: TECHNICAL OFFER”.

38.2 The inner and outer envelopes of Technical Offer shall:


STNP_ICX 21

(a) be addressed to the Procuring Entity at the address as

stated under ITT Sub Clause 39.1;

(b) bear the name of the Tender and the Tender Number

as stated under ITT Sub Clause 1.1;

(c) bear the name and address of the Tenderer;

(d) bear a statement “DO NOT OPEN BEFORE ------------

----------” the time and date for Tender opening as

stated under ITT Sub Clause 45.2

(e) bear any additional identification marks as specified in

the TDS.

38.3 Tenderers shall enclose the original of Financial Offer in one (1) envelope and all the copies of the Financial Offer in another envelope, duly marking the envelopes as “ORIGINAL OF FINANCIAL OFFER” & “COPY OF FINANCIAL OFFER”. These sealed envelopes for the original and copies of the Financial Tender shall then be enclosed and sealed in one single envelope and clearly mark it “ENVELOPE-02: FINANCIAL OFFER.

38.4 The inner and outer envelopes of Financial Offer shall:

(a) be addressed to the Procuring Entity at the address as

stated under ITT Sub Clause 39.1;

(b) bear the name of the Tender and the Tender Number

as stated under ITT Sub Clause 1.1;

(c) bear the name and address of the Tenderer;

(d) bear a statement “DO NOT OPEN BEFORE THE

TECHNICAL OFFER EVALUATION AND

APPROVAL”.

(e) bear any additional identification marks as specified in

the TDS.

38.5 The Envelope-01 as stated in ITT Clause 38.1 and Envelope-02 as in ITT Clause 38.3 shall then be enclosed and sealed in one single outer envelope which shall contain the information as stated under ITT Clause 38.2 (a) to (e) & ITT Clause 38.4 (a) to (e)

38.6 Tenderers are solely and entirely responsible for pre-disclosure of Tender information if the envelope(s) are not properly sealed and marked.

38.7 Tenders shall be delivered by hand or by mail, including courier services at the address(s) as stated under ITT Sub Clause 39.1.

38.8 The Procuring Entity will, on request, provide the Tenderer with acknowledgement of receipt showing the date and time when it’s Tender was received.

39. Deadline for Submission of tenders

39.1 Tenders shall be delivered to the Purchaser at the address specified in the TDS and no later than the date and time specified in the TDS.


STNP_ICX 22

39.2 The Purchaser may, at its discretion on justifiably acceptable grounds duly recorded, extend the deadline for submission of Tender as stated under ITT Sub Clause 39.1, in which case all rights and obligations of the Purchaser and Tenderers previously subject to the deadline will thereafter be subject to the new deadline as extended.

39.3 If submission of Tendersis allowed in more than one location, the date and time, for submission of Tenders for both the primary and the secondary place(s), shall be the “same and not different” as specified in the TDS.

39.4 The Procuring Entity shall ensure that the Tenders received at the secondary place(s) are hand-delivered at the primary place as stated under ITT Sub Clause 39.1, within THREE (3) HOURS after the deadline for submission of Tenders at the secondary place (s), in case of MULTIPLE DROPPING as stated under ITT Sub Clause 39.3, as specified in the TDS.

40. Late tender 37.6 Any Tender received by the Purchaser after the deadline for submission of Tenders as stated under ITT Clause 39, shall be declared LATE, rejected, returned unopened to the Tenderer.

41. Modification, Substitution or Withdrawal of Tenders

41.1 Tenderers may modify, substitute or withdraw its Tender after it has been submitted by sending a written notice duly signed by the authorized signatory and properly sealed, and shall include a copy of the authorization; provided that such written notice including the affidavit is received by the Procuring Entity prior to the deadline for submission of Tenders as stated under ITT Clause 39

42. Tender Modification 42.1 Tenderers shall not be allowed to retrieve its original Tender, but shall be allowed to submit corresponding modification either to its original Technical Offer or Financial Offer or both, marked as “MODIFICATION FOR TECHNICAL OFFER(MTO)” or “MODIFICATION FOR FINANCIAL OFFER (MFO)” with two separate envelopes. The envelope/envelopes marked as MTO and/or MFO then be enclosed and sealed in one single outer envelope with a written notice duly as stated under ITT Sub Clause 41.1. The outer envelope shall contain the information as stated under ITT Sub Clause 38.2(a) to (d) and clearly marked as “MODIFICATION (M)”.

43. Tender Substitution 43.1 Tenderers shall not be allowed to retrieve its original Tender, but shall be allowed to submit another Technical Offer or Financial Offer or both, marked as “SUBSTITUTION FOR TECHNICAL OFFER (STO)” or “SUBSTITUTION FOR FINANCIAL OFFER (SFO)” with two separate envelopes. The envelope/envelopes marked as STO and/or SFO then be enclosed and sealed in one single outer envelope with a written notice duly as stated under ITT Sub Clause 41.1. The outer envelope shall contain the information as stated under ITT Sub Clause 38.2(a) to (d) and clearly marked as “SUBSTITUTION (S)”.


STNP_ICX 23

44. Withdrawal of Tender

44.1 The Tenderer shall be allowed to withdraw its Tender by a Letter of Withdrawal marked as “WITHDRAWAL” prior to the deadline for submission of Tenders as stated under ITT Clause 39.

F. Tender Opening and Evaluation

45. Tender Opening 45.1 Only the Technical Offer (Envelope-01) shall be opened immediately after the deadline for submission of Tenders at the primary place as specified in the TDS but not later than ONE HOUR, after expiry of the submission deadline at the same primary place unless otherwise stated under ITT Sub Clause 39.2. But with in THREE HOURS after the dateline of submission of tender at primary place in case of multiple dropping. Tender opening shall not be delayed on the plea of absences of Tenderers or his or her representatives. Financial offer (Envelope-02) shall not open with Technical offer (Envelope-01) and shall be kept unopened at the Custody of the Head of the Procuring Entity or his Authorised Officer (AO).

45.2 Persons not associated with the Tender may not be allowed to attend the public opening of Technical Offers.

45.3 Tenderers’ representatives shall be duly authorised by the Tenderer. Tenderers or their authorised representatives will be allowed to attend and witness the opening of Technical Offers, and will sign a register evidencing their attendance. Technical Offers Opening shall not be delayed on the plea of absence of Tenderers or his or her representatives.

45.4 The authenticity of withdrawal or substitution of, or modifications to original Tender, if any made by a Tenderer in specified manner, shall be examined and verified by the Tender Opening Committee (TOC) based on documents submitted as stated under ITT Sub Clause 41.1. Any envelope related to financial modification, substitute shall be recorded but not open with technical offer.

45.5 Verify (M), (S), (W), (A), (O) by following step by steps

(a) Step 1: envelopes marked “Withdrawal (W)” shall be opened and “Withdrawal” notice read aloud & recorded in the opening sheet. After verify the withdrawal letter is genuine, corresponding tender shall not be opened, but returned unopened to the Tenderer by Procuring Entity (PE) at a late time. No Tender withdrawal shall be permitted unless the corresponding withdrawal notice shall be as stated in 41.1& 44.1 and in such case the Tender shall be opened and recorded.

(b) Step 2: the remaining Tenders will be sorted out and those marked “SUBSTITUTION (S)” or “MODIFICATION (M)” of Tender will be linked with their corresponding Original Tender.


STNP_ICX 24

(c) Step 3: outer envelopes marked “SUBSTITUTION (S)” shall be opened. The inner envelopes containing the “Substitution of Technical Offer (STO)” and/or “Substitution of Financial Offer (SFO)” shall be exchanged for the corresponding envelopes being substituted, which are to be returned to the Tenderer unopened by the Procuring Entity at a later time immediately after opening of Technical Offers. Only the Substitution of Technical Offer, if any, shall be opened, read out, and recorded. Substitution of Financial Offer will remain unopened in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 45.1. No envelope shall be substituted unless the corresponding substitution notice contains a valid authorization to request the substitution and is read out and recorded at Technical Offer opening.

(d) Step 4: outer envelopes marked “MODIFICATION (M)” shall be opened. No Technical Offer and/or Financial Offer shall be modified unless the corresponding modification notice contains a valid authorization to request the modification and is read out and recorded at the opening of Technical Offers. Only the Technical Offers, both Original as well as Modification, are to be opened, read out, and recorded at the opening. Financial Offers, both Original as well as Modification, will remain unopened in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 45.1

(e) Step5: if so specified in this Tender Document, the envelopes marked “Alternative of Technical Offer (ATO)” shall be opened and read aloud with the corresponding Technical Offer and recorded.

45.6 Ensuring that only the correct (MTO), (STO), (ATO), (OTO) envelopes are opened, details of each Technical Offer will be dealt with as follows:

(a) the Chairperson of the TOC will read aloud each

Technical Offer and record in the Technical Offer

Opening Sheet (TOOS):

(i) the name and address of the Tenderer;

(ii) state if it is a withdrawn, modified, substituted

or original Technical Offer;

(iii) any alternatives;

(iv) record the rejection of the Tender which

submitted Technical Offer and Financial Offer

together in one envelope.

(v) the presence or absence of any requisite

Tender Security; and

(vi) such other details as the Procuring Entity, at its

discretion, may consider appropriate.

(b) Only Technical Offer and alternatives read aloud at

the Technical Offer Opening will be considered in

evaluation.


STNP_ICX 25

(c) all pages of the original version of the Technical Offer,

except for un-amended printed literature, will be

initialled by members of the TOC. Remember, No

financial Offer shall be open with Technical Offer

45.7 Upon completion of Technical Offer opening, all members of the TOC and the Tenderers or Tenderer’s duly authorised representatives attending the Technical Offer opening shall sign by name, address, designation, the TOS, copies of which shall be issued to the Head of the Procuring Entity or an officer authorised by him or her and also to the members of the TOC and any authorised Consultants and, to the Tenderers immediately.

45.8 The omission of a Tenderer’s signature on the record shall not invalidate the contents and effect of the record under ITT Sub Clause 45.7

45.9 No Tender i.e., Technical or Financial Offer shall be rejected at the Tender opening stage except the LATE Tenders as stated in the ITT Clause 40.

46. Evaluation of Tenders

46.1 Technical Offers shall be examined and evaluated only on the basis of the criteria specified in the Tender Document.

46.2 Tender Evaluation Committee (TEC) shall examine, evaluate and compare Tenders that are responsive to the requirements of Tender Documents in order to identify the successful Tenderer.

47. Evaluation Process 47.1 TEC may consider a Tender Offer as responsive in the Evaluation, only if it is submitted in compliance with the mandatory requirements set out in the Tender Document. The evaluation process should begin immediately after Technical Offer opening following two steps:

(a) Preliminary examination

(b) Technical examination and responsiveness

48. Preliminary Examination

48.1 Compliance, adequacy and authenticity of the documentary evidences for meeting the qualification criterion specified in the corresponding section of the Tender document shall have to be preliminarily examined and verified.

48.2 The TEC shall firstly examine the Tenders to confirm that all documentation requested in ITT Clause 24 has been provided. Examination of the compliance, adequacy and authenticity of the documentary evidence may follow the order below:

(a) verification of the completeness of the eligibility declaration in the Tender Submission Letter (Form PG5A-1), to determine the eligibility of the tenderer as stated under ITT Sub-Clause 24(h). Any alterations to its format, filling in all blank spaces with the information requested, failing which the tender may lead to rejection of the Tender;

(b) verification of that the Tenderer is enrolled in the relevant professional or trade organisations as stated under ITT Clause 24(l);


STNP_ICX 26

(c) verification of the eligibility in terms of legal capacity and fulfilment of taxation obligation by the tenderer in accordance as stated under ITT Sub-Clause 24(i) and 24(k);

(d) verification of eligibility that the tenderer is not insolvent, in receivership, bankrupt, not in the process of bankruptcy, not temporarily barred as stated under ITT Sub-Clause 24(j);

(e) verification of eligibility of Tenderer’s country of origin as stated under ITT Sub-Clause 24(b);

(f) verification of the written authorization confirming the signatory of the Tenderer to commit the Tender has been attached with Tender Submission Letter (Form PG5A-1) as stated under ITT Sub-Clause 24(g); in order to check the authenticity of Tender and Tenderer itself;

(g) verification of the Tender Security as stated under ITT Sub-Clause 24(d); and

48.3 The TEC shall confirm that the above documents and information have been provided in the Tender and the completeness of the documents and compliance of instructions given in corresponding ITT Clauses shall be verified, failing which the tender shall be considered rejection of that tender.

49. Technical Evaluation and Responsiveness

49.1 Only those Tenders surviving preliminary examination need to be examined in this phase.

49.2 Secondly, the TEC will examine the adequacy and authenticity of the documentary evidence which may follow the order below:

(a) verification of the completeness of the country of origin declaration in the Price Schedule for Plant and Services (Form PG5A-3) as furnished in Section 5: Tender and Contract Forms to determine the eligibility of the Goods and Related Services as stated under ITT Sub Clause 24(m).

(b) verification and examination of the documentary evidence and completed Technical Proposal (Form PG5A-4) as furnished in Section 5: Tender and Contract Forms to establish the conformity of the Goods and Related Services to the Tender Documents as stated under ITT Sub Clause 24(e) and 24(n).

(c) verification and examination of the documentary evidence that the Tenderer’s qualifications conform to the Tender Documents and the Tenderer meets each of the qualification criterion specified in Sub-Section C, Qualification Criteria as stated under ITT Sub Clause 24(o).

(d) verification and examination of the documentary evidence that Tenderer has met all the requirements in regards under Section 6, Employer’s


STNP_ICX 27

Requirements, without any material deviation or reservation.

(e) verification and examination of the documentary evidence and completed Specification Submission Sheet (Form PG5A-4a) to determine the conformity

of the Goods and related services .

49.3 TEC may consider a Tender as responsive in the evaluation, only if comply with the mandatory requirements as stated under Clause 49.2.

49.4 The TEC’s determination of a Tender’s responsiveness is to be based on the documentary evidence as requested in Clause 49.2 without recourse to extrinsic evidence.

49.5 Information contained in a Tender, that was not requested in the Tender Document shall not be considered in evaluation of the Tender.

49.6 If a Tender is not responsive to the mandatory requirements set out in the Tender Document it shall be rejected by the TEC and shall not subsequently be made responsive by the Tenderer by correction of the material deviation, reservation.

49.7 A material deviation or reservation is one-

(a) which affects in any substantial way the scope, quality, or performance of the Goods and Related Services and Tenderer’s qualifications mentioned in the Tender Document

(b) which limits in any substantial way, inconsistent with the Tender Documents, the Purchaser’s rights or the Tenderer’s obligations under the Contract; or

(c) whose rectification would anyway affect unfairly the competitive position of other Tenderers presenting responsive Tenders.

49.8 During the evaluation of Tender, the following definitions apply:

(a) Deviation” is a departure from the requirements specified in the Tender Document;

(d) “Reservation” is the setting of limiting conditions or withholding from complete acceptance of the requirements specified in the Tender Document;

49.9 A TEC may regard a Tender as responsive, even if it contains-minor or insignificant deviations, which do not meaningfully alter or depart from the technical specifications, characteristics and commercial terms and conditions or other requirements set out in the Tender Document; errors or oversights, which if corrected, would not alter the key aspects of the Tender.

50. Clarification on Technical Offer

50.1 TEC may ask Tenderers for clarification of their Technical Offers in order to facilitate the examination and evaluation of Technical Offers. The request for clarification by the TEC and the response from the Tenderer shall be in writing, and


STNP_ICX 28

Technical Offers clarifications which may lead to a change in the substance of the Technical Offers or in any of the key elements of the Technical Offers as stated under ITT Sub Clause 49.2, will neither be sought nor be permitted.

50.2 Any request for clarifications by the TEC shall not be directed towards making an apparently non-responsive Tender responsive and reciprocally the response from the concerned Tenderer shall not be articulated towards any addition, alteration or modification to its Technical Offer.

50.3 If a Tenderer does not provide clarifications of its Technical Offer by the date and time, its Tender shall not be considered in the evaluation

51. Restrictions on Disclosure of Information

51.1 Following the opening of Technical Offers until issuance of Notification of Award no Tenderer shall, unless requested to provide clarification to its Tender or unless necessary for submission of a complaint, communicate with the concerned Procuring Entity

51.2 Tenderers shall not seek to influence in anyway, the examination and evaluation of the Tenders

51.3 Any effort by a Tenderer to influence the Procuring Entity in its decision concerning the evaluation of Tenders, Contract awards may result in the non-responsiveness of its Tender as well as further action in accordance with Section 64 (5) of the Public Procurement Act, 2006.

51.4 All clarification requests shall remind Tenderers of the need for confidentiality and that any breach of confidentiality on the part of the Tenderer may result in their Tender being non-responsive.

52. Approval of Technical Offer

52.1 TEC shall prepare the Technical Offer Evaluation Report and shall directly submit the Evaluation Report to the Head of the Procuring Entity (HOPE) or Authorized Officer for approval.

53. Financial Offer Opening

53.1 After receiving approval of the Technical Offer Evaluation Report, Financial Offer (Envelope-2) of only the Responsive Tenderers who have been determined as qualified to the requirements of the Technical Offer, shall be opened publicly, The Date, time and place of Financial Offer Opening shall be communicated to the Responsive Tenderers in writing by issuing a Financial Offer Opening notice not less than SEVEN DAYS before the opening.


STNP_ICX 29

53.2 Ensuring that only the correct MFO, SFO, OFO envelopes of the Responsive Tenderers shall be opened, in the presence of the Responsive Tenderer’s representatives who choose to attend, on the date, time and at the place as notified by the Procuring Entity in accordance with ITT Clause 53.1. Details of each Financial Offer will be dealt with as follows:

(a) the Chairperson of the Tender Evaluation Committee

will read aloud each Financial Offer and record in the

Financial Offer Opening Sheet (FOOS):

(i) the name and address of the Tenderer;

(ii) state if it is a modified, substituted or original

Financial Offer;

(iii) the Tender Price;

(iv) the number of initialled corrections;

(v) any discounts; and

(vi) any other details as the Procuring Entity, at its

discretion, may consider appropriate

(b) only the discounts and alternatives read aloud and

recorded at the Financial Offer Opening will be

considered in Financial Offer Evaluation. No Tenders

shall be rejected at the opening of the Financial Offer.

(c) all pages of the original version of the Financial Offer,

except for un-amended printed literature, will be

initialled by members of the Tender Evaluation

Committee.

(d) The Procuring Entity shall, in writing, notify the Non-

Responsive Tenderers who have not been determined

as qualified to the requirements of the Technical Offer

and shall return their Financial Offers (Envelope-02)

unopened after signing of the contract.

54. Clarification on Financial Offer

54.1 TEC may ask Tenderers for clarification of their Financial Offers, about the breakdowns of unit rates, in order to facilitate the examination and evaluation of Financial Offers. The request for clarification by the TEC and the response from the Tenderer shall be in writing.

54.2 Changes in the Tender price shall not be sought or permitted, except to confirm the correction of arithmetical errors discovered by the TEC in the evaluation of the Tenders, as stated under ITT Sub Clause 55.1.

54.3 If a Tenderer does not provide clarifications of its Financial Offer by the date and time, its Tender shall not be considered in the evaluation.

54.4 Requests for clarifications on Financial Offers shall be duly signed only by the TEC Chairperson.

55. Correction of Arithmetical Errors

55.1 The TEC shall correct any arithmetic errors that are discovered during the examination of Tenders, and shall promptly notify the concerned Tenderer(s) of any such


STNP_ICX 30

correction(s) pursuant to Rule 98(11) of the Public Procurement Rule, 2008.

55.2 Provided that the Tender is responsive, TEC shall correct arithmetical errors on the following basis:

(a) If there is a discrepancy between the unit price and the line item total that is obtained by multiplying the unit price by the quantity, the unit price shall prevail and the line item total shall be corrected, unless in the opinion of the TEC there is an obvious misplacement of the decimal point in the unit price, in which case the total price as quoted will govern and the unit price will be corrected;

(b) If there is an error in a total corresponding to the addition or subtraction of subtotals, the sub-totals shall prevail and the total shall be corrected.

55.3 Any Tenderer that does not accept the correction of the Tender amount following correction of arithmetic errors as determined by the application of ITT Sub-Clause 55.2 shall be considered as non-responsive.

56. Conversion to Single Currency

56.1 For evaluation and comparison purpose, TEC shall convert all Tender prices expressed in the amounts in various currencies into an amount in Bangladeshi Taka currency, using the selling exchange rates established by the Bangladesh Bank, on the date of Tender opening.

57. Financial Evaluation 57.1 Thirdly the TEC, pursuant to Rule 98 of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008 shall evaluate each Tender that has been determined, up to this stage of the evaluation, to be responsive to the mandatory requirements in the Tender Document..

57.2 To evaluate a Tender in this stage, the Purchaser shall consider the following

(a) Verification and examination of the Price Schedule for Plant and Services (Form PG5-3) as furnished by the Tenderer and checking the compliance with the instructions provided under ITT Clause 26;

(b) Evaluation will be done for Items or lot by lot as stated under ITT Clause 26 and the Total Tender Price as quoted in accordance with Clause 26;

(c) Adjustment for correction of arithmetical errors as stated under ITT Sub-Clause 55.2;

(d) Adjustment for price modification offered as stated under ITT Clause 41;

(e) Adjustment due to discount as stated under ITT Sub-Clauses 26.11 and 57.3;

(f) Adjustment due to the application of economic factors of evaluation as stated under ITT Sub-Clause 57.5 if any;

(g) Adjustment due to the assessment of the price of unpriced items as stated under ITT Clause 58 if any;


STNP_ICX 31

57.3 If Tenders are invited for a single lot or for a number of lots as stated under ITT Sub-clauses 26.10, TEC shall evaluate only lots that have included at least the percentage of items per lot. The TEC shall evaluate and compare the Tenders taking into account:

(a) Lowest evaluated tender for each lot;

(b) The price discount/reduction per lot;

(c) Least cost combination for the Purchaser, considering discounts and the methodology for its application as stated under ITT Sub-clauses 26.10 and 26.11 offered by the Tenderer in its Tender.

57.4 Only those spare parts and tools which are specified as a item in the List of Goods and Related Services in Section 6, Employer’s Requirement or adjustment as stated under ITT Sub-clause 54.5, shall be taken into account in the Tender evaluation. Supplier-recommended spare parts for a specified operating requirement as stated under ITT Sub-clause 28.2(b) shall not be considered in Tender evaluation.

57.5 The Purchaser’s evaluation of a tender may require the consideration of other factors, in addition to the Tender Price quoted as stated under ITT Clause 26. The effect of the factors selected, if any, shall be expressed in monetary terms to facilitate comparison of tenders. The factors, methodologies and criteria to be used shall be as specified in TDS. The applicable economic factors, for the purposes of evaluation of Tenders shall be:

(a) Adjustment for Deviations in the Delivery and Completion Schedule.

(b) Cost of major replacement components, mandatory spare parts, and service.

57.6 Variations, deviations, and alternatives and other factors which are in excess of the requirements of the Tender Document or otherwise result in unsolicited benefits for the Purchaser will not be taken into account in Tender evaluation.

58. Price Comparison 58.1 The TEC shall compare all responsive Tenders to determine the lowest-evaluated Tender, as stated in ITT 57.2.

58.2 In the extremely unlikely event that there is a tie for the lowest evaluated price, the Tenderer with the superior past performance with the Purchaser shall be selected, whereby factors such as delivery period, quality of Goods delivered, complaints history and performance indicators could be taken into consideration.

58.3 In the event that there is a tie for the lowest price and none of the Tenderers has the record of past performance with the Purchaser, then the Tenderer shall be selected, subject to firm confirmation through the Post-qualification process described in ITT Clause 61, after consideration as to


STNP_ICX 32

whether the quality of Goods that is considered more advantageous by the end-users.

58.4 The successful Tenderer as stated under ITT Sub Clauses 58.1, 60.2 and 60.3 shall not be selected through lottery under any circumstances.

59. Post-qualification 59.1 After determining the lowest-evaluated responsive tender as sated under ITT Sub-Clause 58.1, the Purchaser’s TEC pursuant to Rule 100 of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008, shall carry out the Post-Qualification of the Tenderer, using only the requirements specified in Sub-Section C, Qualification Criteria.

59.2 The TEC shall contact the references given by Tenderers about their previous Supply experiences to verify, if necessary, statements made by them in their Tender and to obtain the most up-to-date information concerning the Tenderers.

59.3 The TEC may visit the premises of the Tenderer as a part of the post-qualification process, if practical and appropriate, to verify information contained in its Tender.

59.4 The TEC shall determine to its satisfaction whether the Tenderer that is selected as having submitted the lowest evaluated responsive Tender is qualified to perform the Contract satisfactorily.

59.5 The objective of any visit under ITT Sub-Clause 59.3 shall be limited to a general and visual inspection of the Tenderer’s facilities and its plant and equipment, and there shall be no discussion concerning the Tender or its evaluation with the Tenderer during such visit(s).

59.6 In the event that the Tenderer with lowest evaluated cost fails the post-qualification, the TEC shall make a similar determination for the Tenderer offering the next lowest evaluated cost and so on from the remaining responsive Tenders, provided that,

(a) such action shall only be taken if the evaluated costs of the Tenders under consideration are acceptable to the Purchaser;

(b) when the point is reached whereby the evaluated costs of the remaining responsive Tenders are significantly higher than that of the official estimate, or the market price, the Purchaser may take action pursuant to Rule 33 of the PPR 2008 and may proceed for re-Tendering, using a revised Tender Document designed to achieve a more successful result.

60. Negotiation 60.1 No negotiations shall be held during the financial offer evaluation or award, with the lowest or any other Tenderer.

60.2 The Procuring Entity through the TEC may, however, negotiate with the lowest evaluated Tenderer with the objective to reduce the Contract Price by reducing the scope


STNP_ICX 33

of works or a reallocation of risks and responsibilities, only when it is found that the lowest evaluated Tender is significantly higher than the official estimated cost; the reasons for such higher price being duly investigated.

60.3 If the Procuring Entity decides to negotiate for reducing the scope of the requirements under ITT Sub Clause 60.2, it will be required to guarantee that the lowest Tenderer remains the lowest Tenderer even after the scope of work has been revised and shall further be ensured that the objective of the Procurement will not be seriously affected through this reduction.

60.4 In the event that the Procuring Entity decides because of a high Tender priceto reduce the scope of the requirements to meet the available budget, the Tenderer is not obliged to accept the award and shall not be penalised in any way for un-accepting the proposed award.

61. Rejection of All Tenders

61.1 The Purchaser may, in the circumstances as stated under ITT Sub-Clause 61.2 and pursuant to Rule 33 of the Public Procurement Rules 2008, reject all Tenders following recommendations from the Tender Evaluation Committee only after the approval of such recommendations by the Head of the Purchaser.rejected, if –

61.2 All Tenders can be rejected, if -

(a) the price of the lowest evaluated Tender exceeds the official estimate, provided the estimate is realistic; or

(b) there is evidence of lack of effective competition; such as non-participation by a number of potential Tenderers; or

(c) the Tenderers are unable to propose completion of the delivery within the stipulated time in its offer, though the stipulated time is reasonable and realistic; or

(d) all Tenders are non-responsive; or

(e) evidence of professional misconduct, affecting seriously the Procurement process, is established pursuant to Rule 127 of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008.

61.3 Notwithstanding anything contained in ITT Sub-Clause 61.2 Tenders may not be rejected if the lowest evaluated price is in conformity with the market price.

61.4 A Purchaser may pursuant to Rule 35 of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008, on justifiable grounds, annul the Procurement proceedings prior to the deadline for the submission of Tenders.

61.5 All Tenders received by the Purchaser shall be returned unopened to the Tenderers in the event Procurement proceedings are annulled under ITT Sub-Clause 61.4.


STNP_ICX 34

62. Informing Reasons for Rejection

62.1 Notice of the rejection, pursuant to Rule 35 of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008, will be given promptly within seven (7) days of decision taken by the Purchaser to all Tenderers and, the Purchaser will, upon receipt of a written request, communicate to any Tenderer the reason(s) for its rejection but is not required to justify those reason(s).

G. Contract Award

63. Award Criteria 63.1 The Purchaser shall award the Contract to the Tenderer whose offer is responsive to the Tender Document and that has been determined to be the lowest evaluated Tender, provided further that the Tenderer is determined to be Post-Qualified as stated under ITT Clause 59.

63.2 A Tenderer shall not be required, as a condition for award of contract, to undertake obligations not stipulated in the Tender Document, to change its price, or otherwise to modify its Tender.

64. Notification of Award

64.1 Prior to the expiry of the Tender validity period and within seven (7) working days of receipt of the approval of the award by the Approving Authority, the Purchaser pursuant to Rule 102 of the Public procurement Rules, 2008, shall issue the Notification of Award (NOA) to the successful Tenderer.

64.2 The Notification of Award, attaching the contract as per the sample (Form PG5A-7) to be signed, shall state:

(a) the acceptance of the Tender by the Purchaser;

(b) the price at which the contract is awarded;

(c) the amount of the Performance Security and its format;

(d) the date and time within which the Performance Security shall be submitted; and

(e) the date and time within which the contract shall be signed.

64.3 The Notification of Award shall be accepted in writing by the successful Tenderer within seven (7) working days from the date of issuance of NOA.

64.4 Until a formal contract is signed, the Notification of Award shall constitute a Contract, which shall become binding upon the furnishing of a Performance Security and the signing of the Contract by both parties.

64.5 The Notification of Award establishes a Contract between the Purchaser and the successful Tenderer and the existence of a Contract is confirmed through the signature of the Contract Document that includes all agreements between the Purchaser and the successful Tenderer.

65. Performance Security 65.1 The Performance Security shall be determined sufficient to protect the performance of the Contract pursuant to Rule 27 of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008.


STNP_ICX 35

65.2 Performance Security shall be furnished by the successful Tenderer in the amount specified in the TDS and denominated in the currencies in which the Contract Price is payable pursuant to Rule 102 (8) of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008.

65.3 The proceeds of the Performance Security shall be payable to the Purchaser unconditionally upon first written demand as compensation for any loss resulting from the Supplier’s failure to complete its obligations under the Contract.

66. Form and Time Limit for furnishing of Performance security

66.1 The Performance Security shall be in the form of irrevocable Bank Guarantee in the format (Form PG5A-9) as stated under ITT Clause 65, shall be issued by an internationally reputable bank and it shall have correspondent bank located in Bangladesh, to make it enforceable pursuant to Rule 27(4) of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008..

66.2 Within twenty-eight (28) days from issue of the Notification of Award, the successful Tenderer shall furnish the Performance Security for the due performance of the Contract in the amount specified under ITT Sub Clause 65.2.

67. Validity of Performance Security

67.1 The Performance Security shall be required to be valid until a date twenty-eight (28) days beyond the date of completion of the Supplier’s performance obligations under the Contract, including any warranty obligations.

67.2 If under any circumstances date of completion of the Supplier’s performance obligations under the Contract, including any warranty obligations is to be extended, the Performance Security shall correspondingly be extended for the extended period.

68. Authenticity of performance Security

69.1 The Purchaser shall verify the authenticity of the Performance Security submitted by the successful Tenderer by sending a written request to the branch of the bank issuing irrevocable Bank Guarantee in specified format.

69.2 If the Performance Security submitted under ITT Sub Clause 65.2 is not found to be authentic, the Purchaser shall proceed to take measures against the Tenderer in accordance with Section 64 of the Act and pursuant to Rule 127 of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008.


STNP_ICX 36

69. Contract Signing 69.1 At the same time as the Purchaser issues the Notification of Award, the Purchaser shall send the draft Contract Agreement and all documents forming the Contract pursuant to Rule 102 of the Public Procurement Rule, 2008, to the successful Tenderer.

69.2 Within twenty-eight (28) days of the issuance of Notification of Award, the successful Tenderer and the Purchaser shall sign the contract provided that the Performance Security submitted by the Tenderer is found to be genuine.

69.3 If the successful Tenderer fails to provide the required Performance Security, as stated under ITT Clause 65 or to sign the Contract , as stated under ITT Sub-Clause 69.2, Purchaser shall proceed to award the Contract to the next lowest evaluated Tenderer, and so on, by order of ranking pursuant to Rule 102 of the Public Procurement Rules,2008.

70. Publication of Notification of Award of Contract

70.1 Notification of Awards for Contracts of Taka 10 (ten) million and above shall be notified by the Purchaser to the Central Procurement Technical Unit within 7(seven) days of issuance of the NOA for publication in their website, and that notice shall be kept posted for not less than a month pursuant to Rule 37 of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008.

70.2 Notification of Award for Contracts below Taka 10(ten) million, shall be published by the Purchaser on its Notice Board and where applicable on the website of the Purchaser and that notice shall be kept posted for not less than a month pursuant to Rule 37 of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008..

71. Debriefing of Tenderers

72.1 Debriefing of Tenderers by Purchaser shall outline the relative status and weakness only of his or her Tender requesting to be informed of the grounds for not accepting the Tender submitted by him or her pursuant to Rule 37 of the Public Procurement Rule, 2008, without disclosing information about any other Tenderer.

72.2 In the case of debriefing confidentiality of the evaluation process shall be maintained.

72. Right to Complains 72.1 Any Tenderer has the right to complain if it has suffered or likely to suffer loss or damage due to a failure of a duty imposed on the Purchaser to fulfil its obligations in accordance with Section 29 of the Public Procurement Act 2006 and pursuant to Part 12 of Chapter Three of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008.

72.2 Circumstances in which a formal complaint may be lodged in sequence by a potential Tenderer against a Purchaser pursuant to Rule 56 of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008, and the complaints, if any, be also processed pursuant to Rule 57 of the Public Procurement Rules 2008.


STNP_ICX 37

72.3 The potential Tenderer shall submit his or her complaint in writing within seven (7) calendar days of becoming aware of the circumstances giving rise to the complaint.

72.4 In the first instance, the potential Tenderer shall submit his or her complaint to the Purchaser who issued the Tender Document.

72.5 The place and address for the first stage in the submission of complaints to the Administrative Authority is provided in the TDS.

72.6 The Tenderer may appeal to a Review Panel only if the Tenderer has exhausted all his or her options of complaints to the administrative authority as stated under ITT Sub-Clause 72.2.


STNP_ICX 38

Section 2. Tender Data Sheet

Instructions for completing the Tender Data Sheet are provided, as needed, in the notes in italics and under lined mentioned for the relevant ITT clauses.

ITT Clause Amendments of, and Supplements to, Clauses in the Instruction to Tenderers

A. General

ITT 1.1

The Purchaser is: Project Director

Switching and Transmission Networking Project (STNP) for Strengthening Digital Connectivity, BTCL, Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station, Karail, Banani, Dhaka 1213.

The Name and identification number of Tender are "Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of NFV Enabled IP Based Interconnection Exchange ( ICX ) in Bangladesh on Turn-Key Basis”.

ITT 1.2 The number, identification and name of lots comprising the Tender are:

Single lot. The list of goods and services are identified in Section 6 : Schedule of Requirements.

ITT 3.1 The source of public funds is : GOB

ITT 3.3 The name of the Development Partner is : None

ITT 5.1 Tenderers from the following countries are not eligible : Israel

ITT 5.13 Tenderers shall have the following up to date valid License : None

ITT 6.1 Materials, Equipment and associated services from the following countries are not eligible: Israel

B. Tender Document

ITT8.2 The following are the offices of the Purchaser or authorised agents for the purpose of providing the Tender Document:

Only the office of the Project Director


ITT9.1 For clarification of Tender Document purposes only, the Procuring Entity’s address is:

Attention: Project Director


Telephone: 880-2-41080171

Fax No.: 880-2-222271002

e-mail address: [email protected], [email protected]

and contact the Procuring Entity within : As specified in the IFT


STNP_ICX 39

ITT10.1 A Pre- Tender meeting shall be held at

Address: As specified in the IFT

Time & Date: As specified in the IFT

C. Qualification Criteria

ITT 13.1

The maximum 3 (three) number of arbitrations awarded against the Tenderer over a period of the last 5 (five) years.

[Note-(i) Tenderer has to certify the number of such arbitration as indicated in Tender

Information (Form PG5A-2a)]

ITT14.1(a) The Tenderer shall have a minimum of 5 (five) years of overall experience in the role of contractor, subcontractor, or management contractor.

[ Note: (i) Overall experience shall be substantiated with at least one completion certificate and such certificate shall be in letter head pad of purchaser with issue date, work order/purchase order date, completion date, issuer signature with full name, designation, telephone number and email address.]

ITT 14.1(b)

The minimum specific experience as a Contractor or Subcontractor or Management

Contractor in similar to the proposed plant and services in at least a number of 3 (three) contract(s) of similar nature, complexity and methods/construction technology successfully completed within the last 5 (five) years, each with a value of at least Tk. 12 (twelve) Crore.

[ Note: (i) The specific experience shall be substantiated with completion certificate(s) and such certificate(s) must be in letter head pad of purchaser with issue date, work order/purchase order number & date, contract value, completion date, and issuer signature with full name, designation, telephone number and email address.

(ii) Years counting backward from the date of publication of IFT in the newspaper.

(iii) Similar nature, complexity and methods/construction technology shall stand for a broader meaning of the system. The contractor shall have specific experience in the telecommunication switching system.]

ITT 15.1(a)

The required average annual turnover shall be greater than 25 (twenty-five) Crore within the last 5 (five) years.

[Note: (i) Average Annual Turnover shall be calculated as total certified payments received for contracts in progress or completed and /or the Average Annual Turnover shall be calculated considering best three (3) years turnover data of audited annual report taken from last five (5) years data.

(ii) (iii) Years shall be counting backward from the date of publication of IFT in the newspaper.]

ITT 15.1(b) The minimum amount of liquid assets or working capital or credit facilities of the Tenderer shall be 30 (thirty) Crore.

[Note : (i) Submission of audited balance sheets or other financial statements acceptable to the purchaser or credit facility letter from schedule bank shall be submitted by the tenderer to demonstrate the current soundness of the tenderer’s position and its prospective long-term profitability.]


STNP_ICX 40

ITT 16.1(a) A Project Manager, Engineer, and other key staff shall have the following qualifications and experience:

No Position Total Works Experience (Years)

Experience in similar works (Years)

ITT 17.1 The Tenderer shall own or have proven access to hire or lease of the major equipment, in full working order as follows:

No Equipment Type and Characteristics

Minimum Number Required

[for Tenders where the package contains more than one (1) lot, this qualification requirement may be necessary for each lot in the package, subject to the nature of the control required over each package]

ITT 18.1

The value of non-judicial stamp for execution of the Joint Venture Agreement shall be Tk 300 ( three hundred) only.

ITT 18.2

Maximum number of partners in the JV shall be 2 ( two )

The minimum qualification requirements of Leading Partner, other Partner(s) and requirements by summation of a JV shall be as follows:

TDS Clauses References

Requirements by summation

Requirements for Leading Partner

Requirements for other Partner(s)

ITT-14.1(a) Summation not applicable

Same as stated in TDS

Same as for Leading Partner

ITT-14.1(b) 100% At least one Contract Not applicable

ITT-15.1(a) 100% Minimum 40(forty)% Minimum 25(twenty five)%

ITT-15.1(b) 100% Minimum 40(forty)% Minimum 25(twenty five )%

ITT-16.1(a) 100% Any Any

ITT-17.1 100% Any Any

Percent share of business of the JVCA partners shall not be taken into account in determining the qualification of a JVCA]

D. Tender Preparation

ITT 19.2 The maximum of 20 (twenty) percent of Goods are allowed to be subcontracted

ITT 19.4 The Nominated Subcontractor(s) named [insert name(s)] shall execute the following specific components of the proposed Works:

[The bidder shall fill up ]


STNP_ICX 41

ITT 20.1 Tenders are being invited for Single lot.

ITT 24.2(r) The Tenderer shall submit with its technical offer the following additional documents:

(i) Brochure/catalogue/data sheet for only core equipment as stated in Section:6

(ii) station wise (as stated in Section:6) list of equipment without unit price

iii)Clause by clause compliance schedule as stated in Section:5 (Sl no-12). Tenderer has to provide compliance to all the clauses of the tender document and provide proper reference of their proposal (Document/Volume name, section number, page number etc. to find out easily during evaluation).

(iv) Tender purchase receipt (original in one set and copies in other sets)

v) List of certificate provided for qualification with information seeking in clause ITT 14.2(a), 14.1(b) of TDS and performance of equipment (user certificate) below as stated in Section:5 (Sl no-13). Certificate out of this list shall not be counted during evaluation.

vi) User certificate from a minimum of 3 (three) number of users for the equipment running satisfactorily for at least 2 (two) years outside of the country of the manufacturer.

vii) A block diagram of the entire system which shall contain all core equipment

viii) A “Declaration on Observance of Ethics” (as per “Annex 1.1” attached, duly filled up

and properly signed) ix) A “Bond for Spares” (as per “Annex 1.2.” attached, duly filled up and properly signed x) A “Bond for Expansion Guarantee” (as per “Annex 1.3” attached, duly filled up and properly signed) xi) Power of attorney

a) Power of attorney must be submitted in favor of the authorized signatory for signing

the bid. Both signature and initial (if used) of the authorized signatory should be attested by competent authority. b) If the power of Attorney is not in English then legally authorized English translation authenticated by the Bangladesh Embassy in bidder’s country must also be submitted. c) The bidder shall submit the photocopy of passport of the authorized signatory with the bid. xii) The “Manufacturers’ Letter(s) of Authority” in Manufacturer’s Letterhead to participate in this bid (if the bid is not submitted by the manufacturer of the offered goods directly). xiii) If the bid is through a local agent, then, Local Agent’s Trade License (updated for current year).

ITT 24.3(c) The Tenderer shall submit with its financial offer the following additional documents:

Station wise list of all equipment with unit price

ITT 25.1 Alternatives “shall not be permitted”.

ITT 26.1 Tenderers shall quote for the entire Plant and Installation Services on a single responsibility basis.

ITT 26.5(a) Place of Destination: CPT/CFR Hazrat Shahjalal International Airport, Dhaka/Chattogram Sea Port, Chittagong.

ITT 26.5(d) Local transportation to named place of final destination is: Sher-E-Bangla Nagor BTCL building and Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building, Dhaka and Sylhet, Chittagong, Bogura and Khulna.

ITT 26.7 The prices quoted by the Tenderer shall be fixed for the duration of the Contract.

ITT 27.4 Name of the foreign currency: USD


STNP_ICX 42

ITT28.1 (b) Spare parts are: “Required”

Period of time the Equipment are expected to be functioning (for the purpose of spare parts): 6 (six) years after warranty period.

[Note: Such spare parts as the Purchaser may elect to purchase from the supplier, provided that this election shall not relieve the supplier of any warranty obligations under the contract; Such spare parts that the Purchaser may be able to purchase from other

supplier/manufacturers but are compatible with the goods procured ]

ITT 28.1(b) Manufacturer’s authorization is: “Required”

A Manufacturer’s Authorisation Letter is only required for the following items listed below

1)SBC/Media Gateway Controller

2)IP MGW/ iSBC

3)Router

4)Server

5)Layer 3 (L3) Switch

6)Firewall

7)Transmission Equipment

8)NMS

9) Rectifier

10) Battery

11) NTP Equipment

ITT 30.2 The Tender validity period shall be 120 (one hundred twenty) days.

ITT 32.2 The amount of the Tender Security shall be 36 (thirty-six) lacs taka only or US$ 43,000 (forty-three thousand) only.

ITT 37.1 In addition to the original of the Tender, 2 (two) copies shall be submitted along with one scanned soft copy (password protected) of the original signed technical offer.

ITT 37.2 In addition to the original financial offer, 2 (two) more copies shall be submitted.

E. Submission of Tender

ITT 38.2(e) The inner and outer envelopes shall bear the following additional identification marks : [insert the name and/or number that must appear on the Technical offer envelope to

identify this specific Tendering process]

ITT 38.4(e) The inner and outer envelopes shall bear the following additional identification marks : [insert the name and/or number that must appear on the Financial offer envelope to

identify this specific Tendering process]

ITT 39.1 For Tender submission purposes, the Purchaser’s address is:

Attention: Quazi Nizam Uddin, Project Director

Switching and Transmission Networking Project (STNP) for Strengthening Digital Connectivity, BTCL, Mohakhali, Dhaka.


STNP_ICX 43

Address: Room-305, Second Floor, Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building, Dhaka 1213.

The deadline for submission of Tenders: To be specified in Invitation for Tender (IFT) and its subsequent corrigenda.

ITT 39.3 For Tender submission purposes only, the Procuring Entity’s address is:

Multiple dropping is not applicable

[in case of multiple dropping state below the addresses of the PRIMARY PLACE and SECONDARY PLACES with Time and Date]

Attention: [ state full name with designation of the person]

Address (PRIMARY PLACE):

[state detail address including floor and room number]

The deadline for the submission of Tenders is:

Time & Date:

Attention: [ state full name with designation of the person]

Address (SECONDARY PLACES):

[state detail address including floor and room number]

The deadline for the submission of Tenders is:

Time & Date:

[ the deadline for submission of Tenders at the Secondary Place(s) shall be, the same as and not different from that, specified for Primary Place]

ITT 39.4 The deadline for hand-delivering of the Tenders at the PRIMARY PLACE is:

Time & Date: Not applicable

[must be within three(3) hours after the deadline for submission of Tenders at the SECONDARY PLACES]

F. Opening and Evaluation of Tenders

ITT 45.1 The technical offer opening shall take place at: Room-305, Second Floor, Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building, Dhaka 1213.

To be specified in Invitation for Tender (IFT) and its subsequent corrigenda.

ITT 57.5 The applicable economic factors, for the purposes of evaluation of Tenders shall

be: Not applicable.

G. Award of Contract

ITT 65.2 The amount of Performance Security shall be 10 (ten) per cent of the Contract Price.

ITT 72.5 The name and address of the office where complaints to the Purchaser are to be submitted is:

Attention: Quazi Nizam Uddin, Project Director

Address: Room-305, Second Floor, Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building, Dhaka 1213.


STNP_ICX 44

Section 3. General Conditions of Contract

A. General

1. Definitions 1.1 In the Conditions of Contract, which include Particular Conditions and these General Conditions, the following words and expressions shall have the meaning hereby assigned to them. Boldface type is used to identify the defined terms:

(a) Approving Authority means the authority which, in accordance with the Delegation of Financial powers, approves the award of Contract for the Procurement of Goods, Works and Services.

(b) Act means The Public Procurement Act, 2006 (Act 24 of 2006).

(c) Commissioning means operation of the Facilities or any part thereof by the Contractor following Completion, which operation is to be carried out by the Contractor for the purpose of carrying out Guarantee Test(s).

(d) Competent Authority means the authority that gives decision on specific issues as per delegation of administrative and/or financial powers.

(e) Completion means that the Facilities (or a specific part thereof where specific parts are specified in the Contract) have been completed operationally and structurally and put in a tight and clean condition, that all work in respect of Pre Commissioning of the Facilities or such specific part thereof has been completed, and that the Facilities or specific part thereof are ready for Commissioning.

(f) Completion Certificate means the Certificate issued by the Project Manager as evidence that the Contractor has executed the services in all respects as per design, drawing, specifications and Conditions of Contract.

(g) Completion Date is the actual date of completion of the plant and services certified by the Project Manager, in accordance with GCC Clause 24.

(h) Contract Agreement means the Agreement entered into between the Procuring Entity and the Contractor, together with the Contract Documents referred to therein, including all attachments, appendices, and all documents incorporated by reference therein to supply and install Plant & Equipment

(i) Contract Documents means the documents listed in GCC Clause 6, including any amendments thereto.

(j) Contractor/supplier means the Person under contract with the Procuring Entity for the supply and installation of Plant & Equipment under the Rules and the Act as stated in the PCC.


STNP_ICX 45

(k) Contractor’s Representative means any person nominated by the Contractor and approved by the Employer to perform the duties delegated by the Contractor.

(l) Contract Price means the price payable to the Contractor as specified in the Contract Agreement, subject to such additions and adjustments thereto or deductions therefrom, for the supply and installation of plant & equipment in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, subject to such additions and adjustments thereto or deductions therefrom, as may be made pursuant to the Contract.

(m) Cost means all expenditures reasonably incurred or to be incurred by the Contractor, whether on or off the Site, including overhead, profit, taxes, duties, fees, and such other similar levies

(n) Day means calendar day unless otherwise specified as working days.

(o) Dayworks means work carried out following the instructions of the Procuring Entity or the authorised Project Manager and is paid for on the basis of time spent by the Contractor’s workers and equipment at the rates specified in the Schedules, in addition to payments for associated Materials and Plant.

(p) Defect is any part of the Works not completed in accordance with the Contract.

(q) Defect Liability Period means the period of validity of the warranties given by the Contractor commencing at Completion of the Facilities or a part thereof, during which the Contractor is responsible for defects with respect to the Facilities (or the relevant part thereof) as provided in contract document.

(r) Defects Correction Certificate is the certificate issued by the Project Manager upon correction of defects by the Contractor.

(s) Drawings include calculations and other information provided in Section 7 or as approved by the Project Manager for the execution and completion of the Contract.

(t) Effective Date means the date of fulfillment of all conditions of the Contract Agreement, from which the Time for Completion shall be counted.

(u) Equipmentmeans all facilities, equipment, machinery, tools, apparatus, appliances or things of every kind required in or for installation, completion and maintenance of Facilities that are to be provided by the Contractor, but does not include Plant, or other things intended to form or forming part of the Facilities.

(v) Facilities means the Plant to be supplied and installed, as well as all the Installation Services to be carried out by the Contractor under the Contract. It also includes any ancillary building or infra structure that needs to be constructed/built/erected to support the plant.


STNP_ICX 46

(w) Force Majeure means an event or situation beyond the control of the Contractor that is not foreseeable, is unavoidable, and its origins not due to negligence or lack of care on the part of the Contractor; such events may include, but not be limited to, acts of the Government in its sovereign capacity, wars or revolutions, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, and freight embargoes or more as included in GCC Clause 52.

(x) Goods mean the Contractor’s Plant, Equipment, Materials or any of them as appropriate.

(y) GCC means the General Conditions of Contract.

(z) Government means the Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh.

(aa) Guarantee Test(s)means the test(s) specified in the Employer’s Requirements to be carried out to ascertain whether the Facilities or a specified part thereof is able to attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, in accordance with the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 25.2 (Guarantee Test) hereof.

(bb) Head of the Procuring Entity means the Secretary of a Ministry or a Division, the Head of a Government Department or Directorate; or the Chief Executive, by whatever designation called, of a local Government agency, an autonomous or semi-autonomous body or a corporation, or a corporate body established under the Companies Act;

(cc) Installation Services means all those services ancillary to the supply of the Plant for the Facilities, to be provided by the Contractor under the Contract, such as transportation and provision of marine or other similar insurance, inspection, expediting, site preparation works (including the provision and use of Contractor’s Equipment and the supply of all construction materials required), installation, testing, pre-commissioning, commissioning, operations, maintenance, the provision of operations and maintenance manuals, training, etc. as the case may require.

(dd) Intended Completion Date is the date calculated from the Commencement Date as specified in the PCC, on which it is intended that the Contractor shall complete the Works and Physical services as specified in the Contract and may be revised only by the Project Manager by issuing an extension of time or an acceleration order.

(ee) Materials means things of all kinds other than Plant intended to form or forming part of the Permanent Works, including the supply-only materials, if any, to be supplied by the Contractor under the Contract.

(ff) Month means calendar month.

(gg) Original Contract Price is the Contract Price stated in the Procuring Entity’s Notification of Award (Form PG5A-7) and further clearly determined in the PCC.


STNP_ICX 47

(hh) Operational Acceptance means the acceptance by the Employer of the Facilities (or any part of the Facilities where the Contract provides for acceptance of the Facilities in parts), which certifies the Contractor’s fulfillment of the Contract in respect of Functional Guarantees of the Facilities (or the relevant part thereof) in accordance with the provisions of contract

(ii) PCC means the Particular Conditions of Contract.

(jj) Plant means permanent plant, equipment, machinery, apparatus, materials, articles, ancillary buildings/structure and things of all kinds to be provided and incorporated in the Facilities by the Contractor under the Contract (including the spare parts to be supplied by the Contractor), but does not include Contractor’s Equipment.

(kk) Pre Commissioning means the testing, checking and other requirements specified in the Employer’s Requirements that are to be carried out by the Contractor in preparation for Commissioning.

(ll) Procuring Entity/Employer/Purchaser means, as the context so applies, an Entity having administrative and financial powers to undertake procurement of Plant and Physical services using public funds and is as named in the PCC who employs the Contractor to carry out the contractual obligations.

(mm) Project Manager is the person named in the PCC or any other competent person appointed by the Procuring Entity and notified to the Contractor who is responsible for supervising the execution and completion of the plant and services and administering the Contract.

(nn) Schedules means the document(s) entitled schedules, completed by the Contractor and submitted with the Tender Submission Letter, as included in the Contract. Such document may include the data, lists and schedules of rates and/or prices.

(oo) Site means the land and other places upon which the Facilities are to be installed, and such other land or places as may be specified in the PCC as forming part of the Site

(pp) Site Investigation Reports are those that were included in the Tender Document and are factual and interpretative reports about the surface and subsurface conditions at the Site.

(qq) Specification means the Specification of the goods/works/related services included in the Contract and any modifications or additions to the specifications made or approved by the Project Manager in accordance with the Contract.

(rr) Start Date is the date defined in the PCC and it is the last date when the Contractor shall commence execution of the goods/works/services under the Contract.


STNP_ICX 48

(ss) Subcontractor means a person or corporate body, who has a contract with the Contractor to carry out a part of the work in the Contract, which includes work on the Site.

(tt) Time for Completion means the time within which Completion of the Facilities as a whole (or of a part of the Facilities where a separate Time for Completion of such part has been prescribed) is to be attained, in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Contract.

(uu) Variation means any change to the plant and services directly procured from the original Contractor to cover increases or decreases in quantities, including the introduction of new work items that are either due to change of plans, design or alignment to suit actual field conditions, within the general scope and physical boundaries of the contract.

(vv) Works means all works associated with the construction, reconstruction, site preparation, demolition, repair, maintenance or renovation of railways, roads, highways, or a building, an infrastructure or structure or an installation or any construction work relating to excavation, installation of equipment and materials, decoration, as well as physical services ancillary to works as detailed in the PCC, if the value of those services does not exceed that of the Works themselves.

(ww) Writing means communication written by hand or machine duly signed and includes properly authenticated messages by facsimile or electronic mail.

2. Interpretation 2.1 In interpreting the GCC, singular also means plural, male also means female or neuter, and the other way around. Headings in the GCC shall not be deemed part thereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation or construance of the Contract. Words have their normal meaning under the language of the Contract unless specifically defined.

2.2 Entire Agreement.

The Contract constitutes the entire agreement between the Employer and the Contractor and supersedes all communications, negotiations and agreements (whether written or verbal) of parties with respect thereto made prior to the date of Contract Agreement; except those stated under GCC Sub Clause 6.1(j).

2.3 Non waiver.

(a) Subject to GCC Sub Clause 2.3(b), no relaxation, forbearance, delay, or indulgence by either party in enforcing any of the terms and conditions of the Contract or the granting of time by either party to the other shall prejudice, affect, or restrict the rights of that party under the Contract, neither shall any waiver by either party of any breach of Contract operate as waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach of Contract.

(b) Any waiver of a party’s rights, powers, or remedies under the Contract must be in writing, dated, and signed by an authorized


STNP_ICX 49

representative of the party granting such waiver, and must specify the right and the extent to which it is being waived.

2.4. Severability

If any provision or condition of the Contract is prohibited or rendered invalid or unenforceable, such prohibition, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions and conditions of the Contract.

2.5. Sectional completion

If sectional completion is specified in the PCC, references in the GCC to the Works, the Completion Date, and the Intended Completion Date apply to any section of the Works (other than references to the Completion Date and Intended Completion Date for the whole of the Works).

3. Communications & Notices

3.1 Communications between Parties such as notice, request or consent required or permitted to be given or made by one party to the other pursuant to the Contract shall be in writing to the addresses specified in the PCC.

3.2 A notice shall be effective when delivered or on the notice’s effective date, whichever is later.

3.3 A Party may change its address for notice hereunder by giving the other Party notice of such change to the address.

4. Governing Law 4.1 The Contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh.

5. Governing Language

5.1 The Contract shall be written in English. All correspondences and documents relating to the Contract may be written in English. Supporting documents and printed literature that are part of the Contract may be in another language, provided they are accompanied by an accurate translation of the relevant passages in English, in which case, for purposes of interpretation of the Contract, such translation shall govern.

5.2 The Contractor shall bear all costs of translation to the governing language and all risks of the accuracy of such translation.

6. Documents Forming the Contract and Priority of Documents

6.1 The following documents forming the Contract shall be interpreted in the following order of priority:


STNP_ICX 50

(a) the signed Contract Agreement (Form PG5A-8);

(b) the Notification of Award (PG5A-7);

(c) the completed Tender and the Appendix to the Tender;

(d) the Price Schedule for Plant and Services (PG5A-3);

(e) the Particular Conditions of Contract;

(f) the General Conditions of Contract;

(g) the Technical Specifications;

(h) Personnel Information;

(i) Equipment Information;

(j) the Drawings; and

(k) Any other document listed in the PCC forming part of the Contract.

7. Contract Agreement

7.1 The parties shall enter into a Contract Agreement within twenty-eight (28) days from the date of issuance of the Notification of Award (NOA). The costs of stamp duties and similar charges, if any, designated by the applicable law in connection with entry into the Contract Agreement, shall be borne by the Employer.

8. Assignment 8.1 Neither the Contractor nor the Employer shall assign, in whole or in part, its obligations under the Contract; except with the Employer’s prior written approval.

9. Eligibility 9.1 The Contractor and its Subcontractor(s) shall have the nationality of a country other than that specified in the PCC.

9.2 All materials, equipment, plant, and supplies used by the Contractor in both permanent and temporary works and services supplied under the Contract shall have their origin in the countries except any specified in the PCC.

10. Gratuities / Agency fees

10.1 No fees, gratuities, rebates, gifts, commissions or other payments, other than those included in the Contract, shall be given or received in connection with the procurement process or in the Contract execution.

11. Confidential Details

11.1 The Employer and the Contractor shall keep confidential and shall not, without the written consent of the other party hereto, divulge to any third party any documents, data, or other information furnished directly or indirectly by the other party hereto in connection with the Contract, whether such information has been furnished prior to, during or following completion or termination of the Contract. Notwithstanding the above, the Contractor may furnish to its Subcontractor such documents, data, and other information it receives from the Employer to the extent required for the Subcontractor to perform its work under the Contract, in which event the Contractor shall obtain from such Subcontractor an undertaking of confidentiality similar to that imposed on the Contractor under GCC Clause 11.


STNP_ICX 51

11.2 The Employer shall not use such documents, data, and other information received from the Contractor for any purposes unrelated to the Contract. Similarly, the Contractor shall not use such documents, data, and other information received from the Employer for any purpose other than the design, construction, or other work and services required for the performance of the Contract.

11.3 The obligations of a party under GCC Sub Clauses 11.1 and 11.2 above, however, shall not apply to information that: the Employer or Contractor needs to share with institutions participating in the financing of the Contract; now or hereafter enters the public domain through no fault of that party; can be proven to have been possessed by that party at the time of disclosure and which was not previously obtained, directly or indirectly, from the other party; or otherwise lawfully becomes available to that party from a third party that has no obligation of confidentiality.

11.4 The above provisions of GCC Clause 11 shall not in any way modify any undertaking of confidentiality given by either of the parties hereto prior to the date of the Contract in respect of the Works or any part thereof.

11.5 The provisions of GCC Clause 11 shall survive completion or termination, for whatever reason.

12. Joint Venture (JV) 12.1 If the Contractor is a Joint Venture, Consortium, or Association (JVCA),

(a) each partner of the JV shall be jointly and severally liable for all liabilities and ethical or legal obligations to the Employer for the performance of the Contract;

(b) the JV partners shall nominate a representative who shall have the authority to conduct all business including the receipt of payments for and on behalf of all partners of the JV;

(c) in the event of a dispute that results in legal action against all partners of the JV, if they are available and if only one partner is available, then that partner alone shall answer on behalf of all partners and, if the complaint lodged is proven, the penalty shall be applicable on that lone partner as whatever penalty all the partners would have received.

(d) the JV shall notify the Employer of its composition and legal status which shall not be altered without the prior approval of the Employer.

(e) alteration of partners shall only be allowed if any of the partners is found to be incompetent or has any serious difficulties which may impact the overall implementation of the goods/works/service, whereby the incoming partner shall require to possess qualifications equal to or higher than that of the outgoing partner.

(f) if any of the partners of JV has been debarred from participating in any procurement activity due to corrupt, fraudulent, collusive or coercive practices, that JV partner shall be altered following provisions under GCC Sub Clause 12.1 (d) and (e), while in case the Leading Partner has been debarred due to the same


STNP_ICX 52

reasons stated herein the Contract shall be terminated as stated under GCC Sub Clause 67.1(b).

13. Possession of the Site

13.1 The Employer shall give possession of the Site or part(s) of the Site, to the Contractor on the date(s) stated in the PCC. If possession of a part of the Site is not given by the date stated in the PCC, the Employer will be deemed to have delayed the start of the relevant activities, and this will be a Compensation Event.

14. Access to the Site 14.1 The Contractor shall allow the Engineer and any person authorised by the Engineer access to the Site and to any place where work in connection with the Contract is being carried out or is intended to be carried out.

15. Safety, Security and Protection of the Environment

15.1 The Contractor shall throughout the execution and completion of the Works and the remedying of any defects therein:

(a) take all reasonable steps to safeguard the health and safety of all workers working on the Site and other persons entitled to be on it, and to keep the Site in an orderly state;

(b) provide and maintain at the Contractor’s own cost all lights, guards, fencing, warning signs and watching for the protection of the Works or for the safety on-site; and

(c) take all reasonable steps to protect the environment on and off the Site and to avoid damage or nuisance to persons or to property of the public or others resulting from pollution, noise or other causes arising as a consequence of the Contractors methods of operation.

16. Working Hours

16.1 The Contractor shall not perform any work on the Site on the weekly holidays, or during the night or outside the normal working hours, or on any religious or public holiday, without the prior written approval of the Project Manager.

17. Welfare of Laborers

17.1 The Contractor shall comply with all the relevant labour Laws applicable to the Contractor’s personnel relating to their employment, health, safety, welfare, immigration and shall allow them all their legal rights.

17.2 The Contractor, in particular, shall provide proper accommodation to his or her labourers and arrange proper water supply, conservancy and sanitation arrangements at the site for all necessary hygienic requirements and for the prevention of epidemics in accordance with relevant regulations, rules and orders of the government.

17.3 The Contractor, further in particular, shall pay reasonable wages to his or her labourers, and pay them in time. In the event of delay in payment the Employer may effect payments to the labourers and recover the cost from the Contractor.

17.4 The Contractor shall appoint an accident prevention officer at the Site, responsible for maintaining safety and protection against accidents. This person shall be qualified for this responsibility, and shall have the authority to issue instructions and take appropriate protective measures to prevent accidents that could result in injury. Throughout the execution of the Works, the Contractor shall provide


STNP_ICX 53

whatever is required by this person to exercise this responsibility and authority.

18. Child Labor 18.1 The Contractor shall not employ any child to perform any work that is economically exploitative, or is likely to be hazardous to, or to interfere with, the child's education, or to be harmful to the child's health or physical, mental, spiritual, moral, or social development in compliance with the applicable laws and other relevant treaties ratified by the government.

19. Fossils& antiquities

19.1 All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity, and structures and other remains or items of geological or archaeological interest found on the Site shall be placed under the care and authority of the Employer. The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions to prevent Contractor’s Personnel or other persons from removing or damaging any of these findings.

19.2 The Contractor shall, upon discovery of any such finding, promptly give notice to the Project Manager, who shall issue instructions for dealing with it. If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs cost from complying with the instructions, the Contractor shall give a further notice to the Project Manager and shall be entitled subject to Claims under GCC Clause 71

20. Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive or Coercive Practices

20.1 The Government requires that Employer, as well as the Contractor shall observe the highest standard of ethics during the implementation of procurement proceedings and the execution of the Contract.

20.2 The Government requires that Employer, as well as the Contractor shall, during the Procurement proceedings and the execution of the Contract under public funds, ensure-

(a) strict compliance with the provisions of Section 64 of the Public Procurement Act, 2006

(b) abiding by the code of ethics as mentioned in the Rule127 of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008;

(c) that neither it, nor any other member of its staff, or any other agents or intermediaries working on its behalf engages in any such practice as detailed in GCC Sub Clause 20.2.

20.3 For the purposes of GCC Sub Clause 20.2, the terms set forth below as follows

(a) “corrupt practice” means offering, giving or promising to give, receiving, or soliciting either directly or indirectly, to any officer or employee of an Employer or other public or private authority or individual, a gratuity in any form; employment or any other thing or service of value as an inducement with respect to an act or decision or method followed by an Employer in connection with a Procurement proceeding or Contract execution;

(b) “fraudulent practice” means the misrepresentation or omission of facts in order to influence a decision to be taken in a Procurement proceeding or Contract execution;

(c) collusive practice” means a scheme or arrangement between two (2) or more Persons, with or without the knowledge of the


STNP_ICX 54

Employer, that is designed to arbitrarily reduce the number of Tenders submitted or fix Tender prices at artificial, non-competitive levels, thereby denying an Employer the benefits of competitive price arising from genuine and open competition; or

(d) “Coercive practice” means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, Persons or their property to influence a decision to be taken in the Procurement proceeding or the execution of the Contract, and this will include creating obstructions in the normal submission process used for Tenders.

20.4 Should any corrupt, fraudulent, collusive or coercive practice of any kind come to the knowledge of the Employer, it will, in the first place, allow the Contractor to provide an explanation and shall, take actions only when a satisfactory explanation is not received. Such decision and the reasons thereof, shall be recorded in the record of the procurement proceedings and promptly communicated to the Contractor. Any communications between the Contractor and the Employer related to matters of alleged fraud or corruption shall be in writing.

20.5 If corrupt, fraudulent, collusive or coercive practices of any kind determined by the Employer against the Contractor alleged to have carried out such practices, the Employer will:

(a) exclude the Contractor from further participation in the particular Procurement proceeding; or

(b) declare, at its discretion, the Contractor to be ineligible to participate in further Procurement proceedings, either indefinitely or for a specific period of time.

20.6 20.6 The Contractor shall be aware of the provisions on corruption, fraudulence, collusion and coercion in Section 64 of the Public Procurement Act, 2006 and Rule 127 of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008.

21. License/ Use of Technical Information

21.1 For the operation and maintenance of the Plant, the Contractor hereby grants a non-exclusive and non-transferable license (without the right to sub-license) to the Employer under the patents, utility models or other industrial property rights owned by the Contractor or by a third Party from whom the Contractor has received the right to grant licenses thereunder, and shall also grant to the Employer a non-exclusive and non-transferable right (without the right to sub-license) to use the know-how and other technical information disclosed to the Employer under the Contract. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as transferring ownership of any patent, utility model, trademark, design, copyright, know-how or other intellectual property right from the Contractor or any third Party to the Employer.

21.2 The copyright in all drawings, documents and other materials containing data and information furnished to the Employer by the Contractor herein shall remain vested in the Contractor or, if they are furnished to the Employer directly or through the Contractor by any third Party, including suppliers of materials, the copyright in such materials shall remain vested in such third Party.


STNP_ICX 55

B. Subject Matter of Contract

22. Scope of Facilities 22.1 Unless otherwise expressly limited in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor’s obligations cover the provision of all Plant and the performance of all Installation Services required for the design, and the manufacture (including procurement, quality assurance, construction, installation, associated civil works, Pre Commissioning and delivery) of the Plant, and the installation, completion and commissioning of the Facilities in accordance with the plans, procedures, specifications, drawings, codes and any other documents as specified in the Section, Employer’s Requirements. Such specifications include, but are not limited to, the provision of supervision and engineering services; the supply of labor, materials, equipment, spare parts and accessories; Contractor’s Equipment; construction utilities and supplies; temporary materials, structures and facilities; transportation (including, without limitation, unloading and hauling to, from and at the Site); and storage, except for those supplies, works and services that will be provided or performed by the Employer, as set forth in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer.

22.2 The Contractor shall, unless specifically excluded in the Contract, perform all such work and/or supply all such items and materials not specifically mentioned in the Contract but that can be reasonably inferred from the Contract as being required for attaining Completion of the Facilities as if such work and/or items and materials were expressly mentioned in the Contract.

22.3 In addition to the supply of Mandatory Spare Parts included in the Contract, the Contractor agrees to supply spare parts required for the operation and maintenance of the Facilities for the period specified in the PCC and the provisions, if any, specified in the PCC. However, the identity, specifications and quantities of such spare parts and the terms and conditions relating to the supply thereof are to be agreed between the Employer and the Contractor, and the price of such spare parts shall be that given in Price Schedule No.1 & 2 under form PG5A-3, which shall be added to the Contract Price. The price of such spare parts shall include the purchase price therefor and other costs and expenses (including the Contractor’s fees) relating to the supply of spare parts.

23. Time for Commencement

23.1 The Contractor shall attain Completion of the Facilities or of a part where a separate time for Completion of such part is specified in the Contract, within the time stated in the PCC or within such extended time to which the Contractor shall be entitled under GCC Clause 65.1 hereof.

24. Time for Completion

24.1 The Contractor shall attain Completion of the Facilities or of a part where a separate time for Completion of such part is specified in the Contract, within the time stated in the PCC or within such extended time to which the Contractor shall be entitled under GCC Clause 65.1 hereof.


STNP_ICX 56

25. Employer’s Responsibilities

25.1 All information and/or data to be supplied by the Employer as described in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, shall be deemed to be accurate, except when the Employer expressly states otherwise

25.2 The Employer shall be responsible for acquiring and providing legal and physical possession of the Site and access thereto, and for providing possession of and access to all other areas reasonably required for the proper execution of the Contract, including all requisite rights of way, as specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer. The Employer shall give full possession of an accord all rights of access thereto on or before the date(s) specified in that Appendix.

25.3 The Employer shall acquire and pay for all permits, approvals and/or licenses from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings in the country where the Site is located which (a) such authorities or undertakings require the Employer to obtain in the Employer’s name, (b) are necessary for the execution of the Contract, including those required for the performance by both the Contractor and the Employer of their respective obligations under the Contract, and (c) are specified in the Appendix (Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer).

25.4 If requested by the Contractor, the Employer shall use its best endeavors to assist the Contractor in obtaining in a timely and expeditious manner all permits, approvals and/or licenses necessary for the execution of the Contract from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings that such authorities or undertakings require the Contractor or Subcontractors or the personnel of the Contractor or Subcontractors, as the case may be, to obtain

25.5 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract or agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor, the Employer shall provide sufficient, properly qualified operating and maintenance personnel; shall supply and make available all raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, other materials and facilities; and shall perform all work and services of whatsoever nature, including those required by the Contractor to properly carry out Pre Commissioning, Commissioning and Guarantee Tests, all in accordance with the provisions of the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, at or before the time specified in the program furnished by the Contractor under the provisions of contract specified or as otherwise agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor.

25.6 The Employer shall be responsible for the continued operation of the Facilities after Completion, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.8, and shall be responsible for facilitating the Guarantee Test(s) for the Facilities, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 40.2.

25.7 All costs and expenses involved in the performance of the obligations under this GCC Clause 25 shall be the responsibility of the Employer, save those to be incurred by the Contractor with respect to the performance of Guarantee Tests, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 40.2.

25.8 In the event that the Employer shall be in breach of any of his obligations under this Clause, the additional cost incurred by the


STNP_ICX 57

Contractor in consequence thereof shall be determined by the Project Manager and added to the Contract Price

26. Contractor’s Responsibilities

26.1 The Contractor shall design, manufacture including associated purchases and/or subcontracting, install and complete the Facilities in accordance with the Contract. When completed, the Facilities should be fit for the purposes for which they are intended as defined in the Contract.

26.2 The Contractor confirms that it has entered into this Contract on the basis of a proper examination of the data relating to the Facilities including any data as to boring tests provided by the Employer, and on the basis of information that the Contractor could have obtained from a visual inspection of the Site if access thereto was available and of other data readily available to it relating to the Facilities as of the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to tender submission. The Contractor acknowledges that any failure to acquaint itself with all such data and information shall not relieve its responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the Facilities.

26.3 The Contractor shall acquire and pay for all permits, approvals and/or licenses from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings in the country where the Site is located which such authorities or undertakings require the Contractor to obtain in its name and which are necessary for the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, visas for the Contractor’s and Subcontractor’s personnel and entry permits for all imported Contractor’s Equipment. The Contractor shall acquire all other permits, approvals and/or licenses that are not the responsibility of the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 25.3 hereof and that are necessary for the performance of the Contract.

27. Employer’s and Contractor’s Risks

27.1 The Employer carries the risks that the Contract states are Employer’s risks and the Contractor carries the risks that the Contract states are Contractor’s risks.

28. Employer’s Risks 28.1 From the Start Date until the Defects Correction Certificate has been issued, the following are Employer’s risks: (a) the risk of personal injury, death, or loss of or damage to

property (excluding the Works, Plant, Materials, and Equipment), which are due to

i. use or occupation of the Site by the Works or for the purpose of the Works, which is the unavoidable result of the Works or

ii. negligence, breach of statutory duty, or interference with any legal right by the Employer or by any person employed by or Contracted to him except the Contractor.

iii. the risk of damage to the Works, Plant, Materials, and Equipment to the extent that it is due to a fault of the Employer or in the Employer’s design, or due to war or radioactive contamination directly affecting the country where the Works are to be executed.


STNP_ICX 58

28.2 From the Completion Date until the Defects Correction Certificate has been issued, the risk of loss of or damage to the Works, Plant, and Materials is Employer’s risk, except loss or damage due to:

(a) a Defect which existed on the Completion Date;

(b) an event occurring before the Completion Date, which was not itself Employer’s risk; or

(c) the activities of the Contractor on the Site after the Completion Date.

29. Contractor’s Risks 29.1 From the Start Date until the Defects Correction Certificate has been issued the risks of personal injury, death, and loss of or damage to property including without limitation, the Works, Plant, Materials, and Equipment, which are not Employer’s risks are Contractor’s risks.

C. Execution of the Facilities

30. Representatives 31.1 Project Manager If the Project Manager is not named in the Contract, then within fourteen (14) days of the Effective Date, the Employer shall appoint and notify the Contractor in writing of the name of the Project Manager. The Employer may from time to time appoint some other person as the Project Manager in place of the person previously so appointed, and shall give a notice of the name of such other person to the Contractor without delay. No such appointment shall be made at such a time or in such a manner as to impede the progress of work on the Facilities. Such appointment shall only take effect upon receipt of such notice by the Contractor. The Project Manager shall represent and act for the Employer at all times during the performance of the Contract. All notices, instructions, orders, certificates, approvals and all other communications under the Contract shall be given by the Project Manager, except as herein otherwise provided.

All notices, instructions, information and other communications given by the Contractor to the Employer under the Contract shall be given to the Project Manager, except as herein otherwise provided.

30.2 Contractor’s Representative & Construction Manager

30.2.1 If the Contractor’s Representative is not named in the Contract, then within fourteen (14) days of the Effective Date, the Contractor shall appoint the Contractor’s Representative and shall request the Employer in writing to approve the person so appointed. If the Employer makes no objection to the appointment within fourteen (14) days, the Contractor’s Representative shall be deemed to have been approved. If the Employer objects to the appointment within fourteen (14) days giving the reason therefor, then the Contractor shall appoint a replacement within fourteen (14) days of such objection, and the foregoing provisions of this GCC Sub-Clause 30.2.1 shall apply thereto.

30.2.2 The Contractor’s Representative shall represent and act for the Contractor at all times during the performance of the Contract and shall give to the Project Manager all the Contractor’s notices,


STNP_ICX 59

instructions, information and all other communications under the Contract.

The Contractor shall not revoke the appointment of the Contractor’s Representative without the Employer’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. If the Employer consents thereto, the Contractor shall appoint some other person as the Contractor’s Representative, pursuant to the procedure set out in GCC Sub-Clause 30.2.1.

30.2.3 . The Contractor’s Representative may, subject to the approval of the Employer which shall not be unreasonably withheld, at any time delegate to any person any of the powers, functions and authorities vested in him or her. Any such delegation may be revoked at any time. Any such delegation or revocation shall be subject to a prior notice signed by the Contractor’s Representative, and shall specify the powers, functions and authorities thereby delegated or revoked. No such delegation or revocation shall take effect unless and until a copy thereof has been delivered to the Employer and the Project Manager.

Any act or exercise by any person of powers, functions and authorities so delegated to him or her in accordance with this GCC Sub-Clause 30.2.3 shall be deemed to be an act or exercise by the Contractor’s Representative.

30.2.4 From the commencement of installation of the Facilities at the Site until Completion, the Contractor’s Representative shall appoint a suitable person as the Construction Manager. The Construction Manager shall supervise all work done at the Site by the Contractor and shall be present at the Site throughout normal working hours except when on leave, sick or absent for reasons connected with the proper performance of the Contract. Whenever the Construction Manager is absent from the Site, a suitable person shall be appointed to act as the Construction Manager’s deputy.

30.2.5 The Employer may by notice to the Contractor object to any representative or person employed by the Contractor in the execution of the Contract who, in the reasonable opinion of the Employer, may behave inappropriately, may be incompetent or negligent, or may commit a serious breach of the Site regulations provided under GCC Sub-Clause 37.4. The Employer shall provide evidence of the same, whereupon the Contractor shall remove such person from the Facilities.

30.2.6 If any representative or person employed by the Contractor is removed in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 30.2.5, the Contractor shall, where required, promptly appoint a replacement.

31. Work Program 31.1 Contractor’s Organization

The Contractor shall supply to the Employer and the Project Manager a chart showing the proposed organization to be established by the Contractor for carrying out work on the Facilities within twenty-one (21) days of the Effective Date. The chart shall include the identities of the key personnel and the curricula vitae of such key personnel to be employed shall be supplied together with the chart. The Contractor shall promptly inform the Employer and the Project Manager in writing of any revision or alteration of such an organization chart.


STNP_ICX 60

31.2 Program of Performance

Within twenty-eight (28) days after the Effective Date, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a detailed program of performance of the Contract, made in a form acceptable to the Project Manager and showing the sequence in which it proposes to design, manufacture, transport, assemble, install and Pre Commission the Facilities, as well as the date by which the Contractor reasonably requires that the Employer shall have fulfilled its obligations under the Contract so as to enable the Contractor to execute the Contract in accordance with the program and to achieve Completion, Commissioning and Acceptance of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract. The program so submitted by the Contractor shall accord with the Time Schedule included in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Time Schedule, and any other dates and periods specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall update and revise the program as and when appropriate or when required by the Project Manager, but without modification in the Times for Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to Sub-Clause 24.1 and any extension granted in accordance with GCC Clause 65.1, and shall submit all such revisions to the Project Manager.

31.3 Progress Report The Contractor shall monitor progress of all the activities specified in the program referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 31.2 above, and supply a progress report to the Project Manager every month.

The progress report shall be in a form acceptable to the Project Manager and shall indicate: (a) percentage completion achieved compared with the planned percentage completion for each activity; and (b) where any activity is behind the program, giving comments and likely consequences and stating the corrective action being taken.

31.4 Progress of Performance

If at any time the Contractor’s actual progress falls behind the program referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 31.2, or it becomes apparent that it will so fall behind, the Contractor shall, at the request of the Employer or the Project Manager, prepare and submit to the Project Manager a revised program, taking into account the prevailing circumstances, and shall notify the Project Manager of the steps being taken to expedite progress so as to attain Completion of the Facilities within the Time for Completion under GCC Sub-Clause 24.1, any extension thereof entitled under GCC Sub-Clause 65.1, or any extended period as may otherwise be agreed upon between the Employer and the Contractor.

31.5 Procedures

The Contract shall be executed in accordance with the Contract Documents including the procedures given in the Forms and Procedures of the Employer’s Requirements. The Contractor may execute the Contract in accordance with its own standard project execution plans and procedures to the extent that they do not conflict with the provisions contained in the Contract.


STNP_ICX 61

32. Subcontractor 32.1 Subcontracting the whole of the Plant and Service by the Contractor shall not be permissible. The Contractor shall be responsible for the acts or defaults of any Subcontractor, his or her agents or employees, as if they were the acts or defaults of the Contractor.

32.2 The Contractor shall not be required to obtain consent from the Project Manager or his representative, for suppliers solely of Materials or to a subcontract for which the Specialist Subcontractor(s) is already named in the Contract.

32.3 The prior consent, in writing, of the Engineer shall however be obtained for other proposed Subcontractor(s).

33. Nominated Subcontractor

33.1 Nominated Subcontractor named in the Contract shall be entitled to execute the specific components of the Works stated in the PCC.

33.2 The Contractor shall not be under obligations to employ a Nominated Subcontractor against whom the Contractor raises reasonable objection by notice to the Engineer as soon as practicable, with supporting particulars while there are reasons to believe that the Subcontractor does not have sufficient competence, resources or financial strength, or does not accept to indemnify the Contractor against and from any negligence or misuse of Goods by the nominated Subcontractor, or does not accept to enter into a subcontract which specifies that, for the subcontracted work including design, if any, the Nominated Subcontractor shall undertake to the Contractor such obligations and liabilities as will enable the contractor to discharge his or her liabilities under the Contract.

34. Other Contractors 34.1 The Contractor shall cooperate and share the Site with other Contractors, public authorities, utilities, the Engineer and the Employer between the dates given in the Schedule of other Contractors. The Contractor shall also provide facilities and services for them as described in the Schedule. The Employer may modify the Schedule of other Contractors, and shall notify the Contractor of any such modification.


STNP_ICX 62

35. Design and Engineering

35.1 Specifications and Drawings

35.1.1 The Contractor shall execute the basic and detailed design and the engineering work in compliance with the provisions of the Contract, or where not so specified, in accordance with good engineering practice. The Contractor shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors or omissions in the specifications, drawings and other technical documents that it has prepared, whether such specifications, drawings and other documents have been approved by the Project Manager or not, provided that such discrepancies, errors or omissions are not because of inaccurate information furnished in writing to the Contractor by or on behalf of the Employer.

35.1.2 The Contractor shall be entitled to disclaim responsibility for any design, data, drawing, specification or other document, or any modification thereof provided or designated by or on behalf of the Employer, by giving a notice of such disclaimer to the Project Manager.

35.2 Codes and Standards

Wherever references are made in the Contract to codes and standards in accordance with which the Contract shall be executed, the edition or the revised version of such codes and standards current at the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to date of tender submission shall apply unless otherwise specified. During Contract execution, any changes in such codes and standards shall be applied subject to approval by the Employer and shall be treated in accordance with GCC Clause 64.

35.3. Approval/Review of Technical Documents by Project Manager

35.3.1 The Contractor shall prepare or cause its Subcontractors to prepare, and furnish to the Project Manager the documents listed in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled List of Documents for Approval or Review, for its approval or review as specified and in accordance with the requirements of GCC Sub-Clause 31.2 (Program of Performance).

Any part of the Facilities covered by or related to the documents to be approved by the Project Manager shall be executed only after the Project Manager’s approval thereof.

GCC Sub-Clauses 35.3.2 through 35.3.6 shall apply to those documents requiring the Project Manager’s approval, but not to those furnished to the Project Manager for its review only

35.3.2 Within fourteen (14) days after receipt by the Project Manager of any document requiring the Project Manager’s approval in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 35.3.1, the Project Manager shall either return one copy thereof to the Contractor with its approval endorsed thereon or shall notify the Contractor in writing of its disapproval thereof and the reasons therefor and the modifications that the Project Manager proposes. If the Project Manager fails to take such action within the said fourteen (14) days, then the said document


STNP_ICX 63

shall be deemed to have been approved by the Project Manager.

35.3.3. The Project Manager shall not disapprove any document, except on the grounds that the document does not comply with the Contract or that it is contrary to good engineering practice.

35.3.4 If the Project Manager disapproves the document, the Contractor shall modify the document and resubmit it for the Project Manager’s approval in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 35.3.2. If the Project Manager approves the document subject to modification(s), the Contractor shall make the required modification(s), whereupon the document shall be deemed to have been approved.

35.3.5 The Project Manager’s approval, with or without modification of the document furnished by the Contractor, shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility or liability imposed upon it by any provisions of the Contract except to the extent that any subsequent failure results from modifications required by the Project Manager.

35.3.6 The Contractor shall not depart from any approved document unless the Contractor has first submitted to the Project Manageran amended document and obtained the Project Manager’s approval thereof, pursuant to the provisions of this GCC Sub-Clause 35.3. If the Project Manager requests any change in any already approved document and/or in any document based thereon, the provisions of GCC Clause 64 shall apply to such request.

36. Procurement 36.1 Plant

Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 60.2, the Contractor shall procure and transport all Plant in an expeditious and orderly manner to the Site.

36.2 Employer-Supplied Plant

If the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, provides that the Employer shall furnish any specific items to the Contractor, the following provisions shall apply:

36.2.1 The Employer shall, at its own risk and expense, transport each item to the place on or near the Site as agreed upon by the Parties and make such item available to the Contractor at the time specified in the program furnished by the Contractor, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 31.2, unless otherwise mutually agreed.

36.2.2 Upon receipt of such item, the Contractor shall inspect the same visually and notify the Project Manager of any detected shortage, defect or default. The Employer shall immediately remedy any shortage, defect or default, or the Contractor shall, if practicable and possible, at the request of the Employer, remedy such shortage, defect or default at the Employer’s cost and expense. After inspection, such item shall fall under the care, custody and control of the Contractor. The provision of this GCC Sub-Clause 36.2.2 shall apply to any item supplied to remedy any such shortage or default or


STNP_ICX 64

to substitute for any defective item, or shall apply to defective items that have been repaired.

36.2.3 The foregoing responsibilities of the Contractor and its obligations of care, custody and control shall not relieve the Employer of liability for any undetected shortage, defect or default, nor place the Contractor under any liability for any such shortage, defect or default whether under GCC Clause 42 or under any other provision of Contract.

36.3 Transportation

36.3.1 The Contractor shall at its own risk and expense transport all the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site by the mode of transport that the Contractor judges most suitable under all the circumstances.

36.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall be entitled to select any safe mode of transport operated by any person to carry the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment.

36.3.3 Upon dispatch of each shipment of materials and the Contractor’s Equipment, the Contractor shall notify the Employer by telex, cable, facsimile or electronic means, of the description of the materials and of the Contractor’s Equipment, the point and means of dispatch, and the estimated time and point of arrival in the country where the Site is located, if applicable, and at the Site. The Contractor shall furnish the Employer with relevant shipping documents to be agreed upon between the Parties.

36.3.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining, if necessary, approvals from the authorities for transportation of the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site. The Employer shall use its best endeavors in a timely and expeditious manner to assist the Contractor in obtaining such approvals, if requested by the Contractor. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer from and against any claim for damage to roads, bridges or any other traffic facilities that may be caused by the transport of the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site.

36.4 Customs Clearance

The Contractor shall, at its own expense, handle all imported materials and Contractor’s Equipment at the point(s) of import and shall handle any formalities for customs clearance, subject to the Employer’s obligations under GCC Sub-Clause 60.2, provided that if applicable laws or regulations require any application or act to be made by or in the name of the Employer, the Employer shall take all necessary steps to comply with such laws or regulations. In the event of delays in customs clearance that are not the fault of the Contractor, the Contractor shall be entitled to an extension in the Time for Completion, pursuant to GCC Clause 65.

37. Installation 37.1 Setting Out/Supervision

37.1.1 Bench Mark: The Contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting-out of the Facilities in relation to bench marks, reference marks and lines provided to it in writing by or on behalf of the Employer.


STNP_ICX 65

If, at any time during the progress of installation of the Facilities, any error shall appear in the position, level or alignment of the Facilities, the Contractor shall forthwith notify the Project Manager of such error and, at its own expense, immediately rectify such error to the reasonable satisfaction of the Project Manager. If such error is based on incorrect data provided in writing by or on behalf of the Employer, the expense of rectifying the same shall be borne by the Employer.

37.1.2 Contractor’s Supervision: The Contractor shall give or provide all necessary superintendence during the installation of the Facilities, and the Construction Manager or its deputy shall be constantly on the Site to provide full-time superintendence of the installation. The Contractor shall provide and employ only technical personnel who are skilled and experienced in their respective callings and supervisory staff who are competent to adequately supervise the work at hand.

37.2 Labor:

37.2.1 Engagement of Staff and Labor

(a) Except as otherwise stated in the Specification, the Contractor shall make arrangements for the engagement of all staff and labor, local or otherwise, and for their payment, housing, feeding and transport.

(b) The Contractor shall provide and employ on the Site in the installation of the Facilities such skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labor as is necessary for the proper and timely execution of the Contract. The Contractor is encouraged to use local labor that has the necessary skills.

(c) The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary permit(s) and/or visa(s) from the appropriate authorities for the entry of all labor and personnel to be employed on the Site into the country where the Site is located. The Employer will, if requested by the Contractor, use his best endeavors in a timely and expeditious manner to assist the Contractor in obtaining any local, state, national or government permission required for bringing in the Contractor’s personnel.

(d) The Contractor shall at its own expense provide the means of repatriation to all of its and its Subcontractor’s personnel employed on the Contract at the Site to the place where they were recruited or to their domicile. It shall also provide suitable temporary maintenance of all such persons from the cessation of their employment on the Contract to the date programmed for their departure. In the event that the Contractor defaults in providing such means of transportation and temporary maintenance, the Employer may provide the same to such personnel and recover the cost of doing so from the Contractor.

37.2.2 Persons in the Service of Employer


STNP_ICX 66

The Contractor shall not recruit, or attempt to recruit, staff and labor from amongst the Employer’s Personnel.

37.2.3 Facilities for Staff and Labor

Except as otherwise stated in the Specification, the Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary accommodation and welfare facilities for the Contractor’s Personnel. The Contractor shall also provide facilities for the Employer’s Personnel as stated in the Specification.

The Contractor shall not permit any of the Contractor’s Personnel to maintain any temporary or permanent living quarters within the structures forming part of the Permanent Works

37.3 Contractor’s Equipment

37.3.1 All Contractor’s Equipment brought by the Contractor onto the Site shall be deemed to be intended to be used exclusively for the execution of the Contract. The Contractor shall not remove the same from the Site without the Project Manager’s consent that such Contractor’s Equipment is no longer required for the execution of the Contract.

37.3.2 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, upon completion of the Facilities, the Contractor shall remove from the Site all Equipment brought by the Contractor onto the Site and any surplus materials remaining thereon.

37.3.3 The Employer will, if requested, use its best endeavors to assist the Contractor in obtaining any local, state or national government permission required by the Contractor for the export of the Contractor’s Equipment imported by the Contractor for use in the execution of the Contract that is no longer required for the execution of the Contract.

37.4 Site Regulations and Safety

The Employer and the Contractor shall establish Site regulations setting out the rules to be observed in the execution of the Contract at the Site and shall comply therewith. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Employer, with a copy to the Project Manager, proposed Site regulations for the Employer’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Such Site regulations shall include, but shall not be limited to, rules in respect of security, safety of the Facilities, gate control, sanitation, medical care, and fire prevention. reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in connection therewith shall be paid by the Contractor to the Employer. Otherwise, the cost of such remedial work shall be borne by the Employer.

37.5 Site Clearance

37.5.1 Site Clearance in Course of Performance: In the course of carrying out the Contract, the Contractor shallkeep theSite reasonably free from all unnecessary obstruction, store or remove any surplus


STNP_ICX 67

materials, clear away any wreckage, rubbish or temporary works from the Site, and remove any Contractor’s Equipment no longer required for execution of the Contract

37.6 Opportunities for Other Contractors

37.6.1 The Contractor shall, upon written request from the Employer or the Project Manager, give all reasonable opportunities for carrying out the work to any other contractors employed by the Employer on or near the Site.

37.6.2 If the Contractor, upon written request from the Employer or the Project Manager, makes available to other contractors any roads or ways the maintenance for which the Contractor is responsible, permits the use by such other contractors of the Contractor’s Equipment, or provides any other service of whatsoever nature for such other contractors, the Employer shall fully compensate the Contractor for any loss or damage caused or occasioned by such other contractors in respect of any such use or service, and shall pay to the Contractor reasonable remuneration for the use of such equipment or the provision of such services.

37.7 Emergency Work

37.7.1 If, by reason of an emergency arising in connection with and during the execution of the Contract, any protective or remedial work is necessary as a matter of urgency to prevent damage to the Facilities, the Contractor shall immediately carry out such work.

If the Contractor is unable or unwilling to do such work immediately, the Employer may do or cause such work to be done as the Employer may determine is necessary in order to prevent damage to the Facilities. In such event the Employer shall, as soon as practicable after the occurrence of any such emergency, notify the Contractor in writing of such emergency, the work done and the reasons therefor. If the work done or caused to be done by the Employer is work that the Contractor was liable to do at its own expense under the Contract.

37.7.2 Clearance of Site after Completion: After Completion of all parts of the Facilities, the Contractor shall clear away and remove all wreckage, rubbish and debris of any kind from the Site, and shall leave the Site and Facilities in a clean and safe condition.

37.8 Watching and Lighting

The Contractor shall provide and maintain at its own expense all lighting, fencing, and watching when and where necessary for the proper execution and the protection of the Facilities, or for the safety of the owners and occupiers of adjacent property and for the safety of the public.

38. Test & Inspection 38.1 The Contractor shall at its own expense carry out at the place of manufacture and/or on the Site all such tests and/or inspections of the Plant and any part of the Facilities as are specified in the Contract.


STNP_ICX 68

38.2 The Employer and the Project Manager or their designated representatives shall be entitled to attend the aforesaid test and/or inspection, provided that the Employer shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in connection with such attendance including, but not limited to, all traveling and board and lodging expenses.

38.3 38.3 Whenever the Contractor is ready to carry out any such test and/or inspection, the Contractor shall give a reasonable advance notice of such test and/or inspection and of the place and time thereof to the Project Manager. The Contractor shall obtain from any relevant third Party or manufacturer any necessary permission or consent to enable the Employer and the Project Manager or their designated representatives to attend the test and/or inspection.

38.4 The Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with a certified report of the results of any such test and/or inspection. If the Employer or Project Manager or their designated representatives fails to attend the test and/or inspection, or if it is agreed between the Parties that such persons shall not do so, then the Contractor may proceed with the test and/or inspection in the absence of such persons, and may provide the Project Manager with a certified report of the results thereof.

38.5 38.5 The Project Manager may require the Contractor to carry out any test and/or inspection not required by the Contract, provided that the Contractor’s reasonable costs and expenses incurred in the carrying out of such test and/or inspection shall be added to the Contract Price. Further, if such test and/or inspection impede the progress of work on the Facilities and/or the Contractor’s performance of its other obligations under the Contract, due allowance will be made in respect of the Time for Completion and the other obligations so affected.

38.6 If any Plant or any part of the Facilities fails to pass any test and/or inspection, the Contractor shall either rectify or replace such Plant or part of the Facilities and shall repeat the test and/or inspection upon giving a notice under GCC Sub-Clause 38.3.

38.7 If any dispute or difference of opinion shall arise between the Parties in connection with or arising out of the test and/or inspection of the Plant or part of the Facilities that cannot be settled between the Parties within a reasonable period of time, it may be referred to an 72.2.

38.8 The Contractor shall afford the Employer and the Project Manager, at the Employer’s expense, access at any reasonable time to any place where the Plant are being manufactured or the Facilities are being installed, in order to inspect the progress and the manner of manufacture or installation, provided that the Project Manager shall give the Contractor a reasonable prior notice.


STNP_ICX 69

38.9 The Contractor agrees that neither the execution of a test and/or inspection of Plant or any part of the Facilities, nor the attendance by the Employer or the Project Manager, nor the issue of any test certificate pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 38.4, shall release the Contractor from any other responsibilities under the Contract.

38.10 39.10 No part of the Facilities or foundations shall be covered up on the Site without the Contractor carrying out any test and/or inspection required under the Contract. The Contractor shall give a reasonable notice to the Project Manager whenever any such parts of the Facilities or foundations are ready or about to be ready for test and/or inspection; such test and/or inspection and notice thereof shall be subject to the requirements of the Contract.

38.11 The Contractor shall uncover any part of the Facilities or foundations, or shall make openings in or through the same as the Project Manager may from time to time require at the Site, and shall reinstate and make good such part or parts.

38.12 If any parts of the Facilities or foundations have been covered up at the Site after compliance with the requirement of GCC Sub-Clause 38.10 and are found to be executed in accordance with the Contract, the expenses of uncovering, making openings in or through, reinstating, and making good the same shall be borne by the Employer, and the Time for Completion shall be reasonably adjusted to the extent that the Contractor has thereby been delayed or impeded in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract.

39. Completion of the Facilities

39.1 As soon as the Facilities or any part thereof has, in the opinion of the Contractor, been completed operationally and structurally and put in a tight and clean condition as specified in the Employer’s Requirements, excluding minor items not materially affecting the operation or safety of the Facilities, the Contractor shall so notify the Employer in writing.

39.2 Within seven (7) days after receipt of the notice from the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 39.1, the Employer shall supply the operating and maintenance personnel specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer for Pre Commissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof.

Pursuant to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, the Employer shall also provide, within the said seven (7) day period, the raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters required for Pre Commissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof.


STNP_ICX 70

39.3 As soon as reasonably practicable after the operating and maintenance personnel have been supplied by the Employer and the raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters have been provided by the Employer in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2, the Contractor shall commence Pre-commissioning of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof in preparation for Commissioning, subject to GCC Sub-Clause 40.5.

39.4 As soon as all works in respect of Pre-commissioning are completed and, in the opinion of the Contractor, the Facilities or

39.5 The Project Manager shall, within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 39.4, either issue a Completion Certificate in the form specified in the Employer’s Requirements (Forms and Procedures), stating that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 39.4, or notify the Contractor in writing of any defects and/or deficiencies.

If the Project Manager notifies the Contractor of any defects and/or deficiencies, the Contractor shall then correct such defects and/or deficiencies, and shall repeat the procedure described in GCC Sub-Clause 39.4.

39.6 If the Project Manager is satisfied that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion, the Project Manager shall, within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice, issue a Completion Certificate stating that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractor’s repeated notice.

39.7 If the Project Manager is not so satisfied, then it shall notify the Contractor in writing of any defects and/or deficiencies within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice, and the above procedure shall be repeated.

39.8 If the Project Manager fails to issue the Completion Certificate and fails to inform the Contractor of any defects and/or deficiencies within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 39.4 or within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice under GCC Sub-Clause 39.5, or if the Employer makes use of the Facilities or part thereof, then the Facilities or that part thereof shall be deemed to have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractor’s notice or repeated notice, or as of the Employer’s use of the Facilities, as the case may be.

39.9 As soon as possible after Completion, the Contractor shall complete all outstanding minor items so that the Facilities are fully in accordance with the requirements of the Contract, failing which the Employer will undertake such completion and deduct the costs thereof from any monies owing to the Contractor.

39.10 Upon Completion, the Employer shall be responsible for the care and custody of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof, together with the risk of loss or damage thereto, and shall thereafter take over the Facilities or the relevant part thereof.


STNP_ICX 71

40. Commissioning and Operational Acceptance

40.1 Commissioning

40.1.1 Commissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof shall be commenced by the Contractor immediately after issue of the Completion Certificate by the Project Manager, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 39.5, or immediately after the date of the deemed Completion, under GCC Sub-Clause 39.6.

40.1.2 The Employer shall supply the operating and maintenance personnel and all raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters required for Commissioning.

40.1.3 In accordance with the requirements of the Contract, the Contractor’s and Project Manager’s advisory personnel shall attend the Commissioning, including the Guarantee Test, and shall advise and assist the Employer.

40.2 Guarantee Test

40.2.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 40.5, the Guarantee Test and repeats thereof shall be conducted by the Contractor during Commissioning of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof to ascertain whether the Facilities or the relevant part can attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees. The Employer shall promptly provide the Contractor with such information as the Contractor may reasonably require in relation to the conduct and results of the Guarantee Test and any repeats thereof.

40.2.2 If for reasons not attributable to the Contractor, the Guarantee Test of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof cannot be successfully completed within the period from the date of Completion specified in the PCC or any other period agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor, the Contractor shall be deemed to have fulfilled its obligations with respect to the Functional Guarantees, and GCC Sub-Clauses 43.2 and 43.3 shall not apply.

40.3 Operational Acceptance

40.3.2 At any time after any of the events set out in GCC Sub-Clause 40.3.1 have occurred, the Contractor may give a notice to the Project Manager requesting the issue of an Operational Acceptance Certificate in the form provided in the Employer’s Requirements (Forms and Procedures) in respect of the Facilities or the part thereof specified in such notice as of the date of such notice.

40.3.3 The Project Manager shall, after consultation with the Employer, and within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice, issue an Operational Acceptance Certificate.


STNP_ICX 72

40.3.4 If within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice, the Project Manager fails to issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate or fails to inform the Contractor in writing of the justifiable reasons why the Project Manager has not issued the Operational Acceptance Certificate, the Facilities or the relevant part thereof shall be deemed to have been accepted as of the date of the Contractor’s said notice.

40.4 Partial Acceptance

40.4.1 If the Contract specifies that Completion and Commissioning shall be carried out in respect of parts of the Facilities, the provisions relating to Completion and Commissioning including the Guarantee Test shall apply to each such part of the Facilities individually, and the Operational Acceptance Certificate shall be issued accordingly for each such part of the Facilities.

40.4.2 If a part of the Facilities comprises facilities such as buildings, for which no Commissioning or Guarantee Test is required, then the Project Manager shall issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate for such facility when it attains Completion, provided that the Contractor shall thereafter complete any outstanding minor items that are listed in the Operational Acceptance Certificate

40.5 Delayed Pre-commissioning and/or Guarantee Test

40.5.1 In the event that the Contractor is unable to proceed with the Pre-commissioning of the Facilities pursuant to Sub-Clause 39.3, or with the Guarantee Test pursuant to Sub-Clause 40.2, for reasons attributable to the Employer either on account of non-availability of other facilities under the responsibilities of other contractor(s), or for reasons beyond the Contractor’s control, the provisions leading to “deemed” completion of activities such as Completion, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 39.6, and Operational Acceptance, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 40.3.4, and Contractor’s obligations regarding Defect Liability Period, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2, Functional Guarantee, pursuant to GCC Clause 43, and Care of Facilities, pursuant to GCC Clause 48, and GCC Clause 66.1, Suspension, shall not apply. In this case, the following provisions shall apply.

40.5.2 When the Contractor is notified by the Project Manager that he will be unable to proceed with the activities and obligations pursuant to clauses 58 & 59, the Contractor shall be entitled to the following:


STNP_ICX 73

(a) the Time of Completion shall be extended for the period of suspension without imposition of liquidated damages pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 41.2;

(b) payments due to the Contractor in accordance with the provision specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, which would not have been payable in normal circumstances due to non-completion of the subject activities, shall be released to the Contractor against submission of a security in the form of a bank guarantee of equivalent amount acceptable to the Employer, and which shall become null and void when the Contractor will have complied with its obligations regarding those payments, subject to the provision of Sub-Clause 40.5.3 below;

(c) the expenses towards the above security and extension of other securities under the contract, of which validity needs to be extended, shall be reimbursed to the Contractor by the Employer;

(d) the additional charges towards the care of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 48.1 shall be reimbursed to the Contractor by the Employer for the period between the notification mentioned above and the notification mentioned in Sub-Clause 40.5.4 below. The provision of GCC Sub-Clause 49.2 shall apply to the Facilities during the same period.

40.5.3 In the event that the period of suspension under above Sub-Clause 40.5.1 actually exceeds one hundred eighty (180) days, the Employer and Contractor shall mutually agree to any additional compensation payable to the Contractor.

40.5.4 When the Contractor is notified by the Project Manager that the plant is ready for Pre-commissioning, the Contractor shall proceed without delay in performing Pre-commissioning, in accordance with Clause 39.

D. Guarantees and Liabilities

41. Completion Time Guarantee

41.1 The Contractor guarantees that it shall attain Completion of the Facilities (or a part for which a separate time for completion is specified) within the Time for Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 24.1, or within such extended time to which the Contractor shall be entitled under GCC Clause 65 hereof

41.2 If the Contractor fails to attain Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof within the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 65, the Contractor shall pay to the Employer liquidated damages in the amount specified in the PCC as a percentage rate of the Contract Price or the relevant part thereof. The aggregate amount of such liquidated damages shall in no event exceed the amount specified as “Maximum” in the PCC as a percentage rate of the Contract Price. Once the “Maximum” is reached, the Employer may consider termination of the Contract, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 67.2.2.


STNP_ICX 74

Such payment shall completely satisfy the Contractor’s obligation to attain Completion of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof within the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 65. The Contractor shall have no further liability whatsoever to the Employer in respect thereof.

However, the payment of liquidated damages shall not in any way relieve the Contractor from any of its obligations to complete the Facilities or from any other obligations and liabilities of the Contractor under the Contract.

Save for liquidated damages payable under this GCC Sub-Clause 41.2, the failure by the Contractor to attain any milestone or other act, matter or thing by any date specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Time Schedule, and/or other program of work prepared pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 31.2 shall not render the Contractor liable for any loss or damage thereby suffered by the Employer..

41.3 If the Contractor attains Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof before the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 65, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor a bonus in the amount specified in the PCC. The aggregate amount of such bonus shall in no event exceed the amount specified as “Maximum” in the PCC.

42. Defect Liability 42.1 The Contractor warrants that the Facilities or any part thereof shall be free from defects in the design, engineering, materials and workmanship of the Plant supplied and of the work executed.

42.2 The Defect Liability Period shall be five hundred and forty (540) days from the date of Completion of the Facilities (or any part thereof) or one year from the date of Operational Acceptance of the Facilities (or any part thereof), whichever first occurs, unless specified otherwise in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.10.

If during the Defect Liability Period any defect should be found in the design, engineering, materials and workmanship of the Plant supplied or of the work executed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall promptly, in consultation and agreement with the Employer regarding appropriate remedying of the defects, and at its cost, repair, replace or otherwise make good as the Contractor shall determine at its discretion, such defect as well as any damage to the Facilities caused by such defect. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the repair, replacement or making good of any defect, or of any damage to the Facilities arising out of or resulting from any of the following causes:

(a) improper operation or maintenance of the Facilities by the Employer;

(b) operation of the Facilities outside specifications provided in the Contract; or

(c) Normal wear and tear.

42.3 The Contractor’s obligations under this GCC Clause 42 shall not apply to:


STNP_ICX 75

(a) any materials that are supplied by the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 36.2, are normally consumed in operation, or have a normal life shorter than the Defect Liability Period stated herein;

(b) any designs, specifications or other data designed, supplied or specified by or on behalf of the Employer or any matters for which the Contractor has disclaimed responsibility herein; or

(c) Any other materials supplied or any other work executed by or on behalf of the Employer, except for the work executed by the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 42.7.

42.4 The Employer shall give the Contractor a notice stating the nature of any such defect together with all available evidence thereof, promptly following the discovery thereof. The Employer shall afford all reasonable opportunity for the Contractor to inspect any such defect.

42.5 The Employer shall afford the Contractor all necessary access to the Facilities and the Site to enable the Contractor to perform its obligations under this GCC Clause 42.

The Contractor may, with the consent of the Employer, remove from the Site any Plant or any part of the Facilities that are defective if the nature of the defect, and/or any damage to the Facilities caused by the defect, is such that repairs cannot be expeditiously carried out at the Site.

42.6 If the repair, replacement or making good is of such a character that it may affect the efficiency of the Facilities or any part thereof, the Employer may give to the Contractor a notice requiring that tests of the defective part of the Facilities shall be made by the Contractor immediately upon completion of such remedial work, whereupon the Contractor shall carry out such tests.

If such part fails the tests, the Contractor shall carry out further repair, replacement or making good, as the case may be, until that part of the Facilities passes such tests. The tests shall be agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor.

42.7 If the Contractor fails to commence the work necessary to remedy such defect or any damage to the Facilities caused by such defect within a reasonable time (which shall in no event be considered to be less than fifteen (15) days), the Employer may, following notice to the Contractor, proceed to do such work, and the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in connection therewith shall be paid to the Employer by the Contractor or may be deducted by the Employer from any monies due the Contractor or claimed under the Performance Security.

42.8 If the Facilities or any part thereof cannot be used by reason of such defect and/or making good of such defect, the Defect Liability Period of the Facilities or such part, as the case may be, shall be extended by a period equal to the period during which the Facilities or such part cannot be used by the Employer because of any of the aforesaid reasons.

42.9 Except as provided in GCC Clauses 42 and 49, the Contractor shall be under no liability whatsoever and howsoever arising, and


STNP_ICX 76

whether under the Contract or at law, in respect of defects in the Facilities or any part thereof, the Plant, design or engineering or work executed that appear after Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof, except where such defects are the result of the gross negligence, fraud, or criminal or willful action of the Contractor.

42.10 In addition, any such component of the Facilities, and during the period of time as may be specified in the PCC, shall be subject to an extended defect liability period. Such obligation of the Contractor shall be in addition to the defect liability period specified under GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.

43. Functional Guarantees

43.1 The Contractor guarantees that during the Guarantee Test, the Facilities and all parts thereof shall attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, subject to and upon the conditions therein specified.

43.2 If, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the minimum level of the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, are not met either in whole or in part, the Contractor shall at its cost and expense make such changes, modifications and/or additions to the Plant or any part thereof as may be necessary to meet at least the minimum level of such Guarantees. The Contractor shall notify the Employer upon completion of the necessary changes, modifications and/or additions, and shall request the Employer to repeat the Guarantee Test until the minimum level of the Guarantees has been met. If the Contractor eventually fails to meet the minimum level of Functional Guarantees, the Employer may consider termination of the Contract, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 64.2.2.

43.3 If, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, are not attained either in whole or in part, but the minimum level of the Functional Guarantees specified in the said Appendix to the Contract Agreement is met, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s option, either

(a) make such changes, modifications and/or additions to the Facilities or any part thereof that are necessary to attain the Functional Guarantees at its cost and expense, and shall request the Employer to repeat the Guarantee Test or

(b) pay liquidated damages to the Employer in respect of the failure to meet the Functional Guarantees in accordance with the provisions in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees.

43.4 The payment of liquidated damages under GCC Sub-Clause 43.3, up to the limitation of liability specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, shall completely satisfy the Contractor’s guarantees under GCC Sub-Clause 43.3, and the Contractor shall have no further liability whatsoever to the Employer in respect thereof. Upon the payment of such liquidated damages by the Contractor, the Project Manager shall issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate for the Facilities or any part thereof in respect of which the liquidated damages have been so paid.


STNP_ICX 77

44. Patent Indemnity 44.1 The Contractor shall, subject to the Employer’s compliance with GCC Sub-Clause 44.2, indemnify and hold harmless the Employer and its employees and officers from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, which the Employer may suffer as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent, utility model, registered design, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the date of the Contract by reason of: (a) the installation of the Facilities by the Contractor or the use of the Facilities in the country where the Site is located; and (b) the sale of the products produced by the Facilities in any country.

Such indemnity shall not cover any use of the Facilities or any part thereof other than for the purpose indicated by or to be reasonably inferred from the Contract, any infringement resulting from the use of the Facilities or any part thereof, or any products produced thereby in association or combination with any other equipment, plant or materials not supplied by the Contractor, pursuant to the Contract Agreement.

44.2 If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Employer arising out of the matters referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 29.1, the Employer shall promptly give the Contractor a notice thereof, and the Contractor may at its own expense and in the Employer’s name conduct such proceedings or claim and any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim.

If the Contractor fails to notify the Employer within twenty-eight (28) days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the Employer shall be free to conduct the same on its own behalf. Unless the Contractor has so failed to notify the Employer within the twenty-eight (28) day period, the Employer shall make no admission that may be prejudicial to the defense of any such proceedings or claim.

The Employer shall, at the Contractor’s request, afford all available assistance to the Contractor in conducting such proceedings or claim, and shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing.

44.3 The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor and its employees, officers and Subcontractors from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, which the Contractor may suffer as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent, utility model, registered design, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the date of the Contract arising out of or in connection with any design, data, drawing, specification, or other documents or materials provided or designed by or on behalf of the Employer.

45. Limitation of Liability

45.1 Except in cases of criminal negligence or willful misconduct,

(a) neither Party shall be liable to the other Party, whether in contract, tort, or otherwise, for any indirect or consequential loss or damage, loss of use, loss of production, or loss of profits or interest costs, which may be suffered by the other Party in connection with


STNP_ICX 78

the Contract, other than specifically provided as any obligation of the Party in the Contract, and

(b) the aggregate liability of the Contractor to the Employer, whether under the Contract, in tort or otherwise, shall not exceed the amount resulting from the application of the multiplier specified in the PCC, to the Contract Price or, if a multiplier is not so specified, the total Contract Price, provided that this limitation shall not apply to the cost of repairing or replacing defective equipment, or to any obligation of the Contractor to indemnify the Employer with respect to patent infringement..

E. Risk Distribution

46. Transfer of Ownership

46.1 Ownership of the Plant (including spare parts) to be imported into the country where the Site is located shall be transferred to the Employer upon loading on to the mode of transport to be used to convey the Plant from the country of origin to that country.

46.2 Ownership of the Plant (including spare parts) procured in the country where the Site is located shall be transferred to the Employer when the Plant are brought on to the Site.

46.3 Ownership of the Contractor’s Equipment used by the Contractor and its Subcontractors in connection with the Contract shall remain with the Contractor or its Subcontractors.

46.4 Ownership of any Plant in excess of the requirements for the Facilities shall revert to the Contractor upon Completion of the Facilities or at such earlier time when the Employer and the Contractor agree that the Plant in question are no longer required for the Facilities.

46.5 Notwithstanding the transfer of ownership of the Plant, the responsibility for care and custody thereof together with the risk of loss or damage thereto shall remain with the Contractor pursuant to GCC Clause 32 (Care of Facilities) hereof until Completion of the Facilities or the part thereof in which such Plant are incorporated.

47. Care of Facilities 47.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and custody of the Facilities or any part thereof until the date of Completion of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Clause 39 or, where the Contract provides for Completion of the Facilities in parts, until the date of Completion of the relevant part, and shall make good at its own cost any loss or damage that may occur to the Facilities or the relevant part thereof from any cause whatsoever during such period. The Contractor shall also be responsible for any loss or damage to the Facilities caused by the Contractor or its Subcontractors in the course of any work carried out, pursuant to GCC Clause 42. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor shall not be liable for any loss or damage to the Facilities or that part thereof caused by reason of any of the matters specified or referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of GCC Sub-Clauses 48.2.

47.2 If any loss or damage occurs to the Facilities or any part thereof or to the Contractor’s temporary facilities by reason of


STNP_ICX 79

(a) insofar as they relate to the country where the Site is located, nuclear reaction, nuclear radiation, radioactive contamination, pressure wave caused by aircraft or other aerial objects, or any other occurrences that an experienced contractor could not reasonably foresee, or if reasonably foreseeable could not reasonably make provision for or insure against, insofar as such risks are not normally insurable on the insurance market and are mentioned in the general exclusions of the policy of insurance, including War Risks and Political Risks, taken out under GCC Clause 34 hereof; or

(b) any use or occupation by the Employer or any third Party other than a Subcontractor, authorized by the Employer of any part of the Facilities; or

(c) any use of or reliance upon any design, data or specification provided or designated by or on behalf of the Employer, or any such matter for which the Contractor has disclaimed responsibility herein,

47.3 the Employer shall pay to the Contractor all sums payable in respect of the Facilities executed, notwithstanding that the same be lost, destroyed or damaged, and will pay to the Contractor the replacement value of all temporary facilities and all parts thereof lost, destroyed or damaged. If the Employer requests the Contractor in writing to make good any loss or damage to the Facilities thereby occasioned, the Contractor shall make good the same at the cost of the Employer in accordance with GCC Clause 64. If the Employer does not request the Contractor in writing to make good any loss or damage to the Facilities thereby occasioned, the Employer shall either request a change in accordance with GCC Clause 64, excluding the performance of that part of the Facilities thereby lost, destroyed or damaged, or, where the loss or damage affects a substantial part of the Facilities, the Employer shall terminate the Contract pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 66.1 hereof.

47.4 The Contractor shall be liable for any loss of or damage to any Contractor’s Equipment, or any other property of the Contractor used or intended to be used for purposes of the Facilities, except (i) as mentioned in GCC Sub-Clause 42.2 with respect to the Contractor’s temporary facilities, and (ii) where such loss or damage arises by reason of any of the matters specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 47.2 (b) and (c).

48. Loss of or Damage to Property; Accident or Injury to Workers; Indemnification

48.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 48.3, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer and its employees and officers from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, in respect of the death or injury of any person or loss of or damage to any property other than the Facilities whether accepted or not, arising in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities and by reason of the negligence of the Contractor or its Subcontractors, or their employees, officers or agents, except any injury, death or property damage caused by the negligence of the Employer, its contractors, employees, officers or agents.


STNP_ICX 80

48.2 If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Employer that might subject the Contractor to liability under GCC Sub-Clause 48.1, the Employer shall promptly give the Contractor a notice thereof and the Contractor may at its own expense and in the Employer’s name conduct such proceedings or claim and any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim.

48.3 If the Contractor fails to notify the Employer within twenty-eight (28) days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the Employer shall be free to conduct the same on its own behalf. Unless the Contractor has so failed to notify the Employer within the twenty-eight (28) day period, the Employer shall make no admission that may be prejudicial to the defense of any such proceedings or claim.

The Employer shall, at the Contractor’s request, afford all available assistance to the Contractor in conducting such proceedings or claim, and shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing.

48.4 The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor and its employees, officers and Subcontractors from any liability for loss of or damage to property of the Employer, other than the Facilities not yet taken over, that is caused by fire, explosion or any other perils, in excess of the amount recoverable from insurances procured under GCC Clause 49, provided that such fire, explosion or other perils were not caused by any act or failure of the Contractor.

48.5 The Party entitled to the benefit of an indemnity under this GCC Clause 48 shall take all reasonable measures to mitigate any loss or damage which has occurred. If the Party fails to take such measures, the other Party’s liabilities shall be correspondingly reduced.

49. Insurance 49.1 To the extent specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements, the Contractor shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect, or cause to be taken out and maintained in effect, during the performance of the Contract, the insurances set forth below in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified in the said Appendix. The identity of the insurers and the form of the policies shall be subject to the approval of the Employer, who should not unreasonably withhold such approval. (a) Cargo Insurance During Transport

Covering loss or damage occurring while in transit from the Contractor’s or Subcontractor’s works or stores until arrival at the Site, to the Plant (including spare parts therefor) and to the Contractor’s Equipment.

(b) Installation All Risks Insurance

Covering physical loss or damage to the Facilities at the Site, occurring prior to Completion of the Facilities, with extended maintenance coverage for the Contractor’s liability in respect of any loss or damage occurring during the Defect Liability Period while the Contractor is on the Site for the purpose of performing its obligations during the Defect Liability Period.

(c) Third Party Liability Insurance


STNP_ICX 81

Covering bodily injury or death suffered by third Parties including the Employer’s personnel, and loss of or damage to property occurring in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities.

(d) Automobile Liability Insurance

Covering use of all vehicles used by the Contractor or its Subcontractors, whether or not owned by them, in connection with the execution of the Contract.

(e) Workers’ Compensation

In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Contract or any part thereof is executed.

(f) Employer’s Liability

In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Contract or any part thereof is executed.

(g) Other Insurances

Such other insurances as may be specifically agreed upon by the Parties hereto as listed in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements.

49.2 The Employer shall be named as co-insured under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 49.1, except for the Third Party Liability, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances, and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 49.1 except for the Cargo Insurance during Transportation, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances. All insurer’s rights of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies.

49.3 The Contractor shall, in accordance with the provisions of the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements, deliver to the Employer certificates of insurance or copies of the insurance policies as evidence that the required policies are in full force and effect. The certificates shall provide that no less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice shall be given to the Employer by insurers prior to cancellation or material modification of a policy.

49.4 The Contractor shall ensure that, where applicable, its Subcontractor(s) shall take out and maintain in effect adequate insurance policies for their personnel and vehicles and for work executed by them under the Contract, unless such Subcontractors are covered by the policies taken out by the Contractor.

49.5 The Employer shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect during the performance of the Contract those insurances specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements, in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified in the said Appendix. The Contractor and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall be named as co-insured under all such policies. All insurers’ rights of subrogation against such co-insured for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies. The Employer shall deliver to the Contractor satisfactory evidence that the required insurances are in full force and effect. The policies shall


STNP_ICX 82

provide that not less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice shall be given to the Contractor by all insurers prior to any cancellation or material modification of the policies. If so requested by the Contractor, the Employer shall provide copies of the policies taken out by the Employer under this GCC Sub-Clause 49.5.

49.6 If the Contractor fails to take out and/or maintain in effect the insurances referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 49.1, the Employer may take out and maintain in effect any such insurances and may from time to time deduct from any amount due to the Contractor under the Contract any premium that the Employer shall have paid to the insurer, or may otherwise recover such amount as a debt due from the Contractor. If the Employer fails to take out and/or maintain in effect the insurances referred to in GCC 49.5, the Contractor may take out and maintain in effect any such insurances and may from time to time deduct from any amount due the Employer under the Contract any premium that the Contractor shall have paid to the insurer, or may otherwise recover such amount as a debt due from the Employer. If the Contractor fails to or is unable to take out and maintain in effect any such insurances, the Contractor shall nevertheless have no liability or responsibility towards the Employer, and the Contractor shall have full recourse against the Employer for any and all liabilities of the Employer herein.

49.7 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare and conduct all and any claims made under the policies affected by it pursuant to this GCC Clause 49, and all monies payable by any insurers shall be paid to the Contractor. The Employer shall give to the Contractor all such reasonable assistance as may be required by the Contractor. With respect to insurance claims in which the Employer’s interest is involved, the Contractor shall not give any release or make any compromise with the insurer without the prior written consent of the Employer. With respect to insurance claims in which the Contractor’s interest is involved, the Employer shall not give any release or make any compromise with the insurer without the prior written consent of the Contractor.

50. Unforeseen Conditions

50.1 If, during the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall encounter on the Site any physical conditions other than climatic conditions, or artificial obstructions that could not have been reasonably foreseen prior to the date of the Contract Agreement by an experienced contractor on the basis of reasonable examination of the data relating to the Facilities including any data as to boring tests, provided by the Employer, and on the basis of information that it could have obtained from a visual inspection of the Site if access thereto was available, or other data readily available to it relating to the Facilities, and if the Contractor determines that it will in consequence of such conditions or obstructions incur additional cost and expense or require additional time to perform its obligations under the Contract that would not have been required if such physical conditions or artificial obstructions had not been encountered, the Contractor shall promptly, and before performing additional work or using additional Plant or Contractor’s Equipment, notify the Project Manager in writing beforehand:


STNP_ICX 83

(a the physical conditions or artificial obstructions on the Site that could not have been reasonably foreseen;

(b) the additional work and/or Plant and/or Contractor’s Equipment required, including the steps which the Contractor will or proposes to take to overcome such conditions or obstructions;

(c) the extent of the anticipated delay; and

(d) the additional cost and expense that the Contractor is likely to incur.)

On receiving any notice from the Contractor under this GCC Sub-Clause 50.1, the Project Manager shall promptly consult with the Employer and Contractor and decide upon the actions to be taken to overcome the physical conditions or artificial obstructions encountered. Following such consultations, the Project Manager shall instruct the Contractor, with a copy to the Employer, of the actions to be taken.

50.2 Any reasonable additional cost and expense incurred by the Contractor in following the instructions from the Project Manager to overcome such physical conditions or artificial obstructions referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 50.1 shall be paid by the Employer to the Contractor as an addition to the Contract Price.

50.3 If the Contractor is delayed or impeded in the performance of the Contract because of any such physical conditions or artificial obstructions referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 50.1, the Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Clause 60.

51. Change in Laws and Regulation

51.1 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, if after the Contract, any law, regulation, ordinance, order or bylaw having the force of law is enacted, promulgated, abrogated, or changed in Bangladesh (which shall be deemed to include any change in interpretation or application by the competent authorities) that subsequently affects the Delivery Date and/or the Contract Price, then such Delivery Date and/or Contract Price shall be correspondingly increased or decreased, to the extent that the Supplier has thereby been affected in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract.

52. Force Majeure 52.1 In this Clause, “Force Majeure” means an exceptional event or circumstance:

(a) which is beyond a Party’s control;

(b) which such Party could not reasonably have provided against before entering into the Contract;

(c) which, having arisen, such Party could not reasonably have avoided or overcome; and

(d) which is not substantially attributable to the other Party.


STNP_ICX 84

52.2 Force Majeure may include, but is not limited to, exceptional events or circumstances of the kind listed below, so long as conditions (a) to (d) above are satisfied:

(i) war, hostilities (whether war be declared or not), invasion, act of foreign enemies;

(ii) rebellion, terrorism, sabotage by persons other than the Contractor’s Personnel, revolution, insurrection, military or usurped power, or civil war;

(iii) riot, commotion, disorder, strike or lockout by persons other than the Contractor’s Personnel;

(iv) munitions of war, explosive materials, ionising radiation or contamination by radio-activity, except as may be attributable to the Contractor’s use of such munitions, explosives, radiation or radio-activity, and

(v) natural catastrophes such as cyclone, hurricane, typhoon, tsunami, storm surge, floods, earthquake, landslides, fires, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, or volcanic activity;

(vi) freight embargoes;

(vii) acts of the Government in its sovereign capacity.

53. Notice of Force Majeure

53.1 If a Party is or will be prevented from performing its substantial obligations under the Contract by Force Majeure, then it shall give notice to the other Party of the event or circumstances constituting the Force Majeure and shall specify the obligations, the performance of which is or will be prevented. The notice shall be given within 14 days after the Party became aware, or should have become aware, of the relevant event or circumstance constituting Force Majeure

53.2 The Party shall, having given notice, be excused performance of its obligations for so long as such Force Majeure prevents it from performing them.

53.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Clause, Force Majeure shall not apply to obligations of either Party to make payments to the other Party under the Contract.

54. Duty to Minimize Delay

54.1 Each Party shall at all times use all reasonable endeavors to minimize any delay in the performance of the Contract as a result of Force Majeure.

54.2 A Party shall give notice to the other Party when it ceases to be affected by the Force Majeure.


STNP_ICX 85

55. Consequences of Force Majeure

55.1 The Contractor shall not be liable for forfeiture of its Performance Security, liquidated damages, or termination for default if and to the extent that it’s delay in performance or other failure to perform its obligations under the Contract is the result of an event of Force Majeure:

55.2 The Employer may suspend the delivery or contract implementation, wholly or partly, by written order for a certain period of time, as it deems necessary due to force majeure as defined in the contract.

55.3 Delivery made either upon the lifting or the expiration of the suspension order. However, if the Employer terminates the contract as stated under GCC clause 66, resumption of delivery cannot be done.

55.4 The Employer determines the existence of a force majeure that will be the basis of the issuance of suspension of order.

F. Payment

56. Contract Price 56.1 The Contract Price shall be paid as specified in the Contract Agreement Form PG5A- 8.

56.2 Unless an adjustment clause is provided for in the PCC, the Contract Price shall be a firm lump sum not subject to any alteration, except in the event of a Change in the Facilities or as otherwise provided in the Contract.

56.3 Subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 25.2, 26.1 and 50 hereof, the Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied itself as to the correctness and sufficiency of the Contract Price, which shall, except as otherwise provided for in the Contract, cover all its obligations under the Contract.

56.4 Prices shall be adjusted for fluctuations in the cost of inputs only if provided for in the PCC. If so provided, the amounts as certified in each payment certificate, before deducting for Advance Payment, shall be adjusted by applying the respective price adjustment factor to the payment amount. The generic formula indicated below in the form as specified in the PCC applies:

P= A + B (Im/Io)

where:

P is the adjustment factor

A and B are Coefficients specified in the PCC, representing the nonadjustable and adjustable portions, respectively, of the Contract; and

Im is the Index during the month the work has been executed and Io is the Index prevailing twenty-eight (28) days prior to the deadline for submission of Tender.

The Indexes to be used is as published by the Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics (BBS) on a monthly basis. In case not available, then other countries or authorities of the sources mentioned in Appendix to the Tender may be used.

56.5 If the value of the Index is changed after it has been used in a calculation, the calculation shall be corrected and an adjustment made in the next or in the final payment certificate. The Index value


STNP_ICX 86

shall be deemed to take account of all changes in price due to fluctuations.

57. Terms of Payment

57.1 The Contract Price shall be paid as specified in the Contract Agreement and in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, which also outlines the procedures to be followed in making application for and processing payments.

57.2 No payment made by the Employer herein shall be deemed to constitute acceptance by the Employer of the Facilities or any part(s) thereof.

57.3 In the event that the Employer fails to make any payment by its respective due date or within the period set forth in the Contract, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor interest on the amount of such delayed payment at the rate(s) shown in the Appendices to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, for the period of delay until payment has been made in full, whether before or after judgment or arbitrage award.

57.4 The currency or currencies in which payments are made to the Contractor under this Contract shall be specified in the Appendices to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, subject to the general principle that payments will be made in the currency or currencies in which the Contract Price has been stated in the Contractor’s tender.

58. Advance Payment Security

58.1 The Contractor shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of the notification of contract award, provide a security in an amount equal to the advance payment calculated in accordance with the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, and in the same currency or currencies.

58.2 The security shall be in the form provided in the tender documents or in another form acceptable to the Employer. The amount of the security shall be reduced in proportion to the value of the Facilities executed by and paid to the Contractor from time to time, and shall automatically become null and void when the full amount of the advance payment has been recovered by the Employer. The security shall be returned to the Contractor immediately after its expiration.

59. Performance Security

59.1 The Contractor shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of the notification of contract award, provide a security for the due performance of the Contract in the amount specified in the PCC.

59.2 The performance security shall be denominated in the currency or currencies of the Contract, or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer, and shall be in the form provided in Section 5, Tender and Contract Forms, corresponding to the type of bank guarantee stipulated by the Employer in the PCC, or in another form acceptable to the Employer.

59.3 Unless otherwise specified in the PCC, the security shall be reduced by half on the date of the Operational Acceptance. The Security shall become null and void, or shall be reduced pro rata to the Contract Price of a part of the Facilities for which a separate Time for Completion is provided, five hundred and forty (540) days after Completion of the Facilities or three hundred and sixty five (365)


STNP_ICX 87

days after Operational Acceptance of the Facilities, whichever occurs first; provided, however, that if the Defects Liability Period has been extended on any part of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.8 hereof, the Contractor shall issue an additional security in an amount proportionate to the Contract Price of that part. The security shall be returned to the Contractor immediately after its expiration, provided, however, that if the Contractor, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.10, is liable for an extended defect liability obligation, the performance security shall be extended for the period specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.10 and up to the amount specified in the PCC.

59.4 The Employer shall not make a claim under the Performance Security, except for amounts to which the Employer is entitled under the Contract. The Employer shall indemnify and hold the Contractor harmless against and from all damages, losses and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) resulting from a claim under the Performance Security to the extent to which the Employer was not entitled to make the claim.

60. Taxes and Duties 60.1 The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for all kinds of taxes, duties, fees, levies, and such other charges assessed on the Contractor, its Subcontractors or their employees by all municipal, state or national government authorities in connection with the Facilities in and outside of the country where the Site is located.

60.2 Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clause 60.1 above, the Employer shall bear and promptly pay

(a) all customs and import duties for the Plant specified in Price Schedule No. 1; and

(b) other domestic taxes such as, sales tax and value added tax (VAT) on the Plant specified in Price Schedules No. 1 and No. 2 and that is to be incorporated into the Facilities, and on the finished goods, imposed by the law of the country where the Site is located.

60.3 If any tax exemptions, reductions, allowances or privileges may be available to the Contractor in the country where the Site is located, the Employer shall use its best endeavors to enable the Contractor to benefit from any such tax savings to the maximum allowable extent.

61. Payments to Nominated Subcontractor(s)

61.1 The Contractor shall pay to the Nominated Subcontractor(s) the amounts shown on the Nominated Subcontractor’s invoices approved by the Contractor in accordance with the subcontract included under the Contract.

62. Price Adjustment 62.1 Where the Contract Period (excluding the Defects Liability Period) exceeds eighteen (18) months, it is normal procedure that prices payable to the Contractor shall be subject to adjustment during the performance of the Contract to reflect changes occurring in the cost of labour and material components. In such cases the tender documents shall include in the Appendix 2, a formula of such price adjustment.


STNP_ICX 88

62.2 Where Contracts are of a shorter duration than eighteen (18) months or in cases where there is to be no Price Adjustment, the following provision shall not be included. Instead, it shall be indicated under this Appendix 2 that the prices are to remain firm and fixed for the duration of the Contract.

62.3 If the value of the Index is changed after it has been used in a calculation, the calculation shall be corrected and an adjustment made in the next or in the final payment certificate. The Index value shall be deemed to take account of all changes in price due to fluctuations.

63. Liquidated Damages

63.1 The Contractor shall be liable to pay Liquidated Damages or in other words the Delay Damages to the Employer at the rate per day as specified in the PCC for each day of delay from the Intended Completion Date, for the uncompleted delivery of goods/works/services or for any part thereof.

63.2 The total amount of Liquidated Damages shall not exceed the amount defined in the PCC.

63.3 Once the cumulative amount of Liquidated Damages reaches ten (10) percent of the Contract price, the Employer may rescind the Contract, without prejudice to other courses of action and remedies open to it.

63.4 The amount of Liquidated Damages may be deducted from any money due or which may become due to the Contractor under the Contract and/or collect such amount of Liquidated Damages from the Retention Money (if any) or other securities posted by the Contractor whichever is convenient to the Employer. In an extreme situation that no such foregoing recourse is available, the contractor be asked to make good the damages from his own finances in writing failing which necessary action as per the provisions of this GCC or PCC be taken.

63.5 Payment of Liquidated Damages by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor from its obligations.

63.6 If the Intended Completion Date is extended after Liquidated Damages have been paid, the Engineer shall correct any overpayment of Liquidated Damages by the Contractor by adjusting the next payment certificate.

G. Change in Contract Elements

64. Change in the Facilities

64.1 Introducing a Change

64.1.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 64.2.5 and 64.2.7, the Employer shall have the right to propose, and subsequently require, that the Project Manager order the Contractor from time to time during the performance of the Contract to make any change, modification, addition or deletion to, in or from the Facilities hereinafter called “Change”, provided that such Change falls within the general scope of the Facilities and does not constitute unrelated work and that it is technically practicable, taking into account both the state of advancement of the Facilities and the technical compatibility of the Change envisaged with the nature of the Facilities as specified in the Contract

64.1.2 The Contractor may from time to time during its performance of the Contract propose to the Employer with a copy to the Project


STNP_ICX 89

Manager, any Change that the Contractor considers necessary or desirable to improve the quality, efficiency or safety of the Facilities. The Employer may at its discretion approve or reject any Change proposed by the Contractor, provided that the Employer shall approve any Change proposed by the Contractor to ensure the safety of the Facilities.

64.1.3 Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clauses 64.1.1 and 64.1.2, no change made necessary because of any default of the Contractor in the performance of its obligations under the Contract shall be deemed to be a Change, and such change shall not result in any adjustment of the Contract Price or the Time for Completion.

64.1.4 The procedure on how to proceed with and execute Changes is specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 64.2 and 64.3, and further details and forms are provided in the Employer’s Requirements (Forms and Procedures).

64.2 Changes Originating from Employer

64.2.1 If the Employer proposes a Change pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 64.1.1, it shall send to the Contractor a “Request for Change Proposal,” requiring the Contractor to prepare and furnish to the Project Manager as soon as reasonably practicable a “Change Proposal,” which shall include the following:

(a) brief description of the Change

(b) effect on the Time for Completion

(c) estimated cost of the Change

(d) effect on Functional Guarantees (if any)

(e) effect on the Facilities

(f) effect on any other provisions of the Contract.

64.2.2 Prior to preparing and submitting the “Change Proposal,” the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager an “Estimate for Change Proposal,” which shall be an estimate of the cost of preparing and submitting the Change Proposal.

Upon receipt of the Contractor’s Estimate for Change Proposal, the Employer shall do one of the following:

(a) accept the Contractor’s estimate with instructions to the Contractor to proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal

(b) advise the Contractor of any part of its Estimate for Change Proposal that is unacceptable and request the Contractor to review its estimate

(c) advise the Contractor that the Employer does not intend to proceed with the Change.

64.2.3 Upon receipt of the Employer’s instruction to proceed under GCC Sub-Clause 64.2.2 (a), the Contractor shall, with proper expedition, proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 64.2.1.


STNP_ICX 90

64.2.4 The pricing of any Change shall, as far as practicable, be calculated in accordance with the rates and prices included in the Contract. If such rates and prices are inequitable, the Parties thereto shall agree on specific rates for the valuation of the Change

.64.2.5 If before or during the preparation of the Change Proposal it becomes apparent that the aggregate effect of compliance therewith and with all other Change Orders that have already become binding upon the Contractor under this GCC Clause 64 would be to increase or decrease the Contract Price as originally set forth in Article 2 (Contract Price) of the Contract Agreement by more than fifteen percent (15%), the Contractor may give a written notice of objection thereto prior to furnishing the Change Proposal as aforesaid. If the Employer accepts the Contractor’s objection, the Employer shall withdraw the proposed Change and shall notify the Contractor in writing thereof.

The Contractor’s failure to so object shall neither affect its right to object to any subsequent requested Changes or Change Orders herein, nor affect its right to take into account, when making such subsequent objection, the percentage increase or decrease in the Contract Price that any Change not objected to by the Contractor represents.

64.2.6 Upon receipt of the Change Proposal, the Employer and the Contractor shall mutually agree upon all matters therein contained. Within fourteen (14) days after such agreement, the Employer shall, if it intends to proceed with the Change, issue the Contractor with a Change Order.

If the Employer is unable to reach a decision within fourteen (14) days, it shall notify the Contractor with details of when the Contractor can expect a decision.

If the Employer decides not to proceed with the Change for whatever reason, it shall, within the said period of fourteen (14) days, notify the Contractor accordingly. Under such circumstances, the Contractor shall be entitled to reimbursement of all costs reasonably incurred by it in the preparation of the Change Proposal, provided that these do not exceed the amount given by the Contractor in its Estimate for Change Proposal submitted in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 64.2.2.

64.2.7 If the Employer and the Contractor cannot reach agreement on the price for the Change, an equitable adjustment to the Time for Completion, or any other matters identified in the Change Proposal, the Employer may nevertheless instruct the Contractor to proceed with the Change by issue of a “Pending Agreement Change Order.”

Upon receipt of a Pending Agreement Change Order, the Contractor shall immediately proceed with effecting the Changes covered by such Order. The Parties shall thereafter attempt to reach agreement on the outstanding issues under the Change Proposal.


STNP_ICX 91

64.3 Changes Originating from Contractor

64.3.1 If the Contractor proposes a Change pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 64.1.2, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a written “Application for Change Proposal,” giving reasons for the proposed Change and including the information specified in GCC Sub-Clause 64.2.1. Upon receipt of the Application for Change Proposal, the Parties shall follow the procedures outlined in GCC Sub-Clauses 64.2.6 and

64.3.2. However, should the Employer choose not to proceed, the Contractor shall not be entitled to recover the costs of preparing the Application for Change Proposal.

65. Extension of Time for Completion

65.1 The Time(s) for Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 8.2 shall be extended if the Contractor is delayed or impeded in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract by reason of any of the following:

(a) any Change in the Facilities as provided in GCC Clause 64

(b) any occurrence of Force Majeure as provided in GCC Clause 52, unforeseen conditions as provided in GCC Clause 50, or other occurrence of any of the matters specified or referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of GCC Sub-Clause 47.2

(c) any suspension order given by the Employer under GCC Clause 41 hereof or reduction in the rate of progress pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 66.2 or

(d) any changes in laws and regulations as provided in GCC Clause 51 or

(e) any default or breach of the Contract by the Employer, Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled, or any activity, act or omission of the Employer, or the Project Manager, or any other contractors employed by the Employer, or

(f) any delay on the part of a sub-contractor, provided such delay is due to a cause for which the Contractor himself would have been entitled to an extension of time under this sub-clause, or

(g) delays attributable to the Employer or caused by customs, or

(h) any other matter specifically mentioned in the Contract

by such period as shall be fair and reasonable in all the circumstances and as shall fairly reflect the delay or impediment sustained by the Contractor.


STNP_ICX 92

65.2 Except where otherwise specifically provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a notice of a claim for an extension of the Time for Completion, together with particulars of the event or circumstance justifying such extension as soon as reasonably practicable after the commencement of such event or circumstance. As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such notice and supporting particulars of the claim, the Employer and the Contractor shall agree upon the period of such extension. The Contractor shall at all times use its reasonable efforts to minimize any delay in the performance of its obligations under the Contract.

In all cases where the Contractor has given a notice of a claim for an extension of time under GCC 65.2, the Contractor shall consult with the Project Manager in order to determine the steps (if any) which can be taken to overcome or minimize the actual or anticipated delay. The Contractor shall there after comply with all reasonable instructions which the Project Manager shall give in order to minimize such delay. If compliance with such instructions shall cause the Contractor to incur extra costs and the Contractor is entitled to an extension of time under GCC 65.1, the amount of such extra costs shall be added to the Contract Price.

66. Suspension 66.1 The Employer may request the Project Manager, by notice to the Contractor, to order the Contractor to suspend performance of any or all of its obligations under the Contract. Such notice shall specify the obligation of which performance is to be suspended, the effective date of the suspension and the reasons thereof. The Contractor shall thereupon suspend performance of such obligation, except those obligations necessary for the care or preservation of the Facilities, until ordered in writing to resume such performance by the Project Manager.

If, by virtue of a suspension order given by the Project Manager, other than by reason of the Contractor’s default or breach of the Contract, the Contractor’s performance of any of its obligations is suspended for an aggregate period of more than ninety (90) days, then at any time thereafter and provided that at that time such performance is still suspended, the Contractor may give a notice to the Project Manager requiring that the Employer shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of receipt of the notice, order the resumption of such performance or request and subsequently order a change in accordance with GCC Clause 64, excluding the performance of the suspended obligations from the Contract.

If the Employer fails to do so within such period, the Contractor may, by a further notice to the Project Manager, elect to treat the suspension, where it affects a part only of the Facilities, as a deletion of such part in accordance with GCC Clause 64 or, where it affects the whole of the Facilities, as termination of the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 66.1.

66.2 if


STNP_ICX 93

(a) the Employer has failed to pay the Contractor any sum due under the Contract within the specified period, has failed to approve any invoice or supporting documents without just cause pursuant to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, or commits a substantial breach of the Contract, the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer that requires payment of such sum, with interest thereon as stipulated in GCC Sub-Clause 57.3, requires approval of such invoice or supporting documents, or specifies the breach and requires the Employer to remedy the same, as the case may be. If the Employer fails to pay such sum together with such interest, fails to approve such invoice or supporting documents or give its reasons for withholding such approval, or fails to remedy the breach or take steps to remedy the breach within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice or

(b) the Contractor is unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Employer, including but not limited to the Employer’s failure to provide possession of or access to the Site or other areas in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 25.2, or failure to obtain any governmental permit necessary for the execution and/or completion of the Facilities,

then the Contractor may by fourteen (14) days’ notice to the Employer suspend performance of all or any of its obligations under the Contract, or reduce the rate of progress.

66.3 If the Contractor’s performance of its obligations is suspended or the rate of progress is reduced pursuant to this GCC Clause 66, then the Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 40.1, and any and all additional costs or expenses incurred by the Contractor as a result of such suspension or reduction shall be paid by the Employer to the Contractor in addition to the Contract Price, except in the case of suspension order or reduction in the rate of progress by reason of the Contractor’s default or breach of the Contract.

66.4 During the period of suspension, the Contractor shall not remove from the Site any Plant, any part of the Facilities or any Contractor’s Equipment, without the prior written consent of the Employer.

H. Termination and Settlement of Disputes

67. Termination 67.1 Termination for Default

(a) The Employer or the Contractor, without prejudice to any other remedy for breach of Contract, by giving twenty eight (28) days written notice of default to the other party, may terminate the Contract in whole or in part if the other party causes a fundamental breach of Contract.

(b) Fundamental breaches of the Contract shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

(i) the Contractor stops work for twenty-eight (28) days when no stoppage of work is shown on the current Programme


STNP_ICX 94

and the stoppage has not been authorized by the Engineer;

(ii) the Engineer instructs the Contractor to delay the progress of the Works, and the instruction is not withdrawn within twenty-eight (28) days;

(iii) the Engineer gives Notice that failure to correct a particular Defect is a fundamental breach of Contract and the Contractor fails to correct it within a reasonable period of time determined by the Engineer;

(iv) the Engineer gives Notice that the failure to achieve the progress in accordance with the updated Programme of Works by the Contractor is a non-fulfilment of contractual obligations and the Contractor fails to restore it within a reasonable period of time instructed by the Engineer;

(v) the Contractor does not maintain a Security, which is required;

(vi) the Contractor has delayed the completion of the Works by the number of days for which the maximum amount of Liquidated Damages can be paid, as specified in GCC Sub Clause 41.2;

(vii) the Contractor has subcontracted the whole of the Works or has assigned the Contract without the required agreement and without the approval of the Engineer;

(viii) the Contractor, in the judgment of the Employer has engaged in practices, as defined in GCC Sub Clause 39, in competing for or in executing the Contract.

(c) A payment certified by the Engineer is not paid by the Employer to the Contractor within twenty eight (28) days of the date of the Engineer’s certificate.

67.2 Termination for Insolvency

The Employer and the Contractor may at any time terminate the Contract by giving twenty-eight (28) days written notice to the other party if either of the party becomes bankrupt or otherwise insolvent. In such event, termination will be without compensation to any party, provided that such termination will not prejudice or affect any right of action or remedy that has accrued or will accrue thereafter to the other party.

67.3 Termination for Convenience

(a) The Employer, by giving twenty-eight (28) days written notice sent to the Contractor, may terminate the Contract, in whole or in part, at any time for its convenience. The notice of termination shall specify that termination is for the Employer’s convenience, the extent to which performance of the Contractor under the Contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes effective. The termination shall take effect twenty-eight (28) days after the later dates on which the Contractor receives this notice or the Employer returns the Performance Security.

(b) The Employer shall not terminate the contract under GCC Sub Clause 67.1 (a) in order to execute the contract itself or to arrange for the Works to be executed by another contractor or to avoid a


STNP_ICX 95

termination of the Contract by the Contractor as stated under GCC Sub Clause 67.1(a).

67.4 In the event the Employer terminates the Contract in whole or in part, the Employer shall accept the portion of the Works that are complete and ready for handing over after the Contractor’s receipt of notice of termination of the Contract. For the remaining portion of the Works, the Employer may elect:

(a) to have any portion completed by the Contractor at the Contract terms and prices; and /or

(b) to cancel the remainder and pay to the Contractor an agreed amount for partially completed Works and for materials and parts previously procured by the Contractor, or

(c) except in the case of termination for convenience as stated under GCC Sub Clause 67, engage another Contractor to complete the Works, and in that case the Contractor shall be liable to the Employer for any cost that may be incurred in excess of the sum that would have been paid to the Contractor, if the work would have been executed and completed by him or her.

67.5 If the Contract is terminated, the Contractor shall stop work immediately, make the Site safe and secure, and leave the Site as soon as is reasonably possible

68. Payment upon Termination

68.1 If the Contract is terminated because of a fundamental breach of Contract under GCC Sub Clause 67.1 by the Contractor, the Project Manager shall issue a certificate for the value of the Works done and Plant and Materials ordered less advance payments received up to the date of the issue of the certificate and less the amount from percentage to apply to the contract value of the works not completed, as indicated in the PCC. If the total amount due to the Employer exceeds any payment due to the Contractor, the difference shall be a debt payable to the Employer.

68.2 If the Contract is terminated for the Employer’s convenience or because of a fundamental breach of Contract by the Employer, the Project Manager shall issue a payment certificate for the value of the work done, Materials ordered, the reasonable cost of removal of Equipment, repatriation of the Contractor’s foreign personnel employed solely on the Works and recruited specifically for the Works, and the Contractor’s costs of protecting and securing the Works, and less advance payments received up to the date of the certificate.

68.3 If the Contract is terminated for reasons of Force Majeure, the The Project Manager shall determine the value of the work done and issue a Payment Certificate which shall include.

(a) the amounts payable for any work carried out for which unit rates or prices are stated in the Contract;

(b) the cost of Plant and Materials ordered for the Works which have been delivered to the Contractor, or of which the Contractor is liable to accept delivery: this Plant and Materials shall become the property of (and be at the risk of)


STNP_ICX 96

the Employer when paid for by the Employer, and the Contractor shall place the same at the Employer’s disposal;

(c) other costs or liabilities which in the circumstances were reasonably and necessarily incurred by the Contractor in the expectation of completing the Works;

(d) the cost of removal of Temporary Works and Contractor’s Equipment from the Site; and

(e) the cost of repatriation of the Contractor’s staff and labor employed wholly in connection with the Works at the date of termination.

69. Property 69.1 All Materials on the Site, Plant, Equipment, Temporary Works, and Works shall be deemed to be the property of the Employer if the Contract is terminated because of the Contractor’s default stated under GCC Sub Clause 67.1.

70. Frustration 70.1 If the Contract is frustrated by the occurrence of a situation of Force Majeure as defined in GCC Sub Clause 52, the Engineer shall certify that the Contract has been frustrated. The Contractor shall make the Site safe and stop work as quickly as possible after receiving this certificate and shall be paid for all works carried out before receiving it and for any work carried out afterwards to which a commitment was made.

I. Claims, Disputes and Arbitration

71. Contractor’s Claims

71.1 If the Contractor considers himself to be entitled to any extension of the Completion Time and/or any additional payment, under any Clause of these Conditions or otherwise in connection with the Contract, the Contractor shall give notice to the Employer, describing the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim. The notice shall be given as soon as practicable, and not later than twenty-eight (28) days after the Contractor became aware, or should have become aware, of the event or circumstance.

71.2 If the Contractor fails to give notice of a claim within such period of twenty-eight (28) days, the Intended Completion Date shall not be extended, the Contractor shall not be entitled to additional payment, and the Employer shall be discharged from all liability in connection with the claim.

71.3 Within forty two (42) days after the Contractor became aware or should have become aware of the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim, or within such other period as may be proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall send to the Engineer a fully detailed claim which includes full supporting particulars of the basis of the claim and of the extension of time and/or additional payment claimed, for settlement.


STNP_ICX 97

72. Settlement of Disputes

Amicable settlement

72.1 The Employer and the Contractor shall make every effort to resolve amicably by direct informal negotiation any disagreement or dispute arising between them under or in connection with the Contract.

Arbitration

72.2 If, after twenty-eight (28) days, the parties have failed to resolve their dispute or difference by such mutual consultation as stated under GCC Clause 72.1, then either the Employer or the Contractor may give notice to the other party of its intention to commence arbitration in accordance with GCC Sub Clause 72.3, as to the matter in dispute, and no arbitration in respect of this matter may be commenced unless such notice is given. Any dispute or difference in respect of which a notice of intention to commence arbitration has been given in accordance with this Clause shall be finally settled by arbitration.

72.3 Arbitration shall be commenced prior to or after execution of the Works under the Contract. Arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of procedure specified in the PCC.

72.4 Notwithstanding any reference to arbitration hereinabove the parties shall continue to perform their respective responsibilities under the Contract unless agreed otherwise and, the Employer shall pay any monies due to the Contractor.


STNP_ICX 98

Section 4. Particular Conditions of Contract

Instructions for completing the Particular Conditions of Contract are provided in italics in parenthesis for the relevant GCC Clauses.

GCC Clause Amendments of, and Supplements to, Clauses in the General Conditions of Contract

GCC 1.1(j) The Contractor is

[Name, address, and name of authorized representative]

GCC 1.1(ll) The Employer is: Quazi Nizam Uddin, Project Director,


GCC 1.1(oo) The Site is located at Sher-E-Bangla Nagor BTCL building and Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station building, Dhaka and Chittagong, Khulna, Bogra, Sylhet.

GCC 3.1 The Procuring Entity’s address for the purpose of communications under this contract is:

Contact person: Quazi Nizam Uddin,

Address:

Telephone: 880-2-41080171

Fax No.: 880-2-222271002

e-mail address: [email protected], [email protected]

The Contractor’s address for the purpose of communications under this contract is:

Contact person:

Address:

Tel:

Fax:

e-mail address:

GCC 6.1 (k) Other documents forming part of the Contract are

a) Notification of Award;

b) The Tender and the appendices to the Tender;

c) Particular Conditions of Contract;

d) General Conditions of Contract;

e) Technical Specifications;

f) Drawings:

g) Priced Schedule and schedule of requirements;

h) other document including correspondences listed in the PCC forming part of the Contract

GCC 9.2 Materials, Equipment Plants and supplies shall not have their origin in the following

countries: Israel


STNP_ICX 99

GCC 13.1

Possession of the Site or part(s) of the Site, to the Contractor shall be given on the

following date(s); within 15 (fifteen) days of signing of contract.

GCC 22.3 The Contractor agrees to supply spare parts for a period of 6 (six) years after warranty period.

The Contractor shall carry sufficient inventories to ensure an ex-stock supply of consumable spares for the Plant. Other spare parts and components shall be supplied as promptly as possible, but at the most within six (6) months of placing the order and opening the letter of credit. In addition, in the event of termination of the production of spare parts, advance notification will be made to the Employer of the pending termination, with sufficient time to permit the Employer to procure the needed requirement. Following such termination, the Contractor will furnish to the extent possible and at no cost to the Employer the blueprints, drawings and specifications of the spare parts, if requested.

GCC 23.1 The Contractor shall commence work on the Facilities within 7 (seven) days from the Effective Date for determining Time for Completion as specified in the Contract Agreement.

GCC 24.1 The time for completion of the whole of the facilities within 240 (Two hundred and forty) days from the effective date as described in the contract agreement.

GCC 32.1 A Subcontractor that is a national of, or registered in, the following countries are not eligible: Israel

GCC 33.1 Nominated Subcontractor(s) named below;

[insert name(s)]

shall be entitled to execute the following specific components of the Works

[state none ,if not applicable]

GCC 40.2.2 The Guarantee Test of the Facilities shall be successfully completed 15 (fifteen) days from the date of Completion.

GCC 41.3 Applicable (amount or rate) for the bonus for early Completion:

No bonus will be given for earlier Completion of the Facilities or part thereof.

GCC 42.3 The amount to be withheld for late submission of an updated Programme is : Not applicable

GCC 42.10 The critical components covered under the extended defect liability are[insert components, the period shall be [number of years, which shall not exceed five (5) years] : ]- Not applicable

GCC 45.1 (b) The multiplier of the Contract Price is: Not applicable

GCC 56.2 The Contract Price shall be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Adjustment Clause: Not applicable

GCC 59.1 The amount of performance security, as a percentage of the Contract Price for the Facility or for the part of the Facility for which a separate Time for Completion is provided, shall be 10 (ten) percent.


STNP_ICX 100

GCC 59.3 Applicable as per clause GCC 59.3.

GCC 72.2 (i) In the case of a dispute between the Employer and the foreign Contractor, [insert

any of the following options]

Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Contract, or

breach, termination or invalidity thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (UNCITRAL) Arbitration Rules of 1976 as at present in force.


STNP_ICX 101

Appendix to the Tender

[In Tables below, the Procuring Entity shall indicate the source and base values with dates of Indexes, unless otherwise instructed to be quoted by the Tenderer, for the different Cost Components and mention its Weightings or Coefficients]

Table 1.1: Price Adjustment Data: Not applicable

Table 1.2: Price Adjustment Data: Not applicable

APPENDICES [These appendixes shall be the part of the contract] Appendix 1 - Terms and Procedures of Payment

Appendix 2 - Price Adjustment

Appendix 3 - Insurance Requirements

Appendix 4 - Time Schedule

Appendix 5- List of Major Items of Plant and services and List of Approved

Subcontractors

Appendix 6 - Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer

Appendix 7 - List of Documents for Approval or Review

Appendix 8 - Functional Guarantees


STNP_ICX 102

Appendix 1. Terms and Procedures of Payment

In accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 57 (Terms of Payment), the Employer

shall pay the Contractor in the following manner and at the following times, on the basis of

the Price Breakdown given in the section on Price Schedules. Payments will be made in

the currencies quoted by the Tenderer unless otherwise agreed between the parties.

Applications for payment in respect of part deliveries may be made by the Contractor as

work proceeds.

(A) Terms of Payment

Schedule No. 1. Plant and Equipment Supplied from Abroad In respect of plant and equipment supplied from abroad, the following payments shall be made:

i) Advance Payment: No Advance Payment shall be made.

ii) On shipment: 50 (fifty) percent of the contract price of Goods shipped shall be paid

upon submission of the details of shipping and other documents to be furnished by the

Supplier and shall be received by the Purchaser at least one week before arrival of the

Goods and, if not received the Supplier shall be responsible for consequent expensesd.

iii) On Completion of the facilities: 20 (twenty) percent of the contract price of Goods

received shall be paid upon submission of claim supported by the Completion Certificate

(CC). CC shall be issued by BTCL as per prevailing internal guideline/policy upon

completion of relevant contractual liabilities by the supplier

iv) On Operational Acceptance: 30 (thirty) percent of the contract price of Goods

received shall be paid upon submission of claim supported by the Operational Acceptance

Certificate (OAC). OAC shall be issued by BTCL as per prevailing internal guideline/policy

upon completion of relevant contractual liabilities by the supplier

Schedule No. 2. Plant and Equipment Supplied from within the Employer’s Country In respect of plant and equipment supplied from within the Employer’s country, the following payments shall be made:

i) Advance payment: No Advance Payment shall be made.

ii) On arrival: 30 (thirty) percent of the contract price of the Goods arrived shall be paid

upon submission of the details of challans and receipt copy of purchaser to be furnished

by the Supplier and shall be received by the Purchaser at least one week before arrival of

the Goods and, if not received the Supplier shall be responsible for consequent expensesd.

iii) On Completion of the facilities: 40 (forty) percent of the contract price of Goods



completion of relevant contractual liabilities by the supplier.


STNP_ICX 103

iv) On Operational Acceptance: 30 (thirty) percent of the contract price of Goods

received shall be paid upon submission of claim supported by the Operational Acceptance


upon completion of relevant contractual liabilities by the supplier.

Schedule No. 3. Design Services


ii) On Approval of the Design Services: 100 (hundred) percent of the total or pro rata

design services amount upon approval of the design service supported by the approval

letter. Approval letter shall be issued by BTCL as per prevailing internal guideline/policy

upon submission of the liabilities by the supplier.

iii) Payment of design services shall be applicable only after payment (ii) under schedule 1 of

Appendix 1 i.e. after shipment of plant and equipment supplied from abroad.

Schedule No. 4. (A) Installation- Civil Works Part


ii) Construction material arrived at site: 20 (twenty) percent of the contract price of the

civil works shall be paid upon submission of the details of material arrival and certificates

issued by site engineer to be furnished by the Supplier.

iii) On Completion of the facilities: 60 (sixty) percent of the contract price of works



completion of relevant contractual liabilities by the supplier.

iv) On Operational Acceptance: 20 (twenty) percent of the contract price of works received

shall be paid upon submission of claim supported by the Operational Acceptance


upon completion of relevant contractual liabilities by the supplier.

Schedule No. 4. (B) Other Support Services In respect of installation services for both the foreign and local currency portions, the following payments shall be made:


ii) Payment for Factory Premises Acceptance Test (FPAT): 100% (one hundred percent)

of the contract price for FPAT shall be paid upon submission of the claim supported by

the “Factory Premises Acceptance Test Certificate”. Such certificate shall be issued by


STNP_ICX 104

BTCL as per prevailing internal guideline/policy upon receiving test report from the test

team attended the testing at test site of manufacturer’s premises.

iii) Payment for Training Services: 100% (one hundred percent) of the whole contract

price for training and incidental services shall be paid by the bank upon submission by the

Contractor a “Completion of Training Certificate” to support his claim. Such certificates shall

be issued by General Manager (R&T), BTCL upon completion of relevant training

program(s).

iv) Payment for Testing Services: 100% (one hundred percent) of the contract price for

Testing services shall be paid upon submission of respective claim supported by the

“Completion Certificate”, “Functional Guarantee Test Certificate” and “Operational

Acceptance Certificate” respectively.

Payment for Maintenance Support Services: a) Payment for Maintenance Support during warranty period: 100% (one hundred

percent) of the contract price. Maintenance Support during warranty period shall be

made upon submission of a separate bank guarantee (BG) of value equal to the amount

of warranty period maintenance support service for a period 28 days beyond the warranty

period. The amount of BG for Warranty Period Maintenance Support will be released upon

submission of “Certificate of Completion of Warranty Period Maintenance Support”. Such

completion certificates shall be issued by BTCL upon receiving report from User Region

of BTCL. Post Warranty period will be started immediately after the completion of warranty

period.

b) Payment for Post Warranty Period Maintenance Support: 100% (one hundred percent)

of the contract price. Post Warranty Period Maintenance Support shall be made upon

submission of a separate bank guarantee (BG) of value equal to the amount of post

warranty maintenance support service for a period 28 days beyond the post warranty

period maintenance support service. The amount of BG for Post Warranty Maintenance

Support will be released upon submission of “Certificate of Completion of Post Warranty

Maintenance Support”. Such completion certificates shall be issued by BTCL upon

receiving report from User Region of BTCL.

(B) Payment Procedures

The procedures to be followed in applying for certification and making payments shall be

as follows:

i) All payments in foreign currency shall be made through irrevocable and confirmed Letter

of Credit opened in favor of the Supplier’s bank in its country. Payments in local currency

(BDT) may be made through Letter of Credit or by account payee cheque.


STNP_ICX 105

ii) The Employer shall take necessary measures to make payments upon receipt of invoice

supported by all valid documents within forty-five (45) days after receipt of such invoice.

(C) Release of Performance Security (PS) after defect liability period: As per GCC clause

59 and 42.10, PS will be released after the successful completion of defect liability

period. In such cases, tenderer shall apply for release before two months and BTCL shall

form a committee to revisit and confirm the pending issues (if found during OAT as well as

during defect liability period) has been resolved. BTCL will release the PS based on the report

or part of it has to be extended by tenderer for any non-dissolving issue.


STNP_ICX 106

Appendix 2. Price Adjustment

No Price Adjustment shall be applied for this procurement.


STNP_ICX 107

Appendix 3. Insurance Requirements Insurances to be Taken Out by The Employer The marine/air insurance shall be arranged by BTCL.

i) Project Director will obtain an open cover marine insurance policy for an amount equal to

110% of the CFR value of the goods from “Sadharan Bima Corporation” of Bangladesh.

ii) The policy shall cover, from the port of shipment to delivery at project sites against all kind

of risks for the total cost of the consignment(s) to be imported under the purchase order.

iii) The policy shall be such that, in case of damage, short receipt or any other type of loss of

equipment the claim shall be recoverable in the United States Dollar (USD).

iv) Supplier shall furnish a declaration of shipment (Shipment Info) containing full particulars

of each consignment. i.e. Description of cargo, Number of packages, Gross Weight, Net

Weight. Furthermore, For Sea Freight: Bill of Lading (BL) No. & Date, Name of vessel,

Probable date of shipment, Probable date of arrival, seaport of shipment, seaport of

destination etc. and For Air Freight: Airway Bill (AWB), Flight No., Probable date of

shipment, Probable date of arrival, Port of Shipment, Port of Destination etc. and the value

of the consignment (CPT/CFR) value to the insurance company so as to reach them within

7 (Seven) days for Air shipment and 14 (fourteen) days for sea shipment, from the date of

each shipment.

v) In case of delay the declaration of shipment shall be telegraphically communicated to the

insurance company who shall issue a specific insurance policy or certificate and forward

it to the purchaser.

vi) Price of the Goods manufactured outside Bangladesh shall be quoted: CPT/CFR (Inco

term 2010).


STNP_ICX 108

Appendix 4. Time Schedule

A Time Schedule, for delivery of equipment, which shall be followed by the Contractor

during the performance of the Contract is provided below:

A. List of Goods and Delivery Schedule

Item No.

Description of Item Unit Quantity

Point of Delivery [Final (Project Site)

Destination as specified in TDS]

Delivery Date Required (in days)

Earliest Delivery Date

Latest Delivery Date

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 SBC/Media Gateway Controller (MGC) including Hardware, software and ancillary equipment

LOT 1 Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station

Building, Sher-E-Bangla Nagar BTCL

Building and Khulna, Chittagong, Sylhet and Bogura BTCL

Building. *

180 (One Hundred Eighty)

Days

240 (Two Hundred

Forty) Days

2 SBC/IP Media Gateway (MGW) including Hardware, software and ancillary equipment

LOT 1 Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building, Sher-E-Bangla Nagar BTCL Building and Khulna, Chittagong, Sylhet and Bogura BTCL Building. *


Days

240 (Two Hundred

Forty) Days

3 COTS Server including Hardware, OS, software, License and ancillary equipment

LOT 1 Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building, Sher-E-Bangla Nagar BTCL Building and Khulna, Chittagong, Sylhet and Bogura BTCL Building. *


Days

240 (Two Hundred

Forty) Days

4 Router, LAN Switch/Layer 3 Switch, MUX, Firewall and Intrusion Detection System including Hardware, Software, License and Auxiliary equipment

LOT 1 Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building. Sher-E-Bangla Nagar Building, Sylhet, Bogura, Khulna and Sylhet.


Days

240 (Two Hundred

Forty) Days

5 BTRC monitoring facilities and LI connectivity facilities including auxiliary equipment

LOT 1 Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building.


Days

240 (Two Hundred

Forty) Days

6 Network Management System (NMS) and CDR management equipment, O&M Terminal, Portable Service Console including hardware and Licensed software



Days

240 (Two Hundred

Forty) Days


STNP_ICX 109

7 Wide Screen Display Panel Each 2 Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building.


Days

240 (Two Hundred

Forty) Days

8 Laser Printer Each 2 Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building.


Days

240 (Two Hundred

Forty) Days

9 Scanner Each 1 Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building.


Days

240 (Two Hundred

Forty) Days

10 Set of required specific tools and testers for all



Days

240 (Two Hundred

Forty) Days

11 Digital Multi-meter (with clamp-on facility for AC/DC current, Voltage measurement),

Each 1 Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building.


Days

240 (Two Hundred

Forty) Days

12 Optical power meter Each 1 Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building.

120 (One Hundred Twenty)

Days

240 (Two Hundred

Forty) Days

13 CAT 6 Cable Km 2 Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building.


Days

240 (Two Hundred

Forty) Days

14 Portable External USB HDD

Each 2 Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building.


Days

240 (Two Hundred

Forty) Days

15 Security and Surveillance System (IP camera, DVR, HDD, Monitor, collapsible gate, standard entrance door for Switch and NOC room, and biometric device)

Lot 1 Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building, Sher-E-Bangla Nagor BTCL Building and Khulna, Chittagong, Sylhet and Bogra BTCL Building. *


Days

240 (Two Hundred

Forty) Days

16 Rectifier, Battery Backup, DC/AC Inverter

LOT 1 Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building , Sher-E-Bangla Nagor BTCL Building and Khulna, Chittagong, Sylhet and Bogra BTCL Building.*

120 (One Hundred Twenty)

Days


Days

17 Air-Conditioner for equipment and monitoring room



Days

240 (Two Hundred

Forty) Day


STNP_ICX 110

18 Building Modification, False Ceiling, Raised Floor, Aluminium Glass Partition, Lighting Facilities for Equipment Room, Emergency Lights in Equipment Room, Earthing Facility for all Equipment, Lighting and Surge Protection Facility, Fire Detection and Fire Fighting Facility, Station AC Power Wiring.



Days

240 (Two Hundred

Forty) Day

19 Station Furniture (Table, Chair, Cabinet)



Days

240 (Two Hundred

Forty) Day

20 Mandatory Maintenance Spare Parts and Consumables items up to 02 (Two) years performance guarantee period, Recommended maintenance spares for Buffer stock

LOT 1 Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building. 1


Days

240 (Two Hundred

Forty) Days


STNP_ICX 111

Appendix 4. Time Schedule

A Time Schedule, for delivery of equipment, which shall be followed by the Contractor during the performance of the Contract is provided below

B. List of Related Services and Completion Schedule

A Time Schedule for related services which shall be followed by the Contractor during the performance of the Contract is provided below

Item No.

Description of

Item Unit Quantity

Place where Services shall be performed

Final Completion Date(s) of Services

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Project Management Service

LOT 1 Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building, Sher-E-Bangla Nagor BTCL Building and Khulna, Bogra, Chittagong and Sylhet BTCL Building

240 (Two Hundred forty) Days

2 Site Survey, Network Planning, System Design and Integration



3 Installation, Testing and Commissioning of SBC/Media Gateway Controller, SBC/iSBC/ IP MGW, COTS Server and other all necessary equipment



4 Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Router, MUX, LAN Switch/Layer 3 Switch, Firewall and Intrusion Detection System



5 Installation, Testing and Commissioning of BTRC Monitoring Facilities and LI Connectivity Facilities

LOT 1 Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building, Sher-E-Bangla Nagar (SBN) BTCL Building


6 Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Network Management System

LOT 1 Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building, Sher-E-Bangla Nagar (SBN) BTCL Building



STNP_ICX 112

7 Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Rectifier, DC/AC Inverter System and other necessary equipments



8 Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Air-Conditioner System



9 Factory Premise Test (FPT)

LOT 1 To be specified by the bidder

To be specified by BTCL

10 Functional Guarantee Test LOT 1 Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building and other places specified by BTCL

To be specified by BTCL after fulfilment of pre-conditions of bidder

11 Completion Confirmation Test

LOT 1 Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building and other places specified by BTCL

To be specified by BTCL after successful completion of functional guarantee test

12 Factory Training LOT 1 To be specified by the bidder


13 Local Training LOT 1 BTCL Head Office, Dhaka or Place specified by BTCL


14 Maintenance Support up to 02 (two) years during Performance Guarantee Period

LOT 1 Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building or Place specified by BTCL

Will start after successful completion of Completion Certificate

15 Maintenance Support 02 (two) year after Guarantee Period


Will start after successful completion of guarantee period

16 Interworking and Interconnection Services

LOT 1

Mohakhali Satellite Earth Station Building.


17 Balancing, Integration, and Configuration of Supplied Equipment /system and interworking with existing system



18 Documentation (O&M Manual and As-built Drawing)




STNP_ICX 113

Appendix 5. List of Major Items of Plant and Services and List of Approved Subcontractors

A list of core equipment has been mentioned below for which manufacturer authorization and

country of origin shall have to be provided.

Major Items of Plant and Services

Country of origin Attached authorization letter

SBC/Media Gateway Controller

SBC/ IP Media Gateway

Router

COTS Server

Storage Server

Aggregate Switch

Layer 3 (L3) Switch

NTP Server

Firewall

Transmission Equipment

NMS

Rectifier

Battery


STNP_ICX 114

Appendix 6. Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer

Prior to issuing the tender documents, the Employer shall indicate in this Appendix details of all personnel and Facilities it will provide for use by the Contractor and indicate, where applicable, the charges that it will make in respect of their use.

The Employer shall also identify any part(s) of the facilities it intends to carry out itself (or by other contractors), and any plant, equipment, or materials that it proposes to purchase itself and supply to the Contractor for incorporation in the facilities, indicating, where applicable, the charges that it will make in respect thereof.

The following personnel, facilities, works and supplies shall apply as appropriate. All personnel,

facilities, works and supplies will be provided by the Employer in good time so as not to delay

the performance of the Contractor, in accordance with the approved Time Schedule and

Program of Performance pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 31.2.

Unless otherwise indicated, all personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be provided free

of charge to the Contractor.

Personnel Charge to Contractor (if any)

1. Factory Premise Test (FPT):

Number of BTCL Engineers – 5 (five)-shall be nominated by BTCL

Number of working days -10 (ten)

Detailed procedure of the Factory Premise Test (FPT) is described below this table

US$ 150 (one hundred fifty) per day

(including holidays in between) per

person. Other facilities that shall be

provided by the contractor are

1) Local Transportation

2) Standard Accommodation

3) Medical Services (if required)

4) Institutional facilities

5) Travel Insurance (if require)

6) Both way Full-fare Air Ticket

2. Completion Confirmation Committee (CCC):

Number of BTCL Engineers - 5 (five)-shall be nominated by BTCL

Number of working days -10 (ten)

Detailed procedure of the Completion Confirmation Test is described below this table

An allowance of Taka 2,500/- per

day per person. Other facility that

shall be provided by the contractor is

Local Transportation.

3. Functional Guarantee Test Team:

Completion Confirmation Committee (CCC) will also perform the Functional Guarantee Test along with Completion Confirmation Test.

4. Details are being stated in Appendix 8

No separate allowance will be

required for the Functional

Guarantee Test.

5. Operational Acceptance Test Committee An allowance of Taka 2,500/- per

day per person. Other facility that


STNP_ICX 115

(OAC):

Number of BTCL Engineers - 5 (five)-shall be nominated by BTCL

Number of working days -15 (fifteen)

Detailed procedure of the Operational Acceptance Test is described below this table

shall be provided by the contractor is

Local Transportation

Facilities Charge to Contractor (if any)

No facilities shall be provided. Just before the installation, BTCL will provide space to keep the equipment and material (Refer to clause 25, 39 and 40 of GCC). BTCL shall make application for permits from concern authorities for execution of the contract.

No charge will be applied.

Works Charge to Contractor (if any)

BTCL shall not perform any work in favor of contractor. BTCL shall make the renovation work of the equipment room if it is necessary for the installation of the equipment. However, the renovation work that has been explicitly mentioned in schedule of requirements shall have to be carried out by the contractor.

No charge will be applied for that part of renovation work that will be carried out by BTCL.

Supplies Charge to Contractor (if any)

BTCL shall not supply any consumables to the contractor for testing and commissioning. BTCL shall provide electricity for testing and commissioning (Refer to clause 39 and 25, 40 of GCC).

No charge will be applied.

Procedure for Factory Premises Test (FPT):

a) Testing at manufacturer’s premises, shall be termed “Factory Premises Test (FPT)”.

b) Bidder shall complete 100% production of equipment before FPT. A team comprising of

BTCL Engineers will check the equipment (VNF-based ICX MGC, SBC, NMS, Router,

Firewall etc.) to ascertain their conformity with tender requirement, contract and BOQ

specifications before shipping of the equipment.


STNP_ICX 116

c) Successful bidder shall provide a Factory Premise Test (FPT) procedure along with a

checklist including at least the following test and shall get the approval from the Purchaser.

However, Purchaser has the right to add or modify test items congruent with the tender

document which shall have to be included in the factory test.

i) The whole exchange architecture and detail list of the cards and components shall be

provided to the factory test team. Bidder shall provide a brief description (functionality

and capacity) of each and every card of that architecture prior to the start of the factory

test.

ii) Bidder shall arrange full connectivity of the necessary equipment to perform the

functionalities and facilities of the exchange as described in the tender document.

iii) BTCL team shall randomly and arbitrarily select some cards and insert in the system

and subsequently check the functionality. Factory Premise Test Certificate will not be

issued if any failure of desired function mentioned in the tender document/contract is

found.

iv) Successful voice and video calls of long and short duration shall have to be

demonstrated during factory test.

d) All test results must be attached in Factory Premise Test Report. A Report shall be signed

by BTCL engineer(s) upon completion of factory test at site of manufacturer’s premises,

which will be termed as “Factory Premise Test Report” with recommendations for issuance

of Certificate if the “Factory Premise Test Report” is complied with tender

document/contract. BTCL will issue “Factory Premises Test Certificate’ by following

prevailing internal guideline/policy.

e) If there is an unsuccessful Factory Premises Test (FPT), the bidder may offer second

Factory Premise Test (FPT) which would be conducted within 30-45 (thirty-forty-five) days.

If a second Factory Premises Test (FPT) is necessary, the bidder will bear the cost of that

and BTCL will not pay for (or any part) of that test. If the bidder does not offer second

Factory Premise Test (FPT), the contract shall be terminated. Two consecutive

unsuccessful tests shall result in termination of the contract. If the bidder does not agree

to this above basic minimum format, its disagreement or deviation shall be considered as

a “Material Deviation”.

Procedure for Completion Confirmation Test:

Completion confirmation Test (CCT) Committee will examine the following items and will issue

a Completion Confirmation Certificate if they are found okay.

a) Shall examine imported documents to verify its’ compliance with Proforma Invoice (PI) of the issued Letter of Credit as well with Bill of Quantity (BOQ).

b) To verify whether all related equipment have been powered up.

c) To verify whether all connectivity and configuration have been considering the system as an integrated one.

d) To verify whether arrangement of all type of test equipment and accessories have been made as per requirement.


STNP_ICX 117

e) To verify whether the system has fulfilled all preconditions to carry out a Functional

Guarantee Test (FGT) that has been mentioned in Appendix 8.

f) BTCL will make necessary arrangements to make the site ready for installation before

equipment arrives at site. If within 15 (Fifteen) days of the date of delivery of goods at local

store or site, BTCL fails to make the site ready (i.e. removal of unused equipment, DC

Power/ Commercial Power connection etc. or such other pre-requisite which restrict the

Supplier to install the Equipment and arrange CCT) and hand over the site to the Supplier

for installation, the Supplier will issue a final notice to the Purchaser for commencing

installation. After fifteen (15) working days from the date of the final notice if the site is still

not ready for installation, the Supplier may claim payment by issuing Payment Claim Letter

for the said part.

Procedure for Operational Acceptance Test:

Before acceptance of the installed system/equipment, BTCL representatives shall carryout a

test on site, detailed tests of all equipment, working reliability, concurrence to agree technical

and other specifications, inventory checking of installed equipment etc. Such tests shall be

termed as “Operational Acceptance Test (OAT)”. Following procedures shall be followed for

conducting Operational Acceptance Test:

a) The system, after installation, will be jointly tested by joint team consisting of BTCL

engineers (OAT team) and the Supplier’s engineers. The Supplier shall be totally

responsible for arrangement of all equipment, consumables, test gears and measuring

equipment required for the Operational Acceptance Test. All costs for Materials and

Services shall be quoted and failure to quote shall be considered that the bidder proposes

to provide this service totally “free of charge" to BTCL.

b) Operational Acceptance Test Team will be formed following prevailing guideline/policy of

BTCL.

c) Procedures describing how testing will be performed along with expected test result (some

of which may be found during completion confirmation test) must be submitted before OAT

to Project Director for approval accompanied with desired result as per technical

specification.

d) OAT shall satisfy all the requirements stated in the technical specification. If any portion

fails to pass the test, test of the said portion shall be repeated under the same

circumstances to comply with the Technical Specifications. All instruments, equipment and

consumable item necessary for the test and inspection shall be arranged by the Supplier.

e) On completion of installation and after having the Completion Confirmation Test result and

Functional Guarantee Test (FGT), the Supplier shall submit 2 (Two) copies of the

Completion Certificate and FGT results along with approved Procedure documents for

performing the tests to OAT team before commencement of OAT. Supplier shall give 15

(Fifteen) days prior written notice intimating the date on which they will be ready to conduct

OAT, hereinafter referred to as “OAT Ready Date”. Unless otherwise agreed upon, test

shall take place within 5 (Five) working days from the OAT Ready Date.


STNP_ICX 118

f) Unless otherwise agreed upon or Force Majeure event occurs, if OAT Team fails to

commence OAT within 15 (Fifteen) days of OAT Ready Date, the Supplier may claim

payment by Payment Claim Letter for the said part. This, however, will not relieve the

Supplier from the obligations of performing successful OAT and other obligations stated in

this contract. In such case, OAT will be performed as soon OAT team desires and serves

notice to the Supplier but not later than 15 days from the OAT Ready Date.

g) Upon receiving the OAT report from the BTCL OAT Test Team after completion of the

OAT, the same will be reviewed and Operational Acceptance Certificate will be issued as

per prevailing guideline/policy of BTCL within 30 (Thirty) days counting the date from the

date of completion of the OAT.

h) If OAT Certificate is not issued within 30 (Thirty) days without communicating any reason

to the Supplier, OAT Certificate shall be deemed to have been issued in all respect and

the Supplier may claim payment by issuing Payment Claim Letter with a copy to Project

Director.

i) After issuance of the Operational Acceptance Certificate (OAC), the Equipment will be put

into commercial operation if BTCL desires. If BTCL puts the system in commercial

operation without Operational Acceptance Test, Operational Acceptance Test (OAT)

should be commenced within 30 (thirty) working days. If OAT is not commenced within 30

(thirty) working days without communicating any reason, OAC shall be deemed to have

been issued and Supplier may claim payment by issuing Payment Claim Letter for the said

part.

j) If OAT is not partially or wholly successful, the Supplier will be given reasonable time to

arrange repetition of the failed test(s). Due to failure to conduct OAT successfully within 3

(three) months after OAT ready date at the fault of the Supplier, OAC will not be issued

and the payment against OAC will not be made to the Supplier any more. If OAC is not

issued, payment for warranty/maintenance support and any other pending payment will

not be made any more. In such case, Performance security will be forfeited and the

contract will be terminated.

k) Operational Acceptance Test (OAT) can continue for more than the scheduled period that

has been mentioned in Appendix 6; but, in such cases, the bidder shall not be liable to pay

per-diem for those additional days.

l) Successful Bill Run Test (SBT): During OAT, The SBT will be started in details with random

cross-checking of the authenticity, accuracy and mathematical correctness of various Call

Data Record (CDR)s generated by the system through the running of bills and billing cycles

in its Billing Centre. SBT will be carried out by OAT team.

m) Such checking will involve all types of billing CDRs covered by the system scope including

(but not limited to) “Local Inter-connect Billing”, “National Inter-connect Billing” and

“International Inter-connect Billing”. Such checking for inter-connect billing will be carried

out with relevant inter-connect partners.

n) If and only if, the results of each of the check events show errors by the billing system to

be below 0.1% (zero-point one percent), the Bill Run Test shall be considered as

successful; and such event will be termed as “Successful Bill Run (SBR)”. If and only, SBR


STNP_ICX 119

happens for at least 03 (three) local and/ or distant-end partners, the event in a duty cycle

(15 days) will be considered as “Successful Bill Run Test (SBT)”.

o) OAT test team shall complete such two SBTs within 01 (one) month. In the event of

completion of Two (02) of such SBTs and successful completion of OAT, the system shall

become eligible for issuance of OAC.

p) After completion of SBT, the OAT team shall check the compliance statement of the bidder

and the contract. Compliance statement of the bidder & the contract conditions shall be

implemented/ fulfilled with full satisfaction of BTCL.


STNP_ICX 120

Appendix 7. List of Documents for Approval or Review

Pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 35.3.1, the Contractor shall prepare, or cause its Subcontractor to prepare, and present to the Project Manager in accordance with the requirements of GCC Sub-Clause 31.2 (Program of Performance), the following documents for

(A) Approval

1. Document for equipment of different model/brand with same specification and capacity other than the model/brand mentioned in contract.

2. Document for inclusion of subcontractor which are not included/approved in contract.

3. Document for modification of any technical specification other than the contract.

4. Layout plan for installation of equipment.

5. Any other document if BTCL feels necessary during execution of work

(B) Review

1. Change of BoQ items as per requirement during implementation of work other than contract.

2. Change of location of sites during implementation other than contract.

3. Modification of works of subcontractor as in contract or already approved.

4. Any other document if BTCL feels necessary during execution of work.


STNP_ICX 121

Appendix 8. Functional Guarantees

1. General

The Functional Guarantee refer to clause 40, 43 of GCC shall be carried out in the following manner:

(a) the functional guarantees referred to in GCC Clause 43 (Functional Guarantees)

(b) the preconditions to the validity of the functional guarantees, either the test

mentioned below and included in the specification provided by BTCL in Section

6: Employer’s Requirement

(c) the minimum level of the functional guarantees.

(d) the formula for calculation of liquidated damages for failure to attain the functional

guarantees.

2. Preconditions

The Contractor gives the functional guarantees (specified herein and included in the

specification provided by BTCL in Section 6: Employer’s Requirement) for the facilities,

subject to the following preconditions being fully satisfied:

(i) Activate rectifier and ensure power connection from ATS of the generator room to

ensure power from dual sources.

(ii) Activate battery supply to ensure no break power supply system of standard

telecommunication operation.

(iii) To ensure Air condition support available for all equipment.

(iv) Power up all related equipment for test

(v) Make complete connectivity of the entire system along with necessary configuration

for ensuring the system to function as an integrated unit

(vi) Arrange all type of test equipment and accessories as per requirement.

(vii) Ensuring connectivity with other systems (Mobile phone operators and IOS)

(viii) Ensuring connectivity with billing platform of BTCL.

3. Functional Guarantees

Subject to compliance with the foregoing preconditions, the Contractor guarantees as follows:

(i) Bidder shall prepare a Functional Guarantee Test procedure and shall get it vetted

by BTCL. Depending on the submitted Functional Guarantee Test procedure, BTCL

will amend and insert additional clauses to incorporate any missing item of

Schedule of Requirements.


STNP_ICX 122

3.1 Functional Guarantee Test report must include following minimum requirements:

(i) Sufficient hardware provisioning of the COTS Server in compliance with ‘Schedule

of Requirements’.

(ii) Dimensioning of equipment to meet various functional requirements (which

includes items such as mean holding time, average traffic per trunk, average

signaling load, concurrent calls, answer to seizure ratio, grade of service,

probability of delay, system occupancy etcetera) that has been set in ‘Schedule of

Requirements’.

(iii) Redundancy in Firewall, Session Border Controller, Router and all other equipment

that has been spelled out in ‘Schedule of Requirements’. Functional Guarantee

Test shall incorporate such proof.

(iv) Individual equipment wise functioning test result of all components which includes

MGC, SBC, Media Gateway, Router, Server, Aggregate Switch, Firewall,

Transmission equipment, NMS, Rectifier, Battery. Test results must comply with

the requirements that have been set in ‘Schedule of Requirements’.

(v) A successful Bill Run Test (SBT) report with two operators (SBT has been defined

in Appendix 6)

(vi) Capacity and cooling adequacy requirement report of Air Conditioners.

(vii) Capacity and power adequacy test of rectifiers in consonance with ‘Schedule of

Requirements’.

(viii) Capacity and power adequacy test of batteries in compliance with ‘Schedule of

Requirements’.

(ix) Transmit power level (output power in dbm) test of the transmission equipment in

compliance with ‘Schedule of Requirements’.

(x) Receive sensitivity level (in dbm) test of the transmission equipment in compliance

with ‘Schedule of Requirements’.

(xi) Acceptable Bit Error (BER) of the transmission equipment in compliance with

‘Schedule of Requirements’.

(xii) Functional Guarantee Test Certificate will be a precondition for obtaining an

Operational Acceptance Test (OAT)

3.2 Raw Materials and Utilities Consumption: Not applicable.

4. Failure in Guarantees and Liquidated Damages

4.1 Failure to Attain Guaranteed Production Capacity

If the production capacity of the facilities attained in the guarantee test, pursuant to

GCC Sub-Clause40.2, is less than the guaranteed figure specified in para. 3.1 above,

but the actual production capacity attained in the guarantee test is not less than the

minimum level specified in para. 4.3 below, and the Contractor elects to pay liquidated

damages to the Employer in lieu of making changes, modifications and/or additions to


STNP_ICX 123

the Facilities, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 43.3, then the Contractor shall pay

liquidated damages at the rate of [amount in the contract currency].for every complete

one percent (1%) of the deficiency in the production capacity of the Facilities, or at a

proportionately reduced rate for any deficiency, or part thereof, of less than a complete

one percent (1%).

4.2 Raw Materials and Utilities Consumption in Excess of Guaranteed Level: Not applicable

4.3 Minimum Levels

Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, if as a result of the guarantee test(s),

the following minimum levels of performance guarantees (and consumption

guarantees) are not attained by the Contractor, the Contractor shall at its own cost

make good any deficiencies until the Facilities reach any of such minimum

performance levels, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 43.2:

a) production capacity of the Facilities attained in the guarantee test: ninety-five

percent (95%) of the guaranteed production capacity

and/or

b) average total cost of consumption of all the raw materials and utilities of the Facilities: Not applicable

4.4 Limitation of Liability

Subject to para. 4.3 above, the Contractor’s aggregate liability to pay liquidated

damages for failure to attain the functional guarantees shall not exceed ten percent

(10) of the Contract price [ the percentage specified shall not exceed ten percent

(10%)]. percent (%) of the Contract price


STNP_ICX 124

Section 5. Tender and Contract Forms

Form Title

Tender Forms

PG5A – 1a Tender Submission Letter for Technical Proposal

PG5A – 1b Tender Submission Letter for Financial (Price) Proposal

PG5A – 2a Tenderer Information Sheet

PG5A – 2b

PG5A – 2c

JVCA Partner Information

Subcontractor Information

PG5A – 3 Price Schedule for Plant and Services

PG5A – 4 Technical Proposal

PG5A – 4a Specification submission & compliance sheet.

PG5A– 5 Manufacturer’s Authorisation Letter

PG5A – 6 Bank Guarantee for Tender Security

PG5A – 6a Letter of Commitment for Bank’s undertaking for Line of Credit (Form PG5A-6a)

Contract Forms

PG5A – 7 Notification of Award

PG5A – 8 Contract Agreement

PG5A – 9 Bank Guarantee for Performance Security

PG5A– 10 Bank Guarantee for Advance Payment

PG5A– 11 Bank Guarantee for Retention Money Security (Form PG5A-11)

Forms PG5A-1a, PG5A-1b to PG5A-6, PG5A-6a comprises part of the Tender and should be completed as stated in ITT Clause 24.

Forms PG5A-7 to PG5A-11 and the appendices of the tender comprises part of the Contract as stated in GCC Clause 6.


STNP_ICX 125

Tender Submission Letter for Technical offer (Form PG5A-1a) [This letter should be completed and signed by the Authorised Signatory preferably on the Letter-Head Pad of the Tenderer and be appended in the technical proposal envelope]

To:

[Contact Person]

[Name of Procuring Entity]

[Address of Procuring Entity]

Date:

Invitation for Tender No: [indicate IFT No]

Tender Package No: [indicate Package No]

This Package is divided into the following Number of Lots

[indicate number of Lot(s)]

We, the undersigned, offer to design, manufacture, test, deliver, install, pre-commission and commission in conformity with the Tender Document, the following Plant and Services, viz:

In signing this letter, and in submitting our Tender, we also confirm that:

(a) our Tender shall be valid for the period stated in the Tender Data Sheet (ITT Sub Clause 30.1) and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time before the expiration of that period;

(b) a Tender Security is attached in the form of a [state pay order, bank draft, bank guarantee] in the amount stated in the Tender Data Sheet (ITT Sub Clause 32) and valid for a period of twenty-eight (28) days beyond the Tender validity date;

(c) we have examined and have no reservations to the Tender Document, issued by you on [insert date]; including Addendum to Tender Document No(s) [state numbers] , issued in accordance with the Instructions to Tenderers (ITT Clause 11). [insert the number and issuing date of each addendum; or delete this sentence if no Addendum has been issued];

(d) we, including as applicable, any JVCA partner or Subcontractor for any part of the contract resulting from this Tender process, have nationalities from eligible countries, in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 5.1;

(e) we are submitting this Tender as a sole Tenderer in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 38.3

or we are submitting this Tender as the partners of a JVCA, comprising the following other partners in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 18.1;

Name of Partner Address of Partner

1

2

3

4

(f) we are not a Government owned entity as defined in ITT Sub Clause 5.3 or

we are a Government owned entity, and we meet the requirements of ITT Sub Clause 5.3;


STNP_ICX 126

(delete one of the above as appropriate)

(g) we, including as applicable any JVCA partner, declare that we are not associated, nor have been associated in the past, directly or indirectly, with a consultant or any other entity that has prepared the design, specifications and other documents in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 5.5;

(h) we, including as applicable any JVCA partner or Subcontractor for any part of the contract resulting from this Tender process, have not been declared ineligible by the Government of Bangladesh on charges of engaging in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive or coercive practices in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 5.6;

(i) furthermore, we are aware of ITT Clause 4 concerning such practices and pledge not to indulge in such practices in competing for or in executing the Contract;

(j) we intend to subcontract an activity or part of the Works, in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 19.1, to the following Subcontractor(s);

Activity or part of the Plant and Services

Name of Subcontractor with Address

(k) we, including as applicable any JVCA partner, confirm that we do not have a record of poor performance, such as abandoning the works, not properly completing contracts, inordinate delays, or financial failure as stated in ITT Clause 5.7, and that we do not have, or have had, any litigation against us, other than that stated in the Tenderer Information (Form PG5A-2b);

(l) we are not participating as Tenderers in more than one Tender in this Tendering process. We understand that your written Notification of Award shall constitute the acceptance of our Tender and shall become a binding Contract between us, until a formal Contract is prepared and executed;

(m) we, including as applicable any JVCA partner, confirm that we do not have a record of insolvency, receivership, bankrupt or being wound up, our business activities were not being suspended, and it was not being the subject of legal proceedings in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 5.8;

(n) we, including as applicable any JVCA partner, confirm that we have fulfilled our obligations to pay taxes and social security contributions applicable under the relevant national laws and regulations of Bangladesh in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 5.9;

(o) we understand that you reserve the right to reject all the Tenders or annul the Tender proceedings, without incurring any liability to Tenderers, in accordance with ITT Clause 59.

Signature: [insert signature of authorised representative of the Tenderer]

Name: [insert full name of signatory with National ID Number, if applicable]

In the capacity of: [insert capacity of signatory]

Duly authorised to sign the Tender for and on behalf of the Tenderer

[If there is more than one (1) signatory, or in the case of a JVCA, add other boxes and sign accordingly].


STNP_ICX 127

Attachment 1:

[ITT Sub Clause 38.3]

Written confirmation authorising the above signatory(ies) to commit the Tenderer

[and, if applicable]

Attachment 2:

[ITT Sub Clause 29.2(b)]

Copy of the JVCA Agreement / Letter of Intent to form JVCA with draft proposed Agreement


STNP_ICX 128

Tender Submission Letter for Financial offer

(Form PG5A-1b) [This letter should be completed and signed by the Authorised Signatory preferably on the Letter-Head Pad of the Tenderer and be appended in the financial proposal envelope]

To:

[Contact Person]

[Name of Procuring Entity]

[Address of Procuring Entity]

Date:





We, the undersigned, offer to design, manufacture, test, deliver, install, precommission and commission in conformity with the Tender Document, the following Plant and Services, viz:

In accordance with ITT Clauses 26 and 27, the following prices and discounts apply to our Tender:

The Tender Price is:

(ITT Sub-Clause 26.1)

[state amount in figures]

and [state amount in words]

Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Supplied from abroad



Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) supplied from within the Employer’s Country

Taka [state amount in figures]

And Taka [state amount in words]

Design Services [state amount in figures]


Installation and Other Services [state amount in figures]


Recommended Spare Parts Price

(If economic Factor is applicable)



The Unconditional discount is

(ITT Sub-Clause 23.11)



The methodology for Application of the discount is:

[state the methodology]

and we shall accordingly submit an Advance Payment Guarantee in the format shown in Form PG5A- 10.

In signing this letter, and in submitting our Tender, we also confirm that:

a) our Tender shall be valid for the period stated in the Tender Data Sheet (ITT Sub Clause 30.1) and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time before the expiration of that period;


STNP_ICX 129

b) a Tender Security is attached in the form of a [state pay order, bank draft, bank guarantee] in the amount stated in the Tender Data Sheet (ITT Sub Clause 32) and valid for a period of twenty-eight (28) days beyond the Tender validity date;

c) if our Tender is accepted, we commit to furnishing a Performance Security within the time stated under ITT Sub Clause 65.1) and in the form specified in the Tender Data Sheet (ITT Sub Clause 66.1) valid for a period of twenty-eight (28) days beyond the date of issue of the Completion Certificate of the Plants and Services;

d) we have examined and have no reservations to the Tender Document, issued by you on [insert date]; including Addendum to Tender Document No(s) [state numbers] , issued in accordance with the Instructions to Tenderers (ITT Clause 11). [insert the number and issuing date of each addendum; or delete this sentence if no Addendum has been issued];

e) we, including as applicable, any JVCA partner or Subcontractor for any part of the contract resulting from this Tender process, have nationalities from eligible countries, in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 5.1;

f) we are submitting this Tender as a sole Tenderer in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 38.3 or we are submitting this Tender as the partners of a JVCA, comprising the following other partners in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 18.1;

Name of Partner Address of Partner

1

2

3

4

g) we are not a Government owned entity as defined in ITT Sub Clause 5.3 or

we are a Government owned entity, and we meet the requirements of ITT Sub Clause 5.3;

(delete one of the above as appropriate)

h) we, including as applicable any JVCA partner, declare that we are not associated, nor have been associated in the past, directly or indirectly, with a consultant or any other entity that has prepared the design, specifications and other documents in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 5.5;

i) we, including as applicable any JVCA partner or Subcontractor for any part of the contract resulting from this Tender process, have not been declared ineligible by the Government of Bangladesh on charges of engaging in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive or coercive practices in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 5.6;

j) furthermore, we are aware of ITT Clause 4 concerning such practices and pledge not to indulge in such practices in competing for or in executing the Contract;

k) we intend to subcontract an activity or part of the Works, in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 19.1, to the following Subcontractor(s);

Activity or part of the Plant and Services

Name of Subcontractor with Address


STNP_ICX 130

l) we, including as applicable any JVCA partner, confirm that we do not have a record of poor performance, such as abandoning the works, not properly completing contracts, inordinate delays, or financial failure as stated in ITT Clause 5.7, and that we do not have, or have had, any litigation against us, other than that stated in the Tenderer Information (Form PG5A-2b);

m) we are not participating as Tenderers in more than one Tender in this Tendering process. We understand that your written Notification of Award shall constitute the acceptance of our Tender and shall become a binding Contract between us, until a formal Contract is prepared and executed;

n) we, including as applicable any JVCA partner, confirm that we do not have a record of insolvency, receivership, bankrupt or being wound up, our business activities were not being suspended, and it was not being the subject of legal proceedings in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 5.8;

o) we, including as applicable any JVCA partner, confirm that we have fulfilled our obligations to pay taxes and social security contributions applicable under the relevant national laws and regulations of Bangladesh in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 5.9;

p) we understand that you reserve the right to reject all the Tenders or annul the Tender proceedings, without incurring any liability to Tenderers, in accordance with ITT Clause 61


Name: [insert full name of signatory with National ID Number]

In the capacity of: [insert capacity of signatory]


[If there is more than one (1) signatory, or in the case of a JVCA, add other boxes and sign accordingly]. Attachment 1: [ITT Sub Clause 38.3] Written confirmation authorising the above signatory(ies) to commit the Tenderer

[and, if applicable] Attachment 2: [ITT Sub Clause 29.2(b)] Copy of the JVCA Agreement / Letter of Intent to form JVCA with draft proposed Agreement


STNP_ICX 131

Tenderer Information (Form PG5A-2a)

[This Form should be completed only by the Tenderer, preferably on its Letter-Head Pad]



This Package is divided into the following Number of Lots: [indicate number of Lot(s)]

1. Eligibility Information of the Tenderer [ITT –Clauses 5 & 29]

1.1 Nationality of individual or country of registration

1.2 Tenderer’s legal title

1.3 Tenderer’s registered address

1.4 Tenderer’s legal status [complete the relevant box]

Proprietorship

Partnership

Limited Liability Concern

Government-owned Enterprise

Others

[please describe, if applicable]

1.5 Tenderer’s year of registration

1.6 Tenderer’s authorised representative details

Name

National ID number

Address

Telephone / Fax numbers

e-mail address

1.7 Litigation [ITT Cause 13]

If there is no history of litigation or no pending litigation then state opposite “None”. If there is a history of litigation, or a number of awards, against the Tenderer provide details below

A. Arbitration Awards made against

ar Matter in dispute Value of Award

Value of Claim


STNP_ICX 132

B. Arbitration Awards pending

Year Matter in dispute Value of Claim

1.8 Tenderer to attach photocopies of the original documents mentioned aside

[All documents required under ITT Clauses 5 and 29]

The following two information are applicable for National Tenderers

1.9 Tenderer’s Value Added Tax Registration (VAT) Number

1.10 Tenderer’s Tax Identification Number(TIN)

[The foreign Tenderers, in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 5.1, shall provide evidence by a written declaration to that effect to demonstrate that it meets the criterion]

2. Qualification Information of the Tenderer [ITT Clause 29]

2.1 General Experience in Plant and Services of Tenderer

Start Month Year

End Month Year

Years Contract No and Name of Contract

Name and Address of Procuring Entity

Brief description of Plant and Services

Role of Tenderer

[Contractor/Subcontractor /Management Contractor]

2.2 Specific Experience in Key Activities

Contract No

Name of Contract

[ insert reference no] of [ insert year]

[insert name]

Role in Contract

[tick relevant box].

Contractor

Subcontractor

Management Contractor

\Award date

Completion date

Total Contract Value

[insert date]

[insert date]

[insert amount]

Procuring Entity’s Name

Address

Tel / Fax

e-mail

Brief description with justifications of the similarity compared to the Procuring Entity’s requirements

[state justification in support of its similarity compared to the proposed works]


STNP_ICX 133

2.3 Average annual turnover [ITT Sub Clause15.1(a)]

[amount invoiced to Procuring Entity(s) for each year of works in progress or completed, using rate of exchange at the end of the period reported]

Year Amount & Currency amount in figures

2.4 Financial Resources available to meet the cash flow [ITT Sub Clause 15.1(b)]

No Source of Financing Amount Available

In order to confirm the above statements the Tenderer shall submit , as applicable, the documents mentioned in ITT Sub Clause 14.1(a), (b) and 15.1 (a), (b) & (c)

2.5 Contact Details

Name, address, and other contact details of Tenderer Bankers and other Procuring Entity(s) that may provide references, if contacted by this Procuring Entity

2.6 Qualifications and experience of key technical and administrative personnel proposed for

Contract administration and management [ITT Sub Clause 16.1 ]

Position

Name

Years of General Experience

Years of Specific Experience

[Tenderer to complete details of as many personnel as are applicable.Each personnel listed

above should complete the Personnel Information (Form PG5A-5)]

2.7 Major Equipment proposed to carry out the Contract [ITT Sub Clause 17.1 ]

Item of Equipment

Condition

(new, good, average, poor)

Owned, leased or to be purchased

(state owner, less or seller)


STNP_ICX 134

[Tenderer to list details of each item of major equipment, as applicable]

Name: [insert full name of signatory]

Signature with Date and Seal

In the capacity of:

[insert designation of signatory]

[ Sign]



STNP_ICX 135

JVCA Partner Information (Form PG5A-2b)

[This Form should be completed by each JVCA partner].


Tender Package No [indicate Package No]

This Package is divided into the following Number of Lots [indicate number of Lot(s)]

1. Eligibility Information of the JVCA Partner [ITT –Clauses 5 & 29]

1.1 Nationality of Individual or country of Registration

1.2 JVCA Partner’s legal title

1.3 JVCA Partner’s registered address

1.4 JVCA Partner’s legal status [complete the relevant box]

Proprietorship

Partnership



Other

(please describe, if applicable)

1.5 JVCA Partner’s year of registration

1.6 JVCA Partner’s authorised representative details

Name

National ID number

Address


e-mail address

1.7 Litigation [ITT Sub Cause 13]

If there is no history of litigation or no pending litigation, then state “None”. If there is a history of litigation, or a number of awards, against the JVCA Partner provide details below:

A. Arbitration Awards made against

Year Matter in dispute Value of Award

Value of Claim

B. Arbitration Awards pending

Year Matter in dispute Value of Claim


STNP_ICX 136

1.8 JVCA Partner to attach copies of the original documents mentioned aside

[All documents required under ITT Clauses 5 and 29]

The following two information are applicable for national JVCA Partners only

1.9 JVCA Partner’s Value Added Tax Registration (VAT) Number

1.10 JVCA Partner’s Tax Identification Number (TIN)

[The foreign JVCA Partners, in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 5.1, shall provide evidence by a written declaration to that effect to demonstrate that it meets the criterion]

2. Key Activity(ies) for which it is intended to be joint ventured [ITT Sub Clause 18.2 & 18.3]

Elements of Activity Brief description of Activity

3. Qualification Information of the JVCA Partner [ITT Clause 18]

3.1 General Experience in Plant and Services of JVCA Partner

Start Month Year

End Month Year

Years Contract No and & Name of Contract

Name and Address of Procuring Entity

Brief description of Works

Role of JVCA Partner

[Contractor/Subcontractor/Management Contractor]

3.2 Specific Experience in Key Activities

Contract No

Name of Contract

[ insert reference no] of [ insert year]

[insert name]

Role in Contract

[tick relevant box]

Contractor Subcontractor

Management Contractor

Award date

Completion date

Total Contract Amount

[insert date]

[insert date]

[insert amount]

Procuring Entity’s Name

Address

Tel / Fax

e-mail

[state justification in support of its similarity compared to the proposed plants and service]

Brief description with justifications of the similarity compared to the Procuring Entity’s requirements


STNP_ICX 137

3.3 Average annual construction turnover [ITT Sub Clause 15.1 (a)]

[amount invoiced to Procuring Entity(s) for each year of work in progress or completed, using rate of exchange at the end of the period reported]

Year Amount & Currency Amount in Figures

3.4 Financial Resources available to meet the cash flow [ITT Sub-Clause 15.1(b)]

No

Source of financing Amount available

In order to confirm the above statements the JVCA Partner shall submit , as applicable, the documents mentioned in ITT Sub Clause 14.1 (a) & (b)15.1 (a), (b), (c) & (d)

3.5 Contact Details

Name, address, and contact details of Tenderer’s Bankers and other Procuring Entity(s) that may provide references if contacted by this Procuring Entity

3.6 Qualifications and experience of key technical and administrative personnel proposed for Contract administration and management [ITT Sub Clause 16.1]

Position

Name

Years of General Experience

Years of Specific Experience

[Tenderer to complete details of as many personnel as are applicable. Each

personnel listed above should complete the Personnel Information (Form PG5A-5)]

3.7 Major items of Construction Equipment proposed for carrying out the works [ITT Sub-Clause 17.1]

Item of Equipment

Condition

(new, good, average, poor)

Owned, leased or to be purchased

(state owner, leaser or seller)

[Tenderer to list details of each item of Major equipment, as applicable]


STNP_ICX 138



In the capacity of: [insert designation of signatory]

[ Sign]

Duly authorized to sign the Tender for and on behalf of the Tenderer


STNP_ICX 139

Subcontractor Information (Form PG5A-2c)

[This Form should be completed by each Subcontractor, preferably on its Letter-Head Pad]




1. Eligibility Information of the Subcontractor [ITT –Clauses 5 & 29]

1.1 Nationality of Individual or country of Registration

1.2 Subcontractor’s legal title

1.3 Subcontractor’s registered address

1.4 Subcontractor’s legal status [complete the relevant box

Proprietorship

Partnership



Other (please describe)

.1.5 Subcontractor’s year of registration

1.6 Subcontractor’s authorised representative details

Name

Address


e-mail address

1.7 Subcontractor to attach copies of the following original documents

All documents to the extent relevant to ITT Clause 5 and 29 in support of its qualifications

The following two information are applicable for national Subcontractors

1.8 Subcontractor’s Value Added Tax Registration (VAT) Number

1.9 Subcontractor’s Tax Identification Number(TIN)

[The foreign Subcontractors , in accordance with ITT sub Clause 5.1, shall provide evidence by a written declaration to that effect to demonstrate that it meets the criterion]

2. Key Activity(ies) for which it is intended to be Subcontracted [ITT Sub Clause 19.1]

2.1 Elements of Activity Brief description of Activity


STNP_ICX 140

2.2 List of Similar Contracts in which the proposed Subcontractor had been engaged

Name of Contract and Year of Execution

Value of Contract

Name of Procuring Entity

Contact Person and contact details

Type of Assignment performed

Name: [insert full name of signatory] Signature with Date and Seal


[ Sign]



STNP_ICX 141

Price Schedule for Plant and Service (Form PG5A-3) (This form should be completed and submitted by the tenderer and appended in the financial proposal envelope)




General

1. The Price Schedules are divided into separate Schedules as follows:

Schedule No. 1: Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Supplied from Abroad

Schedule No. 2: Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Supplied from within the Employer’s Country

Schedule No. 3: Design Services

Schedule No. 4: Installation and Other Services

Schedule No. 5: Grand Summary

Schedule No. 6: Recommended Spare Parts

2. The Schedules do not generally give a full description of the plant to be supplied and the services to be performed under each item. Tenderers shall be deemed to have read the Employer’s Requirements and other sections of the Tender Document and reviewed the Drawings to ascertain the full scope of the requirements included in each item prior to filling in the rates and prices. The entered rates and prices shall be deemed to cover the full scope as aforesaid, including overheads and profit.

3. If tenderers are unclear or uncertain as to the scope of any item, they shall seek clarification in accordance with ITT 9.1 prior to submitting their tender.

Pricing

4. Prices shall be filled in indelible ink, and any alterations necessary due to errors, etc., shall be initialed by the Tenderer.

As specified in the Tender Data Sheet and Special Conditions of Contract, prices shall be fixed and firm for the duration of the Contract, or prices shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with the corresponding Appendix (Price Adjustment) to the Contract Agreement.

5. Tender prices shall be quoted in the manner indicated and in the currencies specified in the Instructions to Tenderers in the Tender Document.

For each item, tenderers shall complete each appropriate column in the respective Schedules, giving the price breakdown as indicated in the Schedules.

Prices given in the Schedules against each item shall be for the scope covered by that item as detailed in Section 6 (Employer’s Requirements) or elsewhere in the Tender Document.

6. Payments will be made to the Contractor in the currency or currencies indicated under each respective item.

7. When requested by the Employer for the purposes of making payments or partial payments, valuing variations or evaluating claims, or for such other purposes as the Employer may reasonably require, the Contractor shall provide the Employer with a breakdown of any composite or lump sum items included in the Schedules.


STNP_ICX 142

Schedules of Rates and Prices

Schedule No. 1 - Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Abroad

Note: 1. The Employer may also use other INCOTERMs, if deemed necessary, In such case Form PG5A-6, will require to be customized by the Employer 2. Specify currencies in accordance with ITT 27. Create and use as many columns for Unit Price and Total Price as there are currencies.

Line Item No

Description of Item Country of Origin

Quantity

Unit Price CIP[insert place of destination] Or CIF[insert port of destination] [Foreign Currency]

CIF/CIP price per Line Item [Foreign Currency]

Taxes and Duties In Local Currency

1 2 3 4 5 6 = 4 x 5 7

Column 6 to be carried forward to Schedule No. 5. Grand Summary


STNP_ICX 143

Country of Origin Declaration Form

[Tenderer has to fill up the Country of Origin Declaration table below for the core items above and as being mentioned by BTCL in Appendix 5]

Item Description Country

Note: 1. Create and use as many rows as required for item as per requirement of the tender


In the capacity of: [insert designation of signatory] [ Sign]



STNP_ICX 144

Schedule No. 2 - Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from within the Employer’s Country

Note: 1. Specify currencies in accordance with ITT 27. Create and use as many columns for Unit Price and Total Price as there are currencies

Line Item No.

Description of Item Quantity

Unit Price EXW (Foreign Currency or Taka)

Total EXW Price (Foreign Currency or Taka)

Sales Tax (Foreign Currency or Taka)

Total Price (Foreign Currency or Taka)

1 2 3 4 5 = 3x 4 6 7 = 5 + 6

`

,

TOTAL Column 5 to be carried forward to Schedule No. 5. Grand Summary





STNP_ICX 145

Schedule No. 3 - Design Services

Item Description of Item Quantity

Unit Price Total Price

Local Currency Portion

Foreign Currency Portion



(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) = (3 x 4) (7) = (3 x 5)

TOTAL Columns 6 and 7 to be carried forward to Schedule No. 5. Grand Summary

1Note: 1. Specify currencies in accordance with ITT 27. Create and use as many columns for Unit Price and Total Price as there are currencies





STNP_ICX 146

Schedule No. 4 – Civil works part

Item Description of items Unit Quantity Rate Amount

1 2 3 4 5 6 = 4*5






STNP_ICX 147

Schedule No. 5- Installation and Other Services

Item Description Quantity






1 2 3 4 5 6 = 3 x 4 7 = 3 x 5

TOTAL Columns 6 and 7 to be carried forward to Schedule No. 5. Grand Summary






STNP_ICX 148

Schedule No. 6 - Grand Summary

Schedule No.

Title Total Price

Foreign Currency Local Currency

1

Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Abroad

2

Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Within the Employer’s Country

3 Design Services

4 Civil works

5 Installation and Other Services

GRAND TOTAL to be carried forward to Form PG5A-1b

Note: 1. Specify currencies in accordance with ITT 27. Create and use as many columns for Unit Price and Total Price as there are currencies 2. Create additional columns for up to a maximum of 3 Foreign Currencies if so required





STNP_ICX 149

Schedule No. 7 - Recommended Spare Parts

Item Description Qty


EXW Local Parts Local Currency

CIP Imported Parts Foreign Currency



1 2 3 4 5 6 = 3 x 4 7 = 3 x 5

TOTAL




In the capacity of:


[ Sign]



STNP_ICX 150

Schedule No. 8 - Optional items

Item Description Qty


EXW Local Parts Local Currency

CIP Imported Parts Foreign Currency



1 2 3 4 5 6 = 3 x 4 7 = 3 x 5

TOTAL




In the capacity of:


[ Sign]



STNP_ICX 151

Schedule No. 9 - Future order formula and quotation

Sl

No. Description USD BDT

(a) Future Order Formula for Equipment

i. Card repair and Return

ii. Supply of spares : Unit Price of Future Order for Supply of Spares=Present Unit Price of this Offer * X ; Where , X ≤ 1.05

(b) Future Order Formula for Service

i. Return travel ticket

ii. Accommodation

iii. Daily allowance

iv. Others (Please specify)


STNP_ICX 152

Technical Proposal (Form PG5A-4)

[Tenderer shall complete the below item in detail which reflect the complete implementation procedure of the contract. The Revised Technical Proposal, if any, shall follow the same format and structure]

1. Site Organization

2. Method Statement

3. Mobilization Structure

4. Construction Structure

5. Plant

6. Safety Plan

7. Personnel

8. Equipment

9. Proposed subcontractors for Major Items of Plant and Services

10. Time Schedule

11. Detail bill of Material and Services without price (BoM)

12. Clause by Clause Schedule of Compliance (SoC)

13. List of attached certificates

Detail description:

1. Site Organization [insert technical proposal for site organization]

[The Tenderer shall include in the tender an appropriate organization chart. This shall include

head office as well as site components and clearly demonstrate that the Tenderer possesses the

staff and organizational resources to complete the Supply and Installation of Plant &

Equipment.]


STNP_ICX 153

2. Method Statement [insert technical proposal for Method Statement] [The Tenderer shall furnish an overall description covering all activities and processes from

inception to site works and commissioning.

In particular methods of minimizing the impact on the environment in accordance with the

relevant laws and regulations during the construction phase shall be described.]

3. Mobilization Schedule [insert technical proposal for Mobilization Schedule]

[This shall be included in the overall time schedule to be provided by the Tenderer as per

“Time Schedule” in Section 5. Tendering Forms

4. Construction Schedule [insert technical proposal for Construction Schedule] [This shall be included in the overall time schedule to be provided by the Tenderer as per

“Time Schedule” in Section5. Tendering Forms]

5. Plant [insert technical proposal for Plant]

[The Tenderer shall provide the plant and equipment it intends to use in the construction

process to demonstrate that it has the capability to complete the Supply and Installation of Plant

& Equipment.]

6. Safety Plan [insert technical proposal for Safety Plan]

[The Tenderer shall demonstrate that it has a comprehensive safety system that will be used

during the construction and installation phase. This system shall meet all safety requirements

in accordance with all relevant laws, rules and regulations.]

7. Personnel Information

[This Form should be completed for each person proposed by the Tenderer on Form PG5A-2a& PG5A-2b, where applicable]





STNP_ICX 154

A. Proposed Position (tick the relevant box)

B. Personal Data

Name

Date of Birth

Years overall experience

Years of specific experience

National ID Number

Years of employment with the Tenderer

B. Professional Qualifications:

1.

2.

C. Present Employment [to be completed only if not employed by the Tenderer]

Name of Procuring Entity:

Address of Procuring Entity:

Present Job Title:

Years with present Procuring Entity:

Tel No:

Fax No: e-mail address:

Contact [manager/personnel officer]:

D. Professional Experience

Summarise professional experience over the last twenty years, in reverse chronological order. Indicate particular technical and managerial experience relevant to the project.

From To Company / Project / Position / Relevant technical and management experience.

1

2

3

8. Equipment Information [The Tenderer shall provide adequate information to demonstrate clearly that it has the capability to meet the requirements for the key equipment listed in TDS. A Separate Form shall be prepared for each item of equipment listed, or for alternative equipment proposed by the Tenderer]





Item of equipment

Equipment information

Name of manufacturer Model and power rating




[ Sign]



STNP_ICX 155

Capacity Year of manufacture

Current status Current location

Details of current commitments

Source Indicate source of the equipment

Owned Rented Leased Specially manufactured

Omit the following information for equipment owned by the Tenderer.

Owner Name of owner

Address of owner

Telephone Contact name and title

Fax Telex

Agreements Details of rental / lease / manufacture agreements specific to the project

Proposed Subcontractors for Major Items of Plant and Installation Services

A list of major items of Plant and Installation Services is provided below.

The following Subcontractors and/or manufacturers are proposed for carrying out the item of

the facilities indicated. Tenderers are free to propose more than one for each item

Major Items of Plant and

Installation Services Proposed

Subcontractors/Manufacturers Nationality

10. Time Schedule: Detail time schedule of the whole work in tabular and grant chart form shall be provided by

the Tenderer which shall be compatible with time schedule of Appendix 4.

11. Detail bill of material and services (BoM) without price

[insert detail bill of material and services as per table below without any price]

[Tenderer shall submit the details of quantity of material and services without any price as per

the table below and the requirement table has been provided in Section 6: Employer’s

Requirement. This quantity shall be in detail and tenderer has to provide breakdown of the

equipment and services as far as possible. BTCL will evaluate the proposed quantity to

confirm that it will meet the requirement as described in technical specification in Section 6:

Employer’s Requirement. Table 1 and 2 below of material may be per site/node basis as

required by employer in technical specification in Section 6: Employer’s Requirement.]



In the capacity of:


[ Sign]



STNP_ICX 156

1. Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Supplied from Abroad

Sl. No Description of items Unit Quantity Remarks

2. Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Supplied from within the Employer’s Country


3. Design Services


4. Civil Works Part



STNP_ICX 157

5. Installation and Other Services


6. Recommended Spare Parts



STNP_ICX 158

Clause by Clause Schedule of Compliance (SoC)

Tenderer shall complete this Clause by Clause Schedule of Compliance for all clauses and

sub clauses of this tender document. Failing of submission, the tender will be Non responsive.

If Tenderer keep any clause or sub clause blank without writing Agreed/Not Agreed, this will

be treated as Non-Compliance i.e. tenderer did not agree this clause or sub clause. Tenderer

shall provide proper reference of their proposal (Document/Volume name, section number,

page number etc. to find out easily during evaluation)

Clause No /

Sub-Clause

No.

Item

Bidder's Response Reference in Bid

document* Remarks

Agreed / Not Agreed

*The column “Reference in Bid document” may be expanded/furnished as per the convenience of the

Tenderer.


STNP_ICX 159

List of attached certificates

[List of certificate for qualification with information seeking in clause ITT 14.1(a), 14.1(b) of

TDS and User Certificate of performance of equipment as stated in clause ITT 24.2 (r) of TDS.

Only the certificates listed here will be considered for evaluation of the tender.]

Sl.

No.

Subject of Certificate

( Overall

experience/Specific

experience/User certificate

for performance of

equipment)

Reference (Certificate

for ITT 14.1(a)/ITT

14.1(b)/User certificate)

Details of Issuing Authority

Name of the

Operator &

Address

&

Website

Telephone

number

&

Fax

Number

Contact

person who

can speak

English

(name,

designation,

phone &

fax number,

e-mail)


STNP_ICX 160

Form for Functional Guarantee

The Tenderer shall copy in the left column of the table below, the identification of each

functional guarantee required in the Specification and stated by the Employer in ITT 24(n) and

in the right column, provide the corresponding value for each functional guarantee of the

proposed plant and equipment.



This Package is divided into the following Number of Lots [indicate number of ot(s)]

Required Functional Guarantee Value of Functional Guarantee of the

Proposed

Plant and Equipment

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.


STNP_ICX 161

Specifications Submission and Compliance Sheet (Form PG5A-4a) Invitation for Tender No:

Date:

Tender Package No: Package Description:

[enter description as specified in Section 6]

Tender Lot No: Lot Description:

[enter description as specified in Section 6]

ItemNo.

Name of Goods

or Related Service

Country of Origin

Make and Model (when applicable)

Full Technical Specifications and Standards

1 2 3 4 5

FOR GOODS Note 1

FOR RELATED SERVICES

[The Tenderer should complete all the columns as required]


Name: [insert full name of signatory with National ID]




STNP_ICX 162

Manufacturer’s Authorisation Letter (Form PG5A - 5)

[The Tenderer shall require the Manufacturer to fill in this Form in accordance with the instructions indicated. This letter of authorization should be on the letterhead of the Manufacturer and should be signed by a person with the proper authority to sign documents that are binding on the Manufacturer. The Tenderer shall include it in its tender, if so indicated in the TDS as stated under ITT Sub-Clause29.1(b)]

Invitation for Tender No:

Date:

Tender Package No:

Tender Lot No:

To: Name and address of Employer]

WHEREAS

We [insert complete name of Manufacturer],

who are official manufacturers of [insert type of goods manufactured], having factories at

[insert full address of Manufacturer’s factories], do hereby

authorize [insert complete name of Tenderer] to supply the following Plant and Equipment,

manufactured by us [insert name and or brief description of the Goods].

We hereby extend our full guarantee and warranty as stated under GCC Clause 42 of the

General Conditions of Contract, with respect to the Goods offered by the above Tenderer.

Signed: [insert signature(s) of authorized representative(s) of the Manufacturer]

Name: [insert complete name(s) of authorized representative(s) of the Manufacturer]

Address: [insert full address including Fax and e-mail]

Title: [insert title]

Date: [insert date of signing]


STNP_ICX 163

Bank Guarantee for Tender Security (Form PG5A– 6)

[this is the format for the Tender Security to be issued by a scheduled bank of Bangladesh as

stated under ITT Clauses32 and 33]


Date:

Tender Package No:

Tender Lot No: To: [Name and address of Employer]

TENDER GUARANTEE No: We have been informed that [insert name of Tenderer] (hereinafter called “the Tenderer”) intends to submit to you its Tender dated [insert date of Tender] (hereinafter called “the Tender”) for the supply and installation of [description of plant and services] under the above Invitation for Tenders (hereinafter called “the IFT”). Furthermore, we understand that, according to your conditions, Tenders must be supported by a Bank Guarantee for Tender Security. At the request of the Tenderer, we [insert name of bank] hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertake to pay you, without cavil or argument, any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of Tk. [insert amount in figures and in words] upon receipt by us of your first written demand accompanied by a written statement that the Tenderer is in breach of its obligation(s) under the Tender conditions, because the Tenderer:

a. has withdrawn its Tender after opening of Tenders but within the validity of the Tender Security; or

b. refused to accept the Notification of Award (NOA) within the period as stated under Instructions to Tenderers (ITT); or

c. failed to furnish Performance Security within the period as stipulated in the NOA; or d. refused to sign the Contract Agreement by the time specified in the NOA; or e. did not accept the correction of the Tender price following the correction of the

arithmetic errors in accordance with the ITT; or This guarantee will expire:

(a) if the Tenderer is the successful Tenderer, upon our receipt of a copies of the contract signed by the Tenderer and the Performance Security issued to you in accordance with the ITT; or

(b) if the Tenderer is not the successful Tenderer, twenty-eight (28) days after the

expiration of the Tenderer’s Tender validity period, being [date of expiration of the Tender validity plus twenty-eight (28) days]

Consequently, we must receive at the above-mentioned office any demand for payment under this guarantee on or before that date.


STNP_ICX 164

Letter of Commitment for Bank’s undertaking for Line of Credit (Form PG5A-6a) [This is the format for the Credit Line to be issued by any scheduled Bank of Bangladesh in accordance with ITT Clause 15.1(b)]


Date:

Tender Package No:

Lot No (when applicable) To: [Name and address of the Procuring Entity]

CREDIT COMMITTMENT No: [insert number]

We have been informed that [name of Tenderer] (hereinafter called “the Tenderer”) intends to submit to you its Tender (hereinafter called “the Tender”) for the execution of the Supply and Installation of

Plant & Equipment of [description of works] under the above Invitation for Tenders (hereinafter called “the IFT”). Furthermore, we understand that, according to your conditions, the Tenderer’s Financial Capacity i.e. Liquid Asset must be substantiated by a Letter of Commitment of Bank’s Undertaking for Line of Credit. At the request of, and arrangement with, the Tenderer, we [name and address of the Bank] do hereby agree and undertake that [name and address of the Tenderer] will be provided by us with a revolving line of credit, in case awarded the Contract, for execution of the Works viz. [insert name of works], for an amount not less than BDT [in figure] (in words) for the sole purpose of the execution of the above Contract. This Revolving Line of Credit will be maintained by us until issuance of “Taking-Over Certificate” by the Procuring Entity. In witness whereof, authorised representative of the Bank has hereunto signed and sealed this Letter of Commitment.

Signature

Signature


STNP_ICX 165

Notification of Award (Form PG5A - 7)

Contract No: Date: To: [Name of Contractor]

This is to notify you that your Tender dated [insert date] for the supply and installation of plant and Services for [name of contract] for the Contract Price of [state amount in figures and in words] as corrected and modified in accordance with the Instructions to Tenderers, has been approved by [name of Employer]. You are thus requested to take following actions:

i. accept in writing the Notification of Award within seven (7) working days of its issuance pursuant to ITT Sub-Clause 64.1

ii. furnish a Performance Security in the specified format and in the amount of Tk.[state amount in figures and words] ,within Twenty-eight (28) days from issue of this Notification of Award but not later than (specify date), in accordance with ITT Clause 64.3

iii. sign the Contract within twenty eight (28 ) days of issuance of this Notification of Award but not later than (specify date), in accordance with ITT Clause 69.2

You may proceed with the execution of the supply of Plant and Services only upon completion of the above tasks. You may also please note that this Notification of Award shall constitute the formation of this Contract, which shall become binding upon you.

We attach the draft Contract and all other documents for your perusal and signature.

Signed

Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of [name of Employer]

Date:


STNP_ICX 166

Contract Agreement (Form PG5A - 8) THIS AGREEMENT made the [day] day of [month][year] between [name and address of Employer] (hereinafter called “the Employer”) of the one part and [name and address of Contractor] (hereinafter called “the Contractor”) of the other part: WHEREAS the Employer invited Tenders for certain plant and services, viz, [brief description of plant and services] and has accepted a Tender by the Contractor for the supply of those plant and services in the sum of Taka [Contract Price in figures and in words] (hereinafter called “the Contract Price”).

NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH AS FOLLOWS: 1. In this Agreement words and expressions shall have the same meanings as are

respectively assigned to them in the General Conditions of Contract hereafter referred to.

2. The following documents forming the Contract shall be in the following order of precedence, namely:

(a) the signed Form of Contract Agreement; (b) the Notification of Award (c) The Tender and the appendices to the Tender (d) Particular Conditions of Contract; (e) General Conditions of Contract; (f) Technical Specifications; (g) Drawings; (h) Price Schedules of Plant and Equipment and; (i) other document including correspondences listed in the PCC forming

part of the Contract

3. In consideration of the payments to be made by the Employer to the Contractor as

hereinafter mentioned, the Contractor hereby covenants with the Employer to provide the plants and related services and to remedy any defects therein in conformity in all respects with the provisions of the Contract.

4. The Employer hereby covenants to pay the Contractor in consideration of the provision

of the plant and services and the remedying of defects therein, the Contract Price or such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the Contract at the times and in the manner prescribed by the Contract.

5. The Appendices listed in the attached List of Appendices shall be deemed to form an

integral part of this Contract Agreement. Reference in the Contract to any Appendix shall mean the Appendices attached hereto, and the Contract shall be read and construed accordingly.

IN WITNESS whereof the Employer and the Contractor have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives in accordance with the laws of Bangladesh on the day, month and year first written above. Signed by, for and on behalf of the Employer


STNP_ICX 167

For the Employer: For the Contractor:

Signature

Print Name

Title

In the presence of Name

Address


STNP_ICX 168

Bank Guarantee for Performance Security (Form PG5A – 9) [This is the format for the Performance Security to be issued by an internationally reputable bank and it shall have correspondent bank located in Bangladesh, to make it enforceablein accordance with ITT Sub-Clause 67.1pursuant to Rule 27(4) of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008.]

Contract No:

Date:

To: [Name and address of Employer]

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE No: [insert Performance Guarantee number] We have been informed that [name of Contractor] (hereinafter called “the Contractor”) has undertaken, pursuant to Contract No [reference number of Contract] dated [date of Contract] (hereinafter called “the Contract”) for the supply and installation of [description of plant and services] under the Contract. Furthermore, we understand that, according to your conditions, Contracts must be supported by a performance guarantee. At the request of the Contractor, we [name of bank] hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertake to pay you, without cavil or argument, any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of Tk.[insert amount in figures and in words] upon receipt by us of your first written demand accompanied by a written statement that the Supplier is in breach of its obligation(s) under the Contract conditions, without you needing to prove or show grounds or reasons for your demand of the sum specified therein. This guarantee is valid until [date of validity of guarantee], consequently, we must receive at the above-mentioned office any demand for payment under this guarantee on or before that date. [Signatures of authorized representatives of the bank]

Signature

Seal


STNP_ICX 169

Bank Guarantee for Advance Payment (Form PG5A – 10)

[this is the format for the Advance Payment Security to be issued by an internationally

reputable bank and it shall have correspondent bank located in Bangladesh, to make it

enforceable in accordance with GCC Clause 57.1]

Contract No:

Date:

To: [Name and address of Employer]

ADVANCE PAYMENT GUARANTEE No.: We have been informed that [name of Contractor] (hereinafter called “the Contractor”) has undertaken, pursuant to Contract No [reference number of Contract] dated [date of Contract] (hereinafter called “the Contract”) for the supply and installation of [description of plant and services] under the Contract. Furthermore, we understand that, according to your Particular Conditions of Contract Clause 26.1, Advance Payment(s) on Contracts must be supported by a bank guarantee. At the request of the Contractor, we [name of bank] hereby irrevocably unconditionally undertake to pay you, without cavil or argument, any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of Tk.[insert amount in figures and in words] upon receipt by us of your first written demand accompanied by a written statement that the Contractor is in breach of its obligation(s) under the Contract conditions, without you needing to prove or show grounds or reasons for your demand of the sum specified therein. We further agree that no change, addition or other modification of the terms of the Contract to be performed, or of any of the Contract documents which may be made between the Employer and the Contractor, shall in any way release us from any liability under this guarantee, and we hereby waive notice of any such change, addition or modification. This guarantee is valid until [date of validity of guarantee], consequently, we must receive at the above-mentioned office any demand for payment under this guarantee on or before that date.

[Signatures of authorized representatives of the bank]

Signature

Seal


STNP_ICX 170

Bank Guarantee for Retention Money Security (Form PG5A-11) [This is the format for the Retention Money Guarantee to be issued by any scheduled Bank of Bangladesh in accordance with GCC Clause 57]

Demand Guarantee

[Bank’s Name, and Address of Issuing Branch or Office]

Beneficiary: [insert Name and Address of the Procuring Entity]

Date: [insert date]

RETENTION MONEY GUARANTEE No.: [insert number]

We have been informed that [insert name of Contractor] (hereinafter called "the Contractor") has entered into Contract Number [insert reference number of the Contract] dated [insert date] with you, for the execution of [insert name of Contract and brief description of Works] (hereinafter called "the Contract").

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, when the Taking-Over Certificate has been issued for the Works and the first half of the Retention Money has been certified for payment, payment of Tk. [insert the amount of the second half of the Retention Money] which becomes due after the Defects Liability Period has passed and certified in the form of Defects Correction Certificate, is to be made against a Retention Money Guarantee.

At the request of the Contractor, we [insert name of Bank] hereby irrevocably unconditionally undertake to pay you any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of Tk. [insert amount in figures] (Taka [insert amount in words]) upon receipt by us of your first demand in writing accompanied by a written statement stating that the Contractor is in breach of its obligation under the Contract because the Contractor failed to properly correct the defects duly notified in respect of the Supply and Installation of Plant & Equipment.

It is a condition for any claim and payment under this guarantee to be made that the payment of the second half of the Retention Money referred to above must have been received by the Contractor on its account number [insert A/C no] at [name and address of Bank].

This guarantee is valid until [insert the date of validity of Guarantee that being twenty-eight (28) days beyond the Defects Liability Period]. Consequently, we must receive at the above-mentioned office any demand for payment under this guarantee on or before that date.


STNP_ICX 171

Section 6. Employer’s Requirements

Table of Contents

6.1 Scope of Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of NFV Enabled IP Based Interconnection Exchange (ICX) in BTCL on Turn-Key Basis by the Contractor

171

6.1.1 Tender in Brief 173 6.1.2 Scope of the work 176 6.2 Specification 190

6.2.1 General Requirement of NFV Enabled IP Based Interconnection Exchange

190

6.2.2 NFV and Cloud Requirement For Interconnection Exchange (ICX) 193

6.2.3 Environments and Other Requirements 203

6.2.4 Standard Requirement of IP Based ICX Platform 206

6.2.5 Requirement NTP Equipment 213

6.2.6 Requirements Of Gateway Router, Lan Switch, Firewall, Session Border Controller And Intrusion Detection System

216

6.2.7 Requirements of The Charging Facilities 230

6.2.8 Requirements of the System Functions, Facilities and Supervisions 237

6.2.9 Requirements of the System Observation and Measurement Facilities 244

6.2.10 Requirements of the Operation and Maintenance Facilities 250

6.2.11 Requirements of the Power Plant & Air-Conditioning Facilities 270

6.2.12 Requirements of Transmission Equipment (Optional) 275

6.2.13 Requirements of the Short Message Service Gateway (Optional) 289

6.2.14 Criteria For Evaluation of Bids 293

6.3 Form of Completion Certificate 296 6.4 Form of Operational Acceptance Certificate 297 6.5 Change Order Procedure and Forms 298 Annex 1 Request for Change Proposal 300 Annex 2 Estimate or Change Proposal 302 Annex 3 Acceptance of Estimate 303 Annex 4 Change Proposal 304 Annex 5 Change Order 306 Annex 6 Pending Agreement Change Order 307 Annex 7 Application for Change Proposal 308 Annex 8 Capacity Requirements of IP based ICX platform 309 Annex 9 Capacity Requirements of Gateway Router 310 Annex 10 Capacity Requirements of LAN Switch 311 Annex 11 Capacity Requirements of Firewall 312 Annex 12 Capacity Requirements of SBC 313 Annex 13 Capacity requirements of MSPP 314 Annex 14 Format for Maintenance Support during Warranty Period 315 Annex 15 Format for Post Warranty Maintenance Support 318 Annex 16 Bond for Spares 322 Annex 17 Bond for Expansion Guarantee 323 Annex 18 List of Deviations 324


STNP_ICX 172

6.1 Scope of Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of NFV Enabled IP Based Interconnection Exchange (ICX) in BTCL on Turn-Key Basis by the Contractor.


STNP_ICX 173

CHAPTER 6.1.1

TENDER IN BRIEF

6.1.1.1 Introduction The technological advancement in the field of telecommunication has brought

new generation and advanced technologies in local, national and

international services. Technologies related to IP (Internet Protocol), NFV

(Network Function Virtualization) and cloud succeeded in proliferating

popularity due to its compatibility with different IP networks for audio, video,

SMS and MMS services throughout the world. Presently, BTCL is providing all

ICX (Inter-Connection Exchange) services from the very beginning. Therefore,

BTCL needs redundant/load sharing IP based ICX (Inter-Connection Exchange)

to provide local and international voice services smoothly. Bangladesh

government has the vision to materialize digital connectivity to ensure

information and communication technology and services are available to

everyone. As a part of Bangladesh government, BTCL intends to purchase NFV

enabled IP based ICX (Inter-Connection Exchange) for strengthening digital

connectivity and digital services in compliance with the policy of the

government.

6.1.1.2 Objectives

The objective of the project is to install and commission NFV enabled IP based

ICX (Interconnection Exchange) and its related equipment to ensure smooth

operation of national, international voice, video and VoLTE and to provide

lawful interception (LI) facilities to Bangladesh Telecommunication

Regulatory Commission (BTRC) for monitoring purpose.

6.1.1.3 Targets and Output of the Project

The following are the targets and outputs of the Project:

a) Installation and commissioning of hardware and software for different

sub-systems of NFV enabled IP based Interconnection Exchange (ICX) and

its related core network equipment, storages, servers, Data

communication equipment and Network Management System (NMS)

b) To provide IP based local, national and overseas services through

Interconnection Exchange (ICX) and lawful Interception access to BTRC.

c) Establishment of necessary connectivity and configuration with existing

IOS (And/or New IOS), old ANS Gateway (New ANS Gateway), BTCL billing

platform, MNP (If required) and related Transmission systems.


STNP_ICX 174

6.1.1.4 Required Goods The list of goods to be procured under this project is given below. However,

the bidder shall quote any additional hardware and/or software (including

license) for successful implementation of the tender:

a) One IP based NFV Interconnection Exchange (ICX) at Mohakhali Satellite

Building, Karail and the other one at Sher-E-Bangla Nagar (SBN) Telephone

Bhaban (Load share mode) as shown in Annex 8 to handle following types

of local, national, international calls and Services

1) International direct dialed voice and Video calls from Public Switched

Telecom Network (PSTN)/Public Line Mobile Network (PLMN)

2) National and International voice and video calls for MNP subscribers

3) National and International fax calls

4) National and International Toll-free calls

5) Home Country Direct Service calls

6) Roaming calls to and from Mobile phones (Post-paid and pre-paid)

7) ISDN (International) calls

8) VoLTE (Voice over Long Term Evolution) Calls

b) Four (4) other IP based NFV ICX will be installed at Chattogram, Khulna,

Bogura and Sylhet BTCL Telephone Exchange Building premises having

required capacity as shown in Annex 8.

c) Network Management Systems (NMS), layer 3 switch(L-3), Routers,

SBC/iSBC/Cloud IP MGW, Firewalls, LAN Switches etc. and other required

ancillary items.

d) DC/AC Power supply for the systems at Mohakhali, SBN, Chattogram,

Khulna, Bogura and Sylhet BTCL Telephone Exchange site as shown by the

employer.

e) Separate earthing system for DC equipment and AC power supply (If

necessary) as shown by the purchaser,

f) Precision-type Air-Conditioning equipment and its related necessary

facilities at Mohakhali, SBN, Chattogram, Khulna, Bogura and Sylhet BTCL

Telephone Exchange site, Lawful Interception and Monitoring facilities as

License Guideline and directives provided by BTRC in this regard.

g) CDR storage and transfer and monitoring of CDR facilities from six IP

based ICX to Mohakhali and then to BTCL Billing Center and also to CAS

(CDR Analyzer System) at BTRC premises as per License Guideline and

directives provided by BTRC.

h) Necessary tools, Tester and other equipment.

i) Required Furniture


STNP_ICX 175

j) All technical documentation of the equipment.

6.1.1.5 List of Services

As mentioned in the sub-sequent sub-sections, the bidder shall provide at

least the following services (Please read in conjunction with Appendix 4.B)

(but not limited to):

a) Project Management;

b) Survey, Network Planning and Design of Services;

c) Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Services;

d) Factory Premises Acceptance Test (FPAT);

e) Completion Confirmation Test;

f) Guarantee Test;

g) Operational Acceptance Test (OAT);

h) Foreign Training;

i) Local Training;

j) Maintenance support during 2 (two) years warranty period;

k) Maintenance support for post warranty period for 2 (two) years;

l) Interconnection among different services via ODF;

m) Integration and configuration of supplied equipment/system,

interworking with existing system such as IOS, ANS Gateway, BTCL billing

platform etc. as directed by the purchaser.

=== End of Sub-section 6.1.1 ===


STNP_ICX 176

SUB-SECTION 2

SCOPE OF THE WORK 6.1.2.1 Introduction

a) BTCL intends to purchase NFV enabled IP based Inter-Connection

Exchange (ICX) which shall be installed at Mohakhali Satellite Building,

Karail, Dhaka and another one (Load share basis) will be installed at Sher-

E-Bangla Nagar (SBN) Telephone Exchange Bhaban, Sher-E-Bangla Nagar,

Dhaka. Total 6 (Six) IP based ICX platform will be installed at Mohakhali

Satellite Building, Karail, Sher-E-Bangla Nagar Telephone Exchange

Bhaban, Chattogram, Khulna, Bogura and Sylhet. This switching system will

provide interconnections among Mobile Operators, IP Telephone

Operators (IPTSP) and IOS (Or IGW’s). The system should be compatible

with existing mobile number portability (MNP) facilities, equipped with

Lawful Interception (LI) facilities and should be able to send operational,

measurement and CDR data to BTRC, Law Enforcement Agencies (LEA) and

associated Billing Center(s).

The bidder shall propose all the required hardware, Software, Licenses and

Spares to implement the work on turn-key basis. This platform shall have

many added values in terms of-

i) Cloudification

ii) Virtualization of services platform and infrastructure

iii) Easy operations and maintenance.

iv) Centralized Maintenance

v) Simplicity in integration

vi) Reduced power consumptions

Proposed BTCL NFV enabled IP Based Interconnection Exchange (ICX)

platform has been given in Section 7 (Drawings) as shown in Figure 7.2

and capacity requirements have been given in Annex 8 to Annex 16. The

bidder shall follow those requirements to ensuring Virtual Network

Function (VNF), Hardware, CloudOS & Orchestration etc. Necessary goods

and services under this tender have been mentioned in sub-sections

6.1.1.4 and 6.1.1.5 respectively of this document.

b) As applicable, the Bidder shall integrate the solution with existing BTCL’s

multi-vendor and multi-protocol networks and network management

systems.


STNP_ICX 177

6.1.2.1.1 Unless otherwise described in the Technical Specifications, the scope of

provision shall cover survey, design and drawing, manufacturing, supplying,

installing, testing, commissioning of equipment and material and its related

facilities on “Full Turn-Key” basis.

6.1.2.1.2 The Bidder shall explain, in a separate and self-explanatory document with

his/her offer, the process of expansion from the initial equipped capacities

to the final capacities of the elements.

6.1.2.1.3 Detail Technical Specifications of various components of the required

system/service are given in subsequent sub-sections of this document.

6.1.2.1.4 The bidder shall note that, until and unless a specific work, equipment or

service is defined as “Optional”, all the works, equipment and services listed

in various sub-sections of this document shall be deemed to be “Mandatory”. If

the bidder disagrees, to provide any or many items of mandatory works,

equipment or services, its bid shall automatically become “Material Deviation”

and shall not be evaluated further.

6.1.2.1.5 Installation of transmission equipment between the location of the system to

be purchased and BTRC/LEA premise is not within the scope of this work.

However, the successful bidder shall responsible for proper interfacing with

the transmission equipment and end to end testing and commissioning.

6.1.2.1.6 The bidder shall supply all necessary spare parts and consumables to be used

during installation, testing and commissioning and operation of the systems,

up to the end of warranty period. The bidder shall submit a list in this regard.

The submission of such list is mandatory and failure to submission shall be

regarded as “Material Deviation”.

6.1.2.2 Raised Floor

Supply and Installation of “Raised Floor” in the Switching, NMS and OMC

Rooms at Mohakhali. However, the exact dimensions shall have to be

calculated by the bidder after visiting all of the sites including OMC and NOC

room. The actual quantity shall be finalized during BOQ negotiations.

Approximate Area of the equipment rooms are as follows:

a) Mohakhali --- (40x22) sq. feet

b) SBN – (30x20) sq. feet

The materials for such works shall be moisture proof, termite proof and non-

inflammable and must not be harmful to the system and its personnel.

Moreover, the following criteria must be satisfied:


STNP_ICX 178

a) Size : (60cm X 60cm) ± 20%, metallic casing.

b) Weight : >2.8 kg per sq. feet

c) The metallic stands supporting the ‘raised floor tiles’ shall be fixed with

floor by strong adhesive. However, the actual area shall be finalized

during BOQ negotiations.

6.1.2.3 False Ceiling

Supply and Installation of “False Ceiling” in the Switching and OMC Rooms at

Mohakhali and SBN. The materials for such works shall be moisture proof and

termite proof and must not be harmful to the system and its personnel. The

Ceiling of OMC rooms should be covered with standard False Ceiling. The

material used for false ceiling shall be of laminated Gypsum Board with

minimum 9 mm of thickness and 60cm of length and 60cm of width. The board

shall be ceiling mount and there shall be strong aluminum frame which

includes cross rails, channels and channels jointers etc. required for this

purpose. However, the exact dimensions shall have to be calculated by the

bidder after visiting all of the sites including OMC and NOC room. The actual

quantity shall be finalized during BOQ negotiations.

6.1.2.4 Aluminum-Glass Partitions/Wall

Supply and Installation of best quality "Aluminum-Glass partitions" of

adequate sizes to separate the switch Room from the OMC Room. Sometimes

this Glass partitions are required to separate or build a new room inside a

larger room in BTCL premises. Glass used for partition and door shall be

tempered type having minimum thickness of 6 mm and 10 mm respectively.

However, bidder is highly recommended to visit every site of the scope.

6.1.2.5 Lighting Facility

Supply and installation of adequate ‘Lighting Facility’ for switching rooms,

Battery rooms and power room to maintain the exact lumen for working

conditions. Lighting shade shall have LED panel types. However, the actual

number shall be finalized during BOQ negotiations.

6.1.2.6 Emergency Lights

Supply and Installation of adequate “Emergency Lights” in Equipment and

OMC rooms. The exchange batteries shall be used as back-up power for this

purpose.

6.1.2.7 Electrical Grounding (Earthing)

All the equipment installed under this purchase have to be connected with new

grounding/earthing system at all of the BTCL sites under this contract. The

bidder shall provide separate grounding/earthing system for AC power


STNP_ICX 179

equipment and DC power equipment respectively. Standard earthing

resistance for BTCL ICX should be less than 1 (one) ohm.

The bidder shall follow the procedure below for making grounding/earthing

system:

i) One set of new earthing/grounding shall be installed for AC power system

and another set of new earthing/grounding shall be installed for DC power

system in each of the 6 (six) sites,

ii) Every set of earthing consists of three boring of 60 (Sixty) feet depth,

iii) Every Boring must be a depth of 60 feet and use 50mm best quality GI pipe

along the boring,

iv) 1X50mm² (50RM) bare copper cable should be used in the 60 feet GI pipe,

v) Three boring with 15 feet apart on the ground level should be used for

making a grounding/earthing system,

vi) Standard pit is made on the top of every boring,

vii) Three separate 1X50mm² (50RM) bare copper cable from three earth pit

run towards a copper earth bar and connected with nut-bolt,

viii) The dimension of earthing bar shall be 300mmX50mmX8mm,

ix) If the requisite earth resistance is not achieved by the three boring then

additional boring(s) of same standard should be installed and connected

with bar in same manner,

x) Same procedure should be maintained for AC and DC earthing and should

be separated,

xi) It is prohibited to use AC earthing with DC equipment and vice versa.

xii) The bidder shall survey with the help of concerned office of BTCL about

the earthing system.

Failure or any disagreement shall be treated as “Material Deviation”.

6.1.2.8 Lightning and Surge Protection Facility

Supply and Installation of adequate “Lightning and Surge Protection Facility”

for all equipment. The total area of calculation for this purpose shall cover the

entire building to make a standard protection system. Failure or any

disagreement shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.1.2.9 Fire detection and Suppression Facility

Supply and Installation of clean agent type “Fire Detection and Suppression

Facility” for all equipment at Mohakhali, SBN, Chattogram, Sylhet, Khulna and

Bogura Switch room.

The clean agent has the following characteristics:


STNP_ICX 180

(a) Clean agent fire suppression fluid shall be colourless, non-toxic and

gaseous when discharged,

(b) It shall be highly non-conductive,

(c) It shall be eco-friendly,

(d) It shall have fastest activity in fire suppression,

(e) It shall be safest to use in human occupied areas, as well as in facilities with

sensitive telecom or electronic equipment,

(f) Clean Agent shall have an Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) of zero as

defined by the US EPA.

(g) Clean Agent shall have a Global Warming Potential (GWP) of ≤ 1 (100 year

ITH) as defined by the intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Fifth

Assessment Report (IPCC AR5) or in US EPA documentation and approvals.

(h) Clean Agent shall not be one of these greenhouse gases or ozone depleters;

Perfluorocarbons (PFCs), Hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), and

Hydrochlorofluorcarbons (HCFCs).

The bidder must supply required number of ABCE powder and dry CO2 fire

extinguisher to avoid any untoward situation. Failure or any disagreement

shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.1.2.10 Alarm Bell

The bidder shall supply and install external high-dB level alarm bell at

Mohakhali and SBN. The bells are to be triggered by system's emergency

alarms and are to be powered by exchange uninterruptible power source. Each

bell has to be fitted at a place from where sound can be heard easily from the

building security duty-point.

6.1.2.11 Building Modification

The bidder shall dismantle existing equipment of the switch rooms like old

switching equipment, digital distribution frame (DDF), optical distribution

frame (ODF), Digital Cross-connect equipment, unused and abandoned

equipment etc. from all the sites (as necessary) and keep those materials at

BTCL’s designated place as per direction of concern division/unit. The bidder

shall visit the proposed OMC and Switch rooms before submission of the bid.

BTCL concern unit will facilitate the visit to site/sites. The bidder shall make

necessary survey in (Mohakhali, SBN, Chattogram, Sylhet, Khulna and Bogura)

and shall also be entirely responsible to make necessary changes with the

consultation of proper authority.

If any modification of existing floor, walls, false ceilings and glass partition are

required for installation of any of the equipment, the Bidder shall bear all


STNP_ICX 181

related costs (including finish painting and proper cleaning). But, the actual

size/area shall be finalized during BOQ negotiations.

6.1.2.12 Station AC Power Wiring with Low Tension Switchgear (LTS)

The Contractor shall install standard “Station AC Power Wiring” at Mohakhali,

SBN, Chattogram, Khulna, Bogura and Sylhet for all the equipment to be

installed under this purchase/contract. The cabling/wiring shall start from the

sub-station AC power, bus bar of BTCL, which will be connected to an LT

Switchgear provided by the Contractor. The capacities of the cabling/wiring

shall be at least 200% of the calculated present total requirement of power for

all equipment.

6.1.2.13 Tools and Testers and Other Equipment

The Bidder shall supply a separate list and quote for all essential “General

Tools and Testers” for proper operation and maintenance of the system.

Failure to quote for this item shall be treated as “Material Deviation” and it

shall be considered that the bidder proposes to supply any and all tools and

testers, as fixed up by BTCL during contract negotiation, “Free of charge” to

BTCL.

The list must include (but not limited to) the following tools and Tester:

a) Set of required specific tools and testers for all equipment: 1(one) Set

b) Digital Multi-meter (with clamp-on facility for AC/DC current

measurement): 2(two)

c) Optical Power meter with 20 Km Laser source (with common wavelength

detectors, range +30dBmto -70dBm and standard interface) for

power/attenuation/fiber continuity test: 6 (Six)

6.1.2.14 Station Furniture

a) O& M Furniture

The Bidder shall supply necessary Station O & M furniture for OMC room. The

furniture should be of high-quality steel/wood/fiber and the standard of these

items shall be of full satisfaction to BTCL. Failure to quote for this item shall be

considered as “Major Deviation”.

b) Storage Cabinet

The Bidder shall supply necessary storage cabinets from country or abroad.

The cabinets shall have good design, shall be made with good quality steel, and

must have enough space to station spares and the secondary storage media.

Failure to quote for this item shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.


STNP_ICX 182

6.1.2.15 Maintenance Support

6.1.2.15.1 Maintenance Support during Warranty Period

a) As part of its Turn-key contractual liabilities, the bidder shall provide, for

all the equipment covered by this purchase “Maintenance Support

during Warranty Period”; the general terms & conditions of the support

being described in brief in Annex 14 attached with this document.

b) The bidder’s disagreement to providing this formatted service shall be

considered as “Material Deviation”.

c) Bidder shall include in his/her offer prices for this service. Failure to quote

shall be treated as “Material Deviation” and it shall be considered that the

bidder proposes to provide this "Free of charge" to BTCL

d) The supports shall start from the date of cutover into commercial service

of the first equipment/system purchased under this contract.

e) The period of the service shall continue uninterrupted for 2 (Two)

calendar years from “the date of effect” of the last Operational

Acceptance Test Certificate (OAC) of the contract.

6.1.2.15.2 Post Warranty Maintenance Support

a) As part of its turn-key contractual liabilities, the bidder shall provide

unconditional and irrevocable “Maintenance Support for 2 (Two) years

after Warranty Period”. However, the bidder shall guarantee that if BTCL

desires, the period of such support can be extended, on yearly contract basis,

for up-to 5 (five) years. The general terms & conditions of the support have

been described in brief in Annex -15 attached with this document.

b) The period of the “First year” term of this service shall deem to have

started from the date of end of the Warranty Period.

c) The bidder’s disagreement to providing this formatted service shall be


d) Bidder shall include in his offer prices for this service. Failure to quote shall

be treated as “Material Deviation” and it shall be considered that the

bidder proposes to provide this "Free of charge" to BTCL.

e) However, if the purchaser wants to renew the contract for 02 (Two) more

years beyond the post warranty maintenance period, the bidder shall offer

a price for annual maintenance contract (AMC) which shall be Y,

Where Y ≤ 1.05y

y = Bidder’s annual quoted price for maintenance support during post

warranty period.


STNP_ICX 183

6.1.2.16 Maintenance Spares Price List

The bidder shall provide the list of mandatory spares both from home and

abroad as per requirement of Section:5 Schedule:7 and all other relevant

sections where it has been sought. BTCL reserves the option to buy

maintenance spares at any time in any quantity it deems fit and necessary.

a) The bidder shall quote for such list. Such quotation is mandatory, failure to

quote shall be regarded as “Material Deviation”.

b) The list shall include FoB unit prices for at least 2 (two) units of all possible

replaceable items/cards/modules (as the case may be) for all equipment

and systems covered by this purchase.

c) If the bidder fails to include any item/card/module in the supplied list, but

during the life-time of the equipment requirement of such an

item/card/module becomes imperative, the bidder shall have to supply

any required number of such item/card/module totally “Free of charge”

to BTCL.

6.1.2.17 Spare parts and consumables to be used during warranty as well as post warranty period

The Bidder at his own cost shall supply all necessary spare parts and

consumables used during installation, testing and commissioning and

operation of the systems and during warranty period as well as post warranty

period. Bidder’s refusal to offering of the guarantee specified in this clause

shall be treated as “Material Deviation”.

6.1.2.18 Spare Parts Guarantee

The Bidder shall provide a separate guarantee (as per format in Annex 16) to

the effect that, he shall guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts

and units without major design changes for at least 06 (Six) years from “the

date of effect” of the Operational Acceptance Test Certificate (OAC). If, within

this period, there is any major design change or stoppage of production of

supplied equipment, the bidder shall bear all the costs related to provision of

alternate solutions. If the bidder disagrees to the format of the guarantee, as

shown in Annex 16, the bid shall be considered having “Material Deviation”.

6.1.2.19 Expansion Guarantee The Bidder shall provide a separate guarantee (as per format in Annex 17) to

the effect that, he/she shall guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment,

materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of its offered

equipment for at least 06 (Six) years from “the date of effect” of the

Operational Acceptance Test Certificate (OAC). If, within this period, there


STNP_ICX 184

is any major design change or stoppage of production, the bidder shall bear all

the costs related to provision of alternate solutions. If the bidder disagrees to

the format of the guarantee, as shown in Annex 17, the bid shall be considered

having “Material Deviation”.

6.1.2.20 Training Course

The Bidder shall provide the training to BTCL Engineering personnel. The

curriculum shall be enough to facilitate transfer of technology for planning,

designing, expanding, IP security and proper operation and maintenance of all

the systems covered by this purchase to BTCL engineering personnel. If the

bidder does not agree to this basic minimum format, its disagreement or

deviation shall be considered as a “Critical Deviation”.

6.1.2.20.1 Factory Training

The Bidder shall provide training in its factory premises or in an established

training academy in the country of the Bidder. Following generic areas should

be included in the training program. Actual content of each item should,

however, be customized to match with the architecture and solutions offered

by the bidder.

Course Contents: This course module shall cover at least the following broad

topics: NFV Architecture, its different sub-systems including different servers

(storage, NMS), their working principle, Switching Essentials and Technologies,

Network Design, Network Installation and Configuration, Protocols and

Interfaces, Signalling Systems (SS7 and SIP), VoIP technologies and Issues,

Network Management Systems and Tools, Service provisioning, Bandwidth

monitoring and controlling, Database Management systems, Configuration,

operation and management of Billing and Storage servers and systems,

Network risk and quality issues, IP security, IoT, troubleshooting of various

sub-systems and servers of the purchase etc.

The details of this course module are given below:

i) Number of BTCL Graduate

Engineers

: 8 (Eight)

ii) Number of minimum

working days

: 15 (Fifteen)

iii) Per diem charge to BTCL

Trainees

: US$ 120 (one hundred twenty) per

day (including all holidays in between

and travel days) per person

iv) Other facilities : 1) Local Transportation

2) Standard Accommodation


STNP_ICX 185

3) Institutional facilities for trainees

4) Medical Services (if required)

5) Travel Insurance

6) Both way Full-fare Air Ticket

6.1.2.20.2 Local Training

The Bidder shall provide training in Bangladesh at BTCL premises. The details

of the local training shall be as follows:

For all equipment:

i) Number of BTCL Graduate

Engineers

: 15 (Fifteen)

ii) Number of minimum

working days

: 15 (Fifteen)

iii) Per diem charge to BTCL

Trainees

: BD Taka 2000/= (Two thousand

Only) per day per person for

working days.

The course contents and materials shall be the same as of the factory training.

6.1.2.21 Inter-connections among different services via ODF

a) The Bidder shall be responsible for making inter-connection facility

(Supply and installation of all required material including ODF, optical fiber

cables, patch cords, connectors at both ends of inter-connecting cable and

related service and in some cases SFP module in existing equipment)

between its own system ODF and BTCL’s existing Switching/Transmission

ODF.

b) Probable requirements of the connectors, optical fiber cables, cable tray etc.

should be checked by the bidder during the survey, before the submission

of the bid.

6.1.2.22 Inter – working with the Existing Systems

The Bidder shall be responsible to ensure that all the system covered by this

purchase/work shall be able to inter-work with all the existing systems of

BTCL and other relevant operators. The bidder shall make necessary survey

and shall also be entirely responsible to solve any mismatch, if encountered.

6.1.2.23 Installation Material

The Bidder shall provide all installation material for all of the equipment

covered by this purchase. The material shall include all type local material

like fuel, power etc. necessary to be used during installation and testing

functions.


STNP_ICX 186

6.1.2.24 Installation and Commissioning Services

The Bidder shall be responsible to provide all services related to installation,

testing, commissioning and cut-over services for all equipment covered by this

purchase.

6.1.2.25 Survey, Network Planning and Design Services

a) The successful bidder shall submit a design plan for the entire project. This

shall include a detailed lay out plan of the entire switching system

containing all major equipment and the way they are interconnected. In

addition to the major switching components, it shall also include layout

plan for power connection, earthing system, air conditioning system and

how they are integrated to the major switching equipment. The successful

bidder shall also provide a work plan to complete the entire project. The

work-plan shall also cover equipment as well as manpower planning and

how they accomplish the project within the stipulated time.

b) It shall also include the basic functional and operational block diagram (for

both software and hardware) along with brief functional description of all

major hardware of the ICX system.

c) Method of expansion of the equipment from its present capacity to final

capacity (If any capacity expansion is sought in any part of this tender

document.)

d) A report shall be submitted to BTCL's relevant office after completion of

that work.

6.1.2.26 Documentation

a) The successful bidder shall supply at least (but not limited to) the

following documents before OAT of each site.

i) Technical Documentation/Brochure for all equipment of the Site: 1 set

of hard copy and 1 set in CD/DVD.

ii) As-built installation drawings for all equipment: 1 set in CD/DVD and 1

set in hard copy.

iii) Single line diagram showing all connected equipment (Port-wise) in

different sites: 1 set in CD/DVD and 1 set in hard copy.

iv) Station AC power wiring diagrams: 1 set in CD/DVD and 1 set in hard

copy per site.

v) Detail technical document for Network Management Centre (NMC) or

NMS (Network Management Service): 1 set in CD/DVD and 1 set in hard

copy.

b) Each O&M terminal should be accompanied with online documentation.


STNP_ICX 187

c) Brief description of operation, maintenance and commissioning, routine

and frequent tasks and step by step procedure toper form them: 1 set in

CD/DVD and 1 set in hard copy.

Any deviation of shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.1.2.27 Possibility of change in Scope of Work and BoQ

The Bidder shall consider that, the size, number and location of nodes and

other equipment and subsequently the total (or partial) BoQ may change,

depending upon the actual requirement during BoQ preparation with the

successful bidder.

6.1.2.28 Prevalence of different clauses and Sub-Sections

If, for any item, the contents of a Clause of any section contradicts with the

contents of any other Clause of the same or other section of the Tender

Document, the prevalence of the Clause shall be as follows:

a) In case of any confliction of interpretation, PPA 2006 will prevail over PPR

2008 and PPR 2008 will prevail over Standard Tender Document (STD).

b) In case of different sections, Employer’s requirements shall supersede

other sections.

c) In case of same section, next sub-sequent sub-sections shall supersede

previous sub-sections.

d) In case of same section, next Clause shall supersede previous Clause.

e) In case of any corrections made by BTCL corrections shall prevail with its

due position.

6.1.2.29 Unit Price for Future Orders

Please see Section 5, Schedule:9.

6.1.2.30 Cut-Over Service

Normally, after completion of OAT the system shall put into commercial

operation. But if it is found in OAT that, the contractor deviated in one or many

items which has got a weight of “Critical Deviation” and/or “Material

Deviation” according to the technical specification of tender document, then

BTCL is free to put the whole system into commercial operation without

issuing OAC for the whole system or part of system as applicable. Any

disagreement or deviation shall be treated as “Material Deviation”.

6.1.2.31 Project Management Service

a) The Contractor shall provide all services related to Turnkey

Implementation of all the works related to its contract.


STNP_ICX 188

b) The Contractor shall start a project office in Dhaka within two weeks after

signing of the contract and such office shall be running till the end of the

support period.

c) The office shall be headed by a “Project Manager” for the Contract, who

shall have enough authority to represent the Contractor in Bangladesh for

all affairs related to the Project and to give decisions regarding routine

implementation affairs.

d) For the project works, the Contractor shall dispatch competent engineers

during the installation and construction and support service works.

6.1.2.32 Additional Equipment needed for Turn-Key Completion

For turn-key completion, if the bidder need any or many items which is not

included in the BoQ forms, but mandatory for the turn-key completion and

essential for installation, proper operation for the completeness and efficient

performance of the proposed solution as an operating entity, the same shall be

proposed by the bidder (if necessary, the bidder shall specify quantity and

quote unit price), then bidder has to quote it in relevant form related to goods

and services as mentioned in relevant forms of PG5 in general part of the

tender document. Any claim during BoQ preparation is not accepted if the

bidder did not quote any or many items in appropriate PG5 forms. Any

disagreement or deviation shall be treated as “Material Deviation”.

6.1.2.33 Assurance of operation of Equipment

The bidder shall assure that similar module/cards/unit/server/equipment

shall run with up to its full/highest capacity in similar or equivalent platform

at another place without any restriction/blockage or condition. Any


== End of Sub-Section 6.1.2 ==


STNP_ICX 189

6.2 Specification

The project “Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of NFV Enabled IP Based Interconnection Exchange (ICX) in BTCL on Turn-Key Basis” shall comply with the following Technical Specifications described in the Chapters.


STNP_ICX 190

Chapter 6.2.1

GENERAL REQUIREMNET OF NFV ENABLED IP BASED INTERCONNECTION

EXCHANGE (ICX)

6.2.1.1 Introduction

The NFV enabled IP Based Interconnection Exchange (ICX) system should be

connected with the Mobile Operators, ANS Gateway and IP Telephone Service

Provider at one end and with IOSs at other end as per conditions of License

Guidelines of Interconnection Exchange (ICX). The proposed system will allow

PSTN/PLMN/MNP telephone users to make local, national and international

outgoing voice and video calls as well as to receive incoming calls. The

connectivity with Mobile Operators, ANS Gateway and IP Telephone Service

Provider (IPTSP) and IOSs shall be through IP.

6.2.1.1.1 The general connectivity requirement is mentioned as shown in figure 7.2 in

section 8 Drawings. NFV enabled IP Based Interconnection Exchange (ICX)

components shown in the diagram may differ for different manufactures. If the

functionality of one component is integrated with another one, bidder shall

explain with necessary documents, how the mentioned capacity of that

particular component is obtained.

6.2.1.1.2 The NFV IP based ICX platform shall have 6 (Six) point of presence (PoP) at

Mohakhali, SBN (Sher-E-Bangla Nagar), Chattogram, Khulna, Bogura and

Sylhet BTCL Telephone Exchange Building premises having required capacity.

6.2.1.2 Factors for dimensioning of equipment

6.2.1.2.1 Mean holding time: 60 sec

6.2.1.2.2 Average traffic per trunk: 0.75 erlang

6.2.1.2.4 Concurrent calls/sessions: Annex 8.

6.2.1.2.5 Answer to Seizure Ratio: 25:100

6.2.1.2.6 Signaling in Trunks: As per requirements of the signaling stated in following

sub-sections

6.2.1.2.7 Grade of Service

The loss probability in busy-hour shall not exceed the following values at:

Normal load Overload

a) Incoming calls 1.0 % 5.0 %

b) Outgoing calls 0.1 % 3.0 %


STNP_ICX 191

6.2.1.2.8 Probability of Delay

a) Incoming Response

For normal load : Greater than 1.0 sec shall not exceed 1.0 %

For over load : Greater than 1.0 sec shall not exceed 5.0 %

b) Switching Time

For normal load : Greater than 1.0 sec shall not exceed 1.0 %

For over load : Greater than 3.0 sec shall not exceed 5.0 %

6.2.1.2.9 System Occupancy

a) The average occupancy of any common control equipment, processors and

main memory shall not exceed 60% under normal load and 80% under

overload condition.

b) The overload condition be defined as follows

i) Traffic in Erlang : 120% of normal busy hour traffic load

ii) BHCA : 125% of normal busy hour traffic load

6.2.1.3 Interconnections of different Modules

The bidder shall kindly note that, if for inter-connections of its different

modules, there is requirement for additional resources, the quantities of such

additional resource elements will be considered as extra to the requirements

stated in the relevant quantities of items of the Annexes; and the bidder shall

add those extra requirements in the relevant parts of the BoQ.

6.2.1.4 Redundant Firewall

Redundant Firewall will be installed to protect operation support system and

billing support system and other equipment and to provide secure

access/connectivity for the remote user.

6.2.1.5 Network Management system

One Network Management system (NMS) shall be installed at Mohakhali for

the management of the network. Another NMS shall be installed at SBN

premises. Bidder has to provide NMS and CDR Management solution as

mentioned in Chapter 6.2.9 of this document.

6.2.1.6 The Connectivity for carrying calls should be of following types

a) With the existing local nodes/exchanges of BTCL

b) With the existing and new ANS Gateway nodes of BTCL.

c) BTCL old and new IOS node in Bangladesh.

6.2.1.7 Facilities to be provided at BTRC

a) Raw and mediated CDR transfer – Software and hardware at BTCL to push

CDR and also to allow BTRC to pull/push CDR from BTRC end.

b) Necessary software at BTRC for O&M terminal.


STNP_ICX 192

c) Other services as per mentioned standards in the ICX License Guideline for

Monitoring.

6.2.1.8 Facilities to be provided at LEA premise

a) Raw and mediated CDR transfer – Software and hardware to push CDR

from BTCL and/or pull CDR from LEA end

b) Call information and call content recording facilities as per requirement of

National Monitoring Centre (NMC) - Software and hardware at BTCL and

LEA end.

c) Other services as per mentioned standards in the ANS Gateway License

Guideline for Lawful Interception.

6.2.1.9 Ensured End to End QoS

The proposed network has to ensure end to end QoS to/ from local exchanges

from/ to domestic operators. The bidder has to explain in detail about how this

will be confirmed in the proposed network.

6.2.1.10 Media Interfaces

The bidder shall responsible to make the Media interfaces compatible with

different types of transmission equipment operating in different media.

6.2.1.11 O&M terminals

Sufficient numbers of O&M terminals should be provided with licensed

software. The hardware requirements shall be as per specifications stated in

the following chapter. Bidder may propose for specifications if the specified

one is not sufficient for efficient operation and better performance.

6.2.1.12 System Reliability The system shall a carrier grade system or equipment, which is designed for

high reliability and overall availability of 99.999%.



STNP_ICX 193

Chapter 6.2.2

NFV AND CLOUD REQUIREMENT FOR INTERCONNECTION EXCHANGE (ICX)

6.2.2.1 NFV Requirement

6.2.2.1.1 General

The proposed IP based Interconnection Exchange (ICX) shall be available

on cloud environment. The vendor shall provide their details plan to use

the platform for the virtualized networks functions (VNFs). Requirements

are given in this sub-section. Deviation and disagreement of 6.2.2.1.1

clause (s) and related sub-clause (s) shall be treated as “Material

Deviation”.

6.2.2.1.1.1 The solution shall be based on open cloud/NFV technologies and shall

comply with open frame works and standards to guarantee its future

growth and assimilation into BTCL Interconnection Exchange (ICX)

systems, e.g. ETSI, OPNFV, OpenStack Foundation, Linux Foundation and

open APIs. NFV reference architecture is attached as shown in figure 7.1 in

Sub-Section 7.

6.2.2.1.1.2 The VNF/NFVI solution (hardware/software) shall run and operating

system shall be certified on OpenStack Linux foundation. The offered

hardware should be Commercial-off-the-shelf (COTS) and shall support

integrating third party applications and Cloud OS.

6.2.2.1.1.3 The NFV platform shall have the following major components (but not

limited to):

a) Virtualized Network Function (VNF):

A VNF shall be composed of multiple internal components. One VNF can

be deployed over one or multiple VMs.

b) Element Management System (EMS):

The EMS shall perform the typical management functionality for one or

several VNFs.

c) NFV Infrastructure (NFVI):

The NFV Infrastructure shall have the totality of all hardware and

software components which build up the environment in which VNFs

are deployed, managed and executed.

d) Virtualized Infrastructure Manager(s) (VIM):


STNP_ICX 194

Virtualized infrastructure managers shall perform resource

management and shall also be responsible:

i) Inventory of software, computing, and storage and network

resources

dedicated to NFV infrastructure.

ii) Allocations of virtualization enablers, e.g., compute resources,

storage, and relevant network connectivity.

iii) Management of infrastructure resource and allocation, e.g., increase

resources to VMs, improve energy efficiency and resource

reclamation.

e) Orchestrator:

The Orchestrator shall be responsible of the orchestration and

management of NFV infrastructure and software resources, and realizing

network services on NFVI.

f) VNF Manager(s) (VNFM):

A VNF Manager shall be responsible for VNF lifecycle management (e.g.

instantiation, update, query, scaling and termination). Multiple VNF

Managers may be deployed; a VNF Manager may be deployed for each VNF,

or a VNF Manager may serve multiple VNFs.

g) Operations Support Systems (OSS)

The bidder shall follow OSS is described in clause 6.2.2.1.10.

6.2.2.1.1.4 The VNF instance software shall be decoupled from the underlying

infrastructure.

6.2.2.1.1.5 The VNF Bidder shall ensure that the VNF can be loaded, executed and

moved across different but standard NFVI points of presence in a

multivendor environment.

6.2.2.1.1.6 The solution shall consist of one or more VNFs and the solution VNFs shall

be hosted in on top of BTCL ICX’s NFVI.

6.2.2.1.1.7 The solution shall be based on Intel’s X86 processors. Internationally

recognized/well known equivalent brand is also accepted. However,

purchaser reserves the right to examine the quality and performance of the

processors. The bidder shall provide supporting documents stating the

quality of the processor

6.2.2.1.1.8 The solution shall be managed, provisioned and operated via Network

Function Virtualization Orchestrator (NFVO).


STNP_ICX 195

6.2.2.1.1.9 The solution shall target as many of the following focus areas of value that

shall be contrasted by the Bidder with traditional technologies.

6.2.2.1.1.9.1 Flexibility

a) No vendor lock-ins, e.g. rich/open ecosystem/interoperability

b) Explore new innovations with lower risks

6.2.2.1.1.9.2 Streamline Operation

a) Maximum automation of provisioning/assurance, e.g. end to end (E2E)

lifecycle service orchestration (LSO)

b) Mitigate human error, e.g. self-intelligent day-to-day operations

c) Automatic capacity expansion/reduction, e.g. cloud elasticity

6.2.2.1.1.9.3 Care

Self-organizing network/service capabilities, e.g. self-configuration, self-

optimization and self-healing functions.

6.2.2.1.2 Openness

6.2.2.1.2.1 The proposed solution shall be compatible with open-source cloud

operating systems (Open Stack) and open-source VIM/Management and

Orchestration (MANO) projects (OPNFV).

6.2.2.1.2.2. The proposed solution shall be fully compatible with KVM virtualization

software.

Any deviation shall be treated as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.2.1.3 Performance

6.2.2.1.3.1 VNF software shall be properly designed for cloud environments in order

to maximize the usage of parallel processing.

6.2.2.1.3.2 The proposed solution shall be compatible with carrier-grade clouds and

should support hardware acceleration and awareness techniques such as:

a) Hyper Threading and vCPU

b) Memory Ballooning

c) Non Uniform Memory Access (NUMA) 8

d) Single Root Input Output Virtualization (SR-IOV)

6.2.2.1.3.3 Bidder shall provide their virtual resource requirements for the solution,

e.g. number of VMs, and per VM: vMSS, vSBC, vIP, vCPU, vRAM, vNIC,

storage, etc.

6.2.2.1.3.3 VNF Bidder shall specify any known degradation in the performance of the

VNF running on top of NFV cloud compared to running the solution in a

dedicated appliance.


STNP_ICX 196

6.2.2.1.3.4 The VNF Bidder shall specify if the VNF runs data plane and/or control

plane traffic.

6.2.2.1.3.5 The VNF Bidder shall describe the underlying infrastructure requirements

(compute, storage and networking) of the VNF so that it can be sized for a

given performance target. If the requirements vary according to the usage

or number of occupied IP ports, the bidder shall provide a table/matrix that

describes the resources required for different usages and scenarios.

6.2.2.1.3.6 The VNF Bidder shall specify the maximum latency or maximum delay

variation tolerated to reach the VNF performance target.

6.2.2.1.3.7 The VNF Bidder shall specify maximum rate of non-intentional packet loss

tolerated to reach the VNF performance target.

6.2.2.1.3.8 The VNF Bidder shall specify maximum rate of non-intentional stable calls

or sessions drop that will not affect the VNF performance target.

6.2.2.1.3.9 All configuration/customizing functions shall be performable online with

minimum service outage.

6.2.2.1.3.10 In case of any interoperability problem with the equipment of other

Bidders, the Bidder shall carry out required analysis/upgrades and

establish that the offered equipment is not responsible for the problem.

6.2.2.1.3.11 The VNF Bidder shall specify any special hardware requirements that are

essential to meet the performance target. Any deviation and

disagreement shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 6.2.2.1.4 Elasticity

6.2.2.1.4.1 VNF Bidder shall describe each component capable of parallel operation

minimum and maximum range of instances as well as additional

information such as the required compute, packet throughput, storage,

memory and cache requirements for each component.

6.2.2.1.4.2 VNF shall support on-demand scaling.

6.2.2.1.4.3 VNF shall be scaled out or in automatically according its workload,

resource usage and policy.

6.2.2.1.4.4 Ongoing service shall not be interrupted when the VNF is scaling in/scaling

out.

6.2.2.1.4.5 The bidder shall specify the time required (in minutes) of scale out and

scale in. The bidder shall also describe the architecture and mechanism of

scaling in details.


STNP_ICX 197

6.2.2.1.4.6 VNF shall be scaled according to service key performance indicator (KPI)

that can be set service KPI policy by graphical user interface (GUI). The

bidder shall provide a list of supported service KPIs. Any deviation and


6.2.2.1.5 Fault Monitoring and Trouble Shooting

6.2.2.1.5.1 When process error occurs within VM, it shall be restored without service

interruption. There shall be an output in details containing information

related to process location, cause of fault occurs and fault restoration.

6.2.2.1.5.2 When VM error occurs, it shall be restored without service interruption.

There shall be an output in details containing information related to VM

location, cause of fault occurrences and fault restoration.

6.2.2.1.5.3 When board/blade/server error occurs, it shall be restored without service

interruption. There shall be an output in details containing information

related to board/blade/server location, cause of fault occurs and fault

restoration.

6.2.2.1.5.4 For troubleshooting, the system should have the capability to correlate and

filter the alarms and provide sufficient information to find root cause of the

fault.

Any deviation of 6.2.2.1.5 shall be considered as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.2.1.6 Element Management System (EMS)

6.2.2.1.6.1 For any VNF instance, the EMS should be able to collect performance

related information regarding compute, storage and network resources for

any managed VNF instance concerning the resource usage at the

infrastructure level.

6.2.2.1.6.2 The EMS shall get the performance and service quality metrics from both

the infrastructure and the VNFs.

6.2.2.1.6.3 The EMS shall report the information e.g. alarm, performance

measurement etc. coming from infrastructure to the higher-level OSS

system (Umbrella system) by northbound interface.

6.2.2.1.6.4 The virtualization layer alarm sent by EMS to the OSS system shall indicate

the necessary information e.g. host name to help operator for fast

troubleshooting.

6.2.2.1.6.5 The EMS shall support collecting alarm and running status from

infrastructure layer and display on it.


STNP_ICX 198

6.2.2.1.6.6 The EMS shall collect the performance and fault information of CloudOS

and COTS of related VNF. EMS shall also perform fault correlation analysis

based on VNF fault and CloudOS/COTS fault information. The bidder shall

describe the fault correlation mechanism. Any deviation shall be treated

as “Critical Deviation”.

6.2.2.1.7 VNF Manager (VNFM)

Management and Orchestration requirement and different features have

been mentioned in Clause 13.5 in Sub-section 13 of this document. The VNF

should be managed by a specific VNF manager that is capable of performing

VNF instance life cycle management. Deviations and disagreement in each

of the following clause shall be considered as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.2.1.7.1 The VNF manager should support automatic scaling based on

requirements.

6.2.2.1.7.2 The Bidder shall specify the ability of VNFM to interface with multiple VNF

implemented with different VIM technologies (i.e. VMware vCloud Director,

Open Stack).

6.2.2.1.7.3 The Bidder shall specify the ability of the VNFM to interact with 3rd party

NFVO and access programming interface (APIs) in details.

6.2.2.1.7.4 The Bidder shall provide a detailed description of the supported functions

by VNFM in each of the phases of the VNF lifecycle (e.g. VNF package on-

boarding, VNF instantiation, VNF scale up/down/in/out, VNF termination

etc).

6.2.2.1.7.5 The VNFM shall have ability to automatically deploy VNFs. The bidder shall

describe the detailed procedure for the instantiation.

6.2.2.1.7.6 The Bidder shall specify affinity and anti-affinity constraints for the

deployment of VNFs and/or VNF components.

6.2.2.1.7.7 The VNFM shall support automated and manual horizontal scaling of VNFs

(Scale in and out, scale up and down).

6.2.2.1.7.8 The VNFM shall support automated scaling of VNFs via service KPI. The

Bidder shall provide KPI list on the VNF in details.

6.2.2.1.7.9 The VNFM shall support automatic backup and restoration capability. The

Bidder shall provide procedure in details.

6.2.2.1.7.10 The VNFM shall support geo-redundancy, and Bidder shall provide the

architecture in details (e.g. working in active-active or active-standby

mode, data synchronization mechanism, procedure of failure detection, the

expected recovery latency etc.).


STNP_ICX 199

6.2.2.1.7.11 The VNFM shall have user management and role management

functionality.

6.2.2.1.7.12 The Bidder shall provide software management functionality of VNFM (i.e.

VNFM can manage installation, verification and upgradation automatically)

6.2.2.1.7.13 The VNF instantiation function shall be able to instantiate two or more

VNFs simultaneously.

6.2.2.1.7.14 The offered VNFM should support working independently with NFVO and

VNFM shall manage the Life cycle of VNF independently.

6.2.2.1.7.15 The Bidder shall specify the maximum number and con-concurrent

number of VNFs that VNFM can manage in large-scale scenarios.

6.2.2.1.7.16 The Bidder shall specify the maximum capacity of VMs that VNFM can

manage in large-scale scenario.

6.2.2.1.7.18 The VNFM shall support system expansion smoothly without service

interruption.

6.2.2.1.7.19 The VNFM shall support local high availability (HA) design.

6.2.2.1.8 Reliability and Redundancy

6.2.2.1.8.1 The Cloud solution shall guarantee the carrier grade 99.999% reliability

with high capacity, high resource utilization, scalability, easy operation

and maintenance. The bidder shall describe various options, scenarios,

architecture and mechanism in details.

6.2.2.1.8.2 VNF software shall be in tiers architecture, such as distributed load balance,

stateless session processing, and distributed session DB shall be separated

and located in different layers. The bidder shall describe VNF architecture

clearly.

6.2.2.1.8.3 There shall be no single point failure in hardware level and all modules

shall be in N+1 or 1+1 redundancy including computing, server, network

and storage.

6.2.2.1.8.4 There shall be no single point failure in IaaS software layer.

6.2.2.1.8.5 VNF software shall support HA independent of the infrastructure layer,

which is in Active/Standby redundancy or load balancing, no single failure

point, no stable service is lost in software module swapping. The bidder

shall describe the architecture and mechanism of software HA in details.

6.2.2.1.8.6 VNF shall support pool disaster recovery. When a site is faulty, services

on the faulty site shall switch quickly to related network element VNFs in

other normal sites through VNF pool solution


STNP_ICX 200

6.2.2.1.8.7 The Bidder shall be responsible for any apparent or non-apparent

degradation caused by the offered equipment, affecting directly or

indirectly the performance of any module in the offered

System/Equipment (i.e. Hardware, Software, Application, database, and

Operating System). The Bidder shall provide a full solution for this

degradation and/or maximizing the capacity of the offered System (i.e.

Hardware, Software, Application, Database and Operating System), at

no additional cost to BTCL within 15 days of the first appearance of the

degradation/problem. In solving this problem, the Bidder shall ensure

full satisfaction of BTC.

6.2.2.1.8.8 VNF shall support service KPIs monitoring and auto-healing to avoid NFVI

Sub-health impacted service. When service KPIs of a module or a VNF falls

below the preset threshold, the system automatically restores the network

element (NE) service according to the preset restoration policy and reports

an alarm. The preset policy includes but is not limited to VM restart,

reconstruction, and migration operations in few minutes. The bidder shall

describe the mechanism of service KPIs monitoring and auto-healing in

details.

6.2.2.1.8.9 No service interruption (No KPI and CDR loss) during fault of the disk

arrays or disconnection of disk or server. Any deviation or disagreement

shall be treated as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.2.1.9 Security

6.2.2.1.9.1 All required security measures and procedures shall be implemented on

the offered system. Network equipment in order to completely secure user

traffic as well as network elements. However, these measures shall not

degrade the performance of the system/equipment. The Bidder shall

provide the required patches/development on the offered system to

correct any vulnerability discovered, at no additional cost to BTCL

6.2.2.1.9.2 Bidder shall offer necessary requirements to protect the whole NFV

network as well as isolated network securely.

6.2.2.1.9.3 Default or Pre-defined accounts must be disabled or removed from the

system.

6.2.2.1.9.4 Password protection shall include complexity check, at least 8 characters,

against brute force, hide password on screen and change password while

first login.

6.2.2.1.9.5 Sensitive data shall be kept in secure storage with strong cryptograph

algorithm e.g. AES-256/192/128.


STNP_ICX 201

6.2.2.1.9.6 Bidder shall offer strengthening operating system and Database.

6.2.2.1.9.7 Remote access management secure shell (SSH) must support public key

authentication.

6.2.2.1.9.8 Bidder shall protect software integrity from tampering.

6.2.2.1.9.9 The bidder shall describe management of security patches.

6.2.2.1.9.10 Bidder shall provide a mechanism to prevent against VNF monopolizing

system resources and an assurance that other VNFs would be able to share

same resources. Any deviation and disagreement shall be considered as

“Critical Deviation”.

6.2.2.1.10 Operation Support System

a) The Bidder shall describe in full the technical details of the proposed

End-to-End OSS requirement and implementation (including different

protocols & techniques) which must comply with the latest IT and

Telecom standards on different protocol layers, on offered equipment

(down to the module/sub-module).

b) The offered platform shall implement mechanisms and procedures

(data integration including but not limited to: authentication,

authorization, data request and collection and integrity protection) to

safeguard the platform and its users. The bidder shall give detail of the

offered platform’s Northbound Interface (NBI), Southbound Interface

(SBI) & API capability.

c) The Bidder shall provide detailed traffic flow diagrams with flow

descriptions for each communication.

d) The bidder shall specify the purposes of all Servers, Application Servers

and Database Servers located at different zones/segment.

e) All nodes of the offered system shall have latest stable version/release

of operating systems, patched and updated.

f) Data stored in the database shall be encrypted and hashed/comma

separated.

g) The system shall support North Bound Interface and the South-Bound

Interface facility. The bidder shall describe NBI, SBI and API in details.

Any deviation and disagreement shall be considered as “Major

Deviation”.



STNP_ICX 202

Chapter 6.2.3

ENVIRONMENTS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS 6.2.3.1 Climatic Condition

6.2.3.1.1 The Bidder shall bear the full responsibility to ensure that the supplied

equipment/system/server is capable of operating in Bangladesh

environment without degradation. All of the supplied equipment must

work satisfactorily under the following environmental conditions.

Temperature Relative humidity

Working for

long term

Working for

short term

Working for

long term

Working for

short term

+5 °C to +45°C 0°C to +55°C 5% to 85% 5% to 95%

Table 5.1: Temperature and Humidity Condition

6.2.3.1.2 Bidder shall specify environmental conditions for storage and

transportation of equipment. Deviation from these values shall be

considered as “Major Deviation”.

6.2.3.2 Radio Emission and Interference

The system shall be designed in such a way that the level for emission of

radio frequency shall be within limits of relevant ITU-T recommendations.

The system shall also be designed to work without any trouble in an

environment, where radio interference is within the limits specified in

relevant ITU-T recommendations.

6.2.3.3 Physical Requirement

All components of all of the equipment shall be of highest possible quality

designed to be used for continuous operation. The metal surface shall

either be galvanized or painted by spray or plated with surface treatment.

There shall be no sharp edges or projections. All power equipment and

cables shall be protected with fuses/circuit breakers of proper ratings. All

equipment racks, sub-racks and slots shall be clearly marked in English

letters for proper recognition. All equipment racks, sub-racks and slots

shall also be provided with proper earthing and shall be protected against

any surge. The deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.


STNP_ICX 203

6.2.3.4 Operating Voltage

All of the equipment of IP based ICX platform such as Signaling Gateway,

Gateway Router, LAN Switch, Firewall and SDH Transmission Mux

equipment must operate satisfactorily on the nominal voltage of -48V DC

and within a voltage range of -42 to -58 Volts DC. Deviation from these

values shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

6.2.3.5 Guarantee for Hardware

The Bidder shall guarantee the hardware of the system will run without

any major technical hazard for at least up to 6 (Six) years after the date of

issuance of OAC. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

6.2.3.6 Guarantee for Software

The Bidder shall guarantee that, all the Operating and Application Software

of the system will run without any technical hazard for at least up to 6 (Six)

years after the date of effect of OAC. If any fault and/or bug are detected

within this period, the bidder shall rectify these faults and debug the

software at his/her own costs and at “free of charge” to BTCL. Bidder’s

refusal to agree to this guarantee shall be considered as “Material

Deviation”.

6.2.3.7 License for Software

License of all the software for all equipment shall be for unlimited time.

However, the bidder may propose the licensing renewal process in the bid.

If no renewal process is mentioned in the offer, it will be considered that

the license of all the software for all equipment is offered for unlimited time.

Bidder’s refusal to agree to this guarantee shall be considered as “Material

Deviation”.

6.2.3.8 Language of Software

The language of the instructions of the software shall be in English.

Deviation shall be considered as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.3.9 Guarantee for Introduction of new Features

The bidder shall guarantee that, if BTCL requests for introduction of any

new/ additional system features in the supplied system, the bidder shall

try its best to do so. The price for such new/ additional features shall be

logical and realistic and shall be fixed up by mutual discussion.

6.2.3.10 Guarantee for up-gradation of Software Version 6.2.3.10.1 The Bidder shall guarantee that it will inform BTCL of all subsequent up-

grades of the software version of the supplied system.


STNP_ICX 204

6.2.3.10.2 If the upgrade becomes mandatory for any expansion of the supplied

system or addition/modification of any prevalent feature, such software

upgrades shall be done "Free of charge" to BTCL.

6.2.3.10.3 If such upgrade becomes mandatory for proper operation and maintenance

of the network in its present configuration and form, such upgrades,

including supply of new software and hardware, shall be done "Free of

charge".

6.2.3.10.4 If any non-mandatory upgrade is done on request from BTCL, but does not

involve any change or addition in hardware, the bidder, upon request from

BTCL, shall install such upgraded software "Free of charge".

6.2.3.10.5 If any non-mandatory software upgrade, to be done at the request of BTCL,

involves any hardware change and/ or additional hardware, charges will

be incurred for prices for the changed and/ or additional hardware and the

new software. In such cases, the prices for such new and/ or additional

hardware and software shall be fixed on mutual agreement and in

consistent with the market prices prevalent at the time of such request.

6.2.3.11 Bidder’s refusal to agree to the above sub-clauses 6.2.3.10.1 to 6.2.3.10.5

shall be considered as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.3.12 Bidder shall indicate parameters, which may degrade the performance of

the offered equipment. Failure to give details such parameters shall be

treated as “Major Deviation”.



STNP_ICX 205

CHAPTER 6.2.4

STANDARD REQUIREMENT OF IP BASED ICX PLATFORM


The NFV IP based ICX has six PoP (Mohakhali, SBN, Chattogram, Sylhet, Khulna

and Bogura) which shall principally responsible for call control functions

according to a call control model, signaling handling and also act as bearer

device to provide services the media plane. The IP based ICX system shall

handle call control and the spectrum of features offered to the network and to

IP subscribers. The IP based ICX system provides functions such as

interworking of voice services to inter operator domestic, international and

roaming calls. The bidder shall provide the functionality of MGC by installing

it or if they can manage to provide all the relevant functionalities of MGC in an

all iSBC environment, they are entitled to do it. However, all the standards set

for MGC shall have to be provided. In case of an all iSBC environment a detail

explanation along with diagram is required.

6.2.4.2 Design Criteria

6.2.4.2.1 IP based ICX shall have at least (but not limited to) the following essential design elements:

a) Every PoP of IP based NFV ICX shall have the following characteristics:

i) It will work independently and shall terminate the originating calls in

the PoP of the respective zone,

ii) It will send the respective CDR to the storage server at Mohakhali (Or,

SBN in case of Mohakhali PoP failure)

iii) It will preserve the respective CDR in their system for 15 (fifteen) days

in case of the transmission failure,

iv) The operation and maintenance of IP based NFV enabled ICX shall be

remotely controlled from Mohakhali or SBN as well as from local PoP.

The IP based NFV ICX shall be managed by command line interface (CLI)

and graphical user interface (GUI).

Disagreement or deviation of 6.2.4.2.1 (a) shall be treated as “Material

Deviation”.

b) The security threat (if there any) derived from the external connectivity in

the layer 3 (L3) switches shall be managed by security functionality of

SBC/iSBC in the NFV IP based ICXs. If the security is provided by any other

device/combination of devices/ or software and hardware, the security

shall have to be equivalent to that of the iSBC and that has to be

substantiated by documents/features of the devices.


STNP_ICX 206

c) The system should be highly stable with all the card level redundancy

(Active-Standby/Hot-Swappable/Load-Sharing). It should be built around

a hardware platform delivering carrier grade service.

d) The critical components such as main processor board, communication

board, power supply, system bus etc., must follow redundant design

philosophy, and be able to support insertion/removal of components in

‘power on’ condition with no effect impact to call server performance. The

Bidder has to describe in detail, in his offer, to confirm design redundancy.

e) The main call processing VM and service processing VM must be provided

in 1+1 redundant configuration.

f) Change-over from main to standby processor should not affect connected

calls and calls under processing.

g) Fast Ethernet ports/Gigabit Ethernet ports must be in redundant

configuration.

h) The system should support NTP message trace and explanation for the

operation and maintenance of the NTP. It is convenient to check the status

of the NTP or to determine the cause of the NTP fault.

i) The system should be able to periodic check for board memory to check the

memory of all boards periodically. If it detects a reading and writing error

in a section of a memory, it sends a fault alarm, along with the location of

the board with memory fault, to the background. Software is used to

control whether to enable this function.

j) The system should be able to suppress background noise and to provide

the voice quality enhancement technology to effectively improve quality of

voice over the media.

k) The system should the capable for preferential selection of voice codec

modes in subscriber/trunk group calls by this function; operator can prefer

the most appropriate voice code mode based on the actual needs and the

actual situation of the bearer network.

l) The system should have embedded Load Test for IP bearer which can test

whether IP bandwidth is enough for the traffic, especially while

introducing a new domestic carrier.

m) The proposed system should have full functionality for Telephone Number

Mapping (ENUM). Bidders shall explain in detail this functionality available

in the offered system.

n) The proposed system should have full functionality for Mobile Number

Portability (MNP) and shall be compatible with BTCL’s existing MNP


STNP_ICX 207

platform. Bidders are requested to visit BTCL present MNP system located

at Mohakhali and SBN, Dhaka before submission of the bid. Bidders shall

explain in detail this functionality available in the offered system.

Disagreement or deviations shall be treated as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.4.3 Signaling Protocols

The IP based ICX Platform shall support the following protocol:

a) Back to back user agent function for SIP signaling and RTP media

streams

b) SIP state-ful message inspection and triggering actions on SIP signaling

c) Signaling protocol – SIP, SIP-I, SIP-T

d) SIP transport layer protocol interworking-

As an application layer protocol, SIP runs over different transport layer

protocols. The system shall support the following protocol interworking

and then different bearing protocols configured on both sides of the system.

i) SIP over SCTP and SIP over UDP

ii) SIP over TCP and SIP over UDP

iii) SIP over SCTP and SIP over TCP

c) IPv6 and IPv4 interworking-

The system shall support the IPv4/IPv6 dual stack so that an IPv4 core

network can interwork with another IPv4/IPv6 network.

d) The bidder shall specify all protocols supported by their solution and shall

indicate which standards and/or RFC’s (and which versions) their

solution complies.

e) The system should be able to make MNP query to existing NPDB by using

SIP protocol or other required protocol.

f) Proposed system shall support, and be compliant to White Book ITU-T

Recommendations E.163 or E.164 addressing schemes.

g) Proposed system shall have routing capability based on Codec List,

protocol, LCR routing HD voice.

h) Carrier access code based or dial around calls.

Disagreement or any deviation shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.2.4.3.1 Media Transcoding

The system shall support media transcoding in case of different codecs

including AMR, AMR-WB, G.711, G.729, G.723, G.722, iLBC, DTMF, T.38.

The system shall support media flow adaptation in case of the same codec with

different packetization (Packetization time adaptation)


STNP_ICX 208


6.2.4.3.2 Call Admission Control

a) The system shall prevent overload on peering or access links.

b) The system shall gracefully reject calls if bandwidth or session constraints

are exceeded.

c) Media timers relinquish inactive or dropped call bandwidth to the

capacity pool,

d) Media bypassing/optimization ensures that CAC is not performed when a

session is the candidate for media bypassing.

e) The system shall at least support CAC on a per IP realm (Aggregate) or

registered user basis according to uniform rules (Such as the same policy

rules applicable to all users within the same realm).

f) The SBC must support TCP fallback. If the size of a SIP message over UDP is

exceeds a specified threshold, thee terminal can regenerate a SIP message

over TCP.

Disagreement or any deviation shall be treated as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.4.4 Synchronization

6.2.4.4.1 External Clock

The system shall support external clock synchronization either from dedicated

2 MHz clock signal or from a secondary signal (2 Mb/s). The secondary source

shall be at least duplicated.

6.2.4.4.2 Clock Accuracy

The internal clock used by the system shall be compliant to G.813 ITU-T

standards.

6.2.4.4.3 Network Time Protocol

Soft-switch should have the capability to keep time synchronization with the

NTP server via NTP protocol following the standard IETF, RFC1305.

Each of the deviation shall be treated as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.4.5 BHCA Capacity

The Bidder must provide the BHCA capacity of individual voice processing

cards/VMs on the IP based ICX platform.

The deviation shall be treated as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.4.6 Voice Activity Detection

Voice Activity Detection with silence suppression (transmission of silence

packets) and insertion of comfort noise at far end support is required.

Enhanced Packet Loss Compensation (PLC) algorithm should use to ensure

voice quality even when frames are lost. The deviation shall be treated as

“Major Deviation”.


STNP_ICX 209

6.2.4.7 Media Resource Service

Media resource service required to provide the play tone and announcement

which should be uniform with the MGC hardware platform.

6.2.4.8 Security Requirements

The IP based ICX Platform must meet the following security features:

a) Security Framework

The bidder should explain the high level security concept, especially how the

system, service infrastructure and service are protected.

b) Access Control List (ACL)

The system shall support ACL filters and classifiers

c) IP Layer Firewall

The system shall support firewall security mechanisms and rule bases known

from firewall vendors. The vendor shall describe the implemented capability

in detail.

d) Application Layer Firewall

The system shall support the application-layer firewall, including security rule

bases and SIP-, SDP-, and media-level security mechanisms (including

inspections on P-Headers, SIP bodies, SIP message storms).

e) Media Access Control

i) Creating pinhole only for media from the source address/port/VLAN

that is approved in session set-up based on the SDP

ii) Per-session dynamic NAPT & packet filtering

iii) Closing pinholes when media stops in both directions

iv) RTP media being policed to session-based codec value

f) Bandwidth Policing

RTP media must be policed to signaled codec. The SBC shall support the

configuration and enforcement of bandwidth policing policies (on signaling

and media).

g) Session Admission Control

i) Call set-up and media flows are controlled.

ii) Overload on peering links is prevented.

iii) Calls are gracefully rejected if bandwidth or session constraints are

exceeded.

iv) Media timers relinquish inactive/dropped call bandwidth to the

capacity pool.

h) DoS and Overload Protection

i) The system shall support DoS and overload protection.


STNP_ICX 210

ii) The bidder shall state different types of events (malicious and

unintentional attacks) on the signaling layer. IP, TCP, UDP, ICMP, SIP,

SDP, and RTP. DoS attacks shall be prevented.

iii) The vendor shall explain the concept of protection. In addition, the

system shall automatically identify attackers based on their behaviors.

iv) The system shall identify malicious end points and block subsequent

messages originating from or destined for theses malicious end points.

i) Service Continuity

i) Performances and services provided to trusted users shall be

maintained under attacks or in overload situations. System shall be

alive under 1M PPS DDoS attack High capability of anti-attack up to 1M

PPS

ii) The established calls will not be affected when a DoS/DDoS attack

happens.

iii) The system shall still provide access for trusted users when being

attacked. It shall guarantee access rates for trusted users. The vendor

should explain the implemented mechanism to ensure service

continuity.

j) VIP Experience Guarantee During Congestion

VIP and emergency call parameters can be configured on the system. When

overload happens, VIP and emergency services can be processed smoothly.

k) Topology Hiding

The system shall support network topology hiding by means of:

i) Signaled NAPT for SIP

ii) Address, port, and VLAN mapping

iii) All protected IP addresses in SDP and signaling messages that are

translated

l) Monitoring and Reporting Attacks

The system shall be able to monitor, collect statistics about, and report events,

such as attacks, authentication failures, and overload events.

i) Attacks shall be recorded.

ii) Access control and DoS filter counters are reported.

iii) Detailed logs shall be created for attack events. The vendor shall specify the

logging details.

m) RFC4475 SIP Torture Test Message

The system shall fully be tested under RFC4475 conditions. Detailed reports

shall be prepared.


STNP_ICX 211

n) Traffic Separation on Layer 1/3

The vendor should explain how traffic separation and Layer 2/Layer 3 security

are supported on outbound and inbound ports.

o) VPN Traffic Separation – VLAN Compliance

The system shall support VLANs according to IEEE 802.1Q.

p) Backbone Separation

The system shall support backbone separation of signaling, media, and

management.

q) Malformed Packet Handling

The system must be able to process malformed packets. When a malformed

SIP or SDP message comes, the system can reject the message.

r) Malformed Packet Spoof Flood

The system shall be able to defend against malformed packet spoofing floods.

Any deviations shall be treated as “Material Deviation”.

=== End of Sub-Section 6.2.4 ===


STNP_ICX 212

CHAPTER 6.2.5

REQUIREMENT of NTP EQUIPMENT


Network time protocol (NTP) has been defined as a networking protocol to

attain clock synchronization between variable latency data networks as well

as for computer systems running over packet switched networks. Objective of

NTP is to ensure synchronization of all participating data and

telecommunication equipment with high degree of accuracy and stability

while keeping Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) as the reference point.

Dissemination of UTC time is done by various means to reference clocks that

precisely provide the current time. Over the years, higher accuracy has been

achieved through relevant standardization and improvement of technology.

For the network and processing devices NTP will be used for accurate time

stamping for root cause analysis and finding associated correlations. Three

critical metrics for timekeeping has to be ensured by NTP which include offset

of the local clock, round trip delay of the network path and dispersion of the

local clock.

6.2.5.2 Clients of NTP Server

The devices those are important to be the clients of NTP server for the tie

synchronization are listed below:

a) Media Gateway Controller/Session Border Controller

b) IP Media Gateway/Session Border Controller

c) Network Management System (NMS)

d) Router

e) Local Area Network Switch

f) Billing and mediation system

g) Firewall

h) Transmission Network

6.2.5.3 Synchronization with NTP Server

NTP solution shall be installed at Mohakhali MGC/i-SBC site for the proposed

new NFV enabled ICX. BTCL existing ICX caters NTP services to different clients

which include BTCL ANS Gateway, IOS, IGW and other platforms. It shall be the

responsibility of the bidder to seamlessly migrate those clients of NTP server

to NTP solution or keep the old NTP connection with the new one. The NTP

solution shall use a purpose-built hardened operating system. NTP solution

shall be synchronized with stratum 0 as primary which are recognized as


STNP_ICX 213

primary reference clocks and are synchronized to national standards such as

UTC. However, in case of fall back it needs to synchronize with local oscillator

with a minimum of 24hours backup time. The system shall support IPV4, IPV6

along with dual stack. The NTP Solution shall provide a network clock stability

of 1 x 10 E-11 (ITU-Recommended G.811 clock stability). The bidder shall

include all accessories to work the system as a complete solution. Any

deviations shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.2.5.4 Hardware Features

NTP server shall have the following features:

(a) It shall be a rack mountable system

(b) The system shall have sufficient number of management ports and

sufficient number of service ports for the service.

(c) The system shall have power supply from dual redundant sources.

(d) The system shall operate under temperature range -5° C to 60° C and under

relative humidity of 0-90%

(e) In case of applicability equipment antenna shall be anti-Jamming, high gain,

all-weather, operable in -10°C to +60°C temperature range.

(f) All equipment shall be tested, labeled and certified by a nationally

recognized and approved authority.

(g) GPS receiver accuracy shall be less than 10 Nano Second.

(h) It shall support manual offset configuration whenever there is a

requirement for setting manual time drift.

(i) NTP Solution shall have in band management feature and console port for

local log-in.

Any deviations shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.2.5.5 Operational Features

Along with the hardware features the system shall support following

operational features:

(a) NTP Solution shall be capable of delivering 1000 simultaneous requests per

second.

(b) The NTP solution shall have capability to connect to external antenna for

satellite tracking

(c) The NTP solution shall have capability to synchronize the system time with

multiple sources at a time.

(d) The system shall support more than 1 (one) satellite tracking and T-RAIM

satellite error management.

(e) The NTP solution external antenna shall be capable to get connected on roof

top with a distance approximately 40 meters from the NTP Solution.


STNP_ICX 214

(f) NTP Solution architecture should have facility to provide Stratum 1 Time

Service using the following: NTP V.2, V.3 and V.4 as per RFC 1305 and 5905

and NTS as per RFC 8915.


6.2.5.6 O & M features

The system shall have following operation and maintenance features:

(a) An LED status indicator on the face of the display shall illuminate when the

display is not synchronized.

(b) The network clocks shall not display the time during a power outage, but

shall recover from such power outage as a system without intervention.

(c) The displays shall utilize Light Emitting Diodes (LED) such that they are

easily viewable under different lighting conditions, offer larger viewing

angles and maximize viewing distances and do not require back lighting.

(d) The NTP solution shall be capable to send logs to central Syslog logging

system.

(e) The system shall support local authentication where user id and password

shall be created locally.

(f) It shall support TACACS+/RADIUS/LDAP authentication methods.

Authentication method shall prevent malicious users attempting to spoof

a valid NTP server.

(g) The NTP solution shall support all modes of operation i.e Unicast,

Multicast and Broadcast architecture and all production solutions.

(h) The solution shall be accessible using Telnet, SSH, SSL, SCP, SNMP, HTTP.

(i) It shall have capability to actively synchronize more than 100 elements.

6.2.5.7 Security Features

(a) The system shall have capability to handle denial of service attacks.

(b) Application of access control list (ACL) to restrict the NTP solution.

(c) The NTP device shall incorporate a software capable of detecting the

presence of GPS jamming or spoofing in real time.

(d) The NTP device shall automatically switch to backup synchronization or

holdover on detection of GPS/GNSS interference.




STNP_ICX 215

CHAPTER 6.2.6

REQUIREMENTS OF ROUTER, LAYER 3 (L3) SWITCH, LAN SWITCH, FIREWALL, SESSION BORDER CONTROLLER AND INTRUSION DETECTION

SYSTEM

6.2.6.1 Router

The Router shall have the following general characteristics and MEF

certified. Any deviation shall be treated as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.6.1.1 Connectivity

a) The Gateway Router shall support Packet over Synchronous Optical

Network (POS), ATM, Gigabit/Fast Ethernet. The router shall support

different interfaces such as STM-1, STM-4, STM-16 and STM-64. The

router shall support different layer 3 (L3) and LAN Interfaces such as

FE, GE and 10GE.

b) All the interface mentioned above should be supported in the same

chassis offered in the bid.

6.2.6.1.2 Management

The management of the Router shall support the following:

a) Command Line Interface (CLI)

b) Extensive Simple Network Management protocol (SNMP) support

including the Service Assurance Agent

6.2.6.1.3 General IP Features

The Router shall be able to support the following general IP features. Any

deviation shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

a) Internet Protocol- RFC 791

b) Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) – RFC 792

c) IP Multicast

i) Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) – RFC 1112

ii) PIM dense mode, PIM sparse mode

iii) Multicasting BGP (MBGP)

d) User Datagram Protocol (UDP) – RFC 768

e) Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) – RFC 793

f) Requirements for IPv4 Routers – RFC 1812

g) Telnet Protocol Specification – RFC 854

h) Network Timing Protocol (NTP) – RFC 1305

i) DHCP


STNP_ICX 216

6.2.6.1.4 Protocols

The Gateway Router shall support the following protocols from the day one.

a) PPP

b) HDLC

c) Frame Relay

d) Multi-link PPP

e) Link Bundling for high speed links

f) Equal load sharing on all high-speed links

g) Support VPLS in accordance with Kompella and Martini mode

h) Network Address Translation

i) IP header Compression

j) Compressed RTP (cRTP)

k) GRE VPN


6.2.6.1.5 Routing

The router shall support wire-speed packet forwarding for all packet sizes

across all interfaces simultaneously. The routing features shall include the

following. Any deviation shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

a) Static Routing

b) BGP Features support - Route Target, Site of Origin, Route Refresh, ASN

1Override, Outbound Route Filters (ORF), VPNv4 routes filtering based

on route target, Inter-AS MPLS VPN model, and BGP route reflector

functionality.

The other BGP Features to be supported are:

i) RFC1771 and 1772, BGPv4

ii) RFC1997, BGP Communities Attribute

iii) RFC 2270: Using a Dedicated AS for Sites Homed to a Single Provider.

iv) RFC 2385: Protection of BGP Session via the TCP MD5 Signature Option.

v) RFC 2439, BGP Route Flap Damping

vi) RFC 2796, BGP Route Reflection – An Alternative to Full Mesh IBGP

vii) RFC 2918, Route Refresh Capability for BGP-4

viii) RFC 3065, Autonomous System Confederations for BGP

ix) RFC 3107, Carrying Label Information in BGP-4

x) BGP Extended Communities Attribute

xi) BGP4 Multi path support to enable load balancing between multiple

exterior BGP peers from the same downstream router.

xii) Exterior BGP multi-hop support-to-support load balancing between

two EBGP peers connected by two or more links.


STNP_ICX 217

xiii) Prefix List tracking and Control to enable network administrators to

control peering requirements with exterior BGP peers.

xiv) Policy Routing to enable flexibility in making changes to the normal

routing process based on the characteristics of the traffic. The router

shall support minimum of 500 BGP peering and 800,000 IP routes

c) The router shall support following OSPF protocol features:

i) OSPF V2 as per RFC 2328

ii) RFC1403, BGP-OSPF interaction

iii) OSPF Not So Stubby Area (NSSA) RFC 3101

iv) RFC1850, OSPFv2 MIB

v) RFC2370, Opaque LSA option

vi) RFC 2740, OSPF for IPv6

vii) OSPF Stub Area

viii) Traffic Engineering (TE) extensions to OSPF v2 (OSPF-TE) as per

RFC 3630

ix) OSPF graceful restart

d) RIPv1 and RIPv2

e) IS-IS

f) MPLS

6.2.6.1.6 MPLS/VPN Features

The router shall support the following MPLS/VPN features. Any deviation


i) MPLS RFC 2547bis MPLS L3 VPN

ii) MPLS E-LSP and MPLS Fast Re-Route

iii) MPLS L2 VPN (Ethernet, VLAN, FR, PPP, HDLC, ATM over MPLS)

iv) The router shall support 1000 VRF

v) Scheduling/queuing for 8 classes that provide configurable minimum

bandwidth allocation to each class, based on 802.1p and IP TOS bits.

vi) Mapping of 802.1p and IP TOS bits into MPLS EXP bits.

vii) The router shall support mapping of 802.1q VLAN tags into MPLS labels.

viii) RFC 3031, Multi-protocol Label Switching Architecture

ix) RFC 3032, MPLS Label Stack Encoding

x) LDP specification as per RFC 3036.

xi) RFC 3270, Multi-Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) Support of

Differentiated Services

xii) RFC 3443, Time to Live (TTL) Processing in Multi-Protocol Label

Switching (MPLS) Networks


STNP_ICX 218

xiii) RFC 3469, Framework for Multi-Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)-

based Recovery

xiv) RFC 3564, Requirements for Support of Differentiated Services-aware

MPLS Traffic Engineering

xv) ICMP Extensions for multi-protocol label switching

xvi) Dynamic MPLS LSP setup with signaling protocol shall be supported

on all the router interfaces.

xvii) Shall support LSP path optimization. When new LSPs are added, LSP

re-optimization allows rerouting LSPs to follow a lower cost path with

no data loss to existing traffic.

xviii) The router shall support LSP Ping, LSP Trace route and L2VPN OAM

functionalities.

6.2.6.1.7 Essential Features to support QoS

An essential feature for Router is to support differentiated Quality of

Service (QoS) for IP packets. The router must be able to deliver the

following IP QoS to allow service providers to offer differentiated IP service

plans to their subscribers. Any deviation shall be treated as “Major

Deviation”.

i) Simple traffic classification (DSCP or TOS bits). The router shall support

low latency low Jitter for VOIP Class of service in addition to Assured

Services and Best effort services.

ii) Traffic Control

iii) Traffic shaping

iv) Congestion control based on Weighted Fair Queuing

v) Congestion avoidance based on RED and Weighted RED

vi) Support of DiffServ

vii) Wire-speed complex traffic classification, hardware-based

implementation

viii) Hardware-based implementation of QOS, not affecting the forwarding

Performance,

xvii) The router shall support SLA probes to monitor the packet loss, Jitter,

latency parameter with Tier-1 Peering ISPs and also the downstream

service providers and corporate customers. The frequency of

checking and number of packets are configurable. The SLA parameter

is able to collect by SNMP MIBs by the central performance

Management software.

6.2.6.1.8 Other High Availability Feature Support required from day One

a) Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP)


STNP_ICX 219

b) Bi directional Failure Detection (BFD)

c) Graceful Restart and Non-Stop forwarding for BGP, OSPF, ISIS

d) State-full switchover

e) 50ms switchover in case of node failure on an IP forwarding network.

Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.2.6.1.9 Security Features

The Router shall provide the following security features. Any deviation


6.2.6.1.9.1 Equipment Security

a) Ensuring hierarchical user authorities, preventing unauthorized

configuration of equipment

b) Providing SSH, ensuring security for administrator accounts

c) Supporting the application of complex ACL policies on host ports,

preventing illegal access to the equipment

d) Supporting host firewall, preventing various attacks originated by

users.

6.2.6.1.9.2 Protocol Security

a) Supporting plain text authentication and MD5 authentication for

common routing protocols, avoiding importing invalid routing

information

b) Supporting SNMP V3

6.2.6.1.9.3 Security Auditing

a) Providing various security-related statistic information and system

logs

b) Flow-based filtration

c) Flow-based redirection

d) Flow-based sampling

6.2.6.1.9.4 Hardware configuration and Performance Requirement

The Router shall have the following capabilities. Any deviation shall be

treated as “Material Deviation”.

a) The Switching capacity shall be not less than 160Gbps full duplex (320

Gbps half duplex).

b) The Router shall support the forwarding rate of minimum of 150

million packet per second.

c) The router shall forward the packet on Line-rate on all the interfaces.

d) The router shall have at least 2 redundant DC power supply (-48V).

e) All interface modules shall support hot swapping.


STNP_ICX 220

f) Loss of the management link to the Network Management System must

not affect the normal operation of the Router.

g) Ready for IPv6

h) The Router Processor shall be supplied with minimum of 2 GB RAM and

512 MB Flash memory expandable to 4 GB RAM and 1 GB Flash memory.

i) The processing and interface capabilities of the router should be able to

be upgraded to the final capacity mentioned in the relevant clause with

the same chassis offered in the bid.

j) The channelized STM-1 module shall support n*64kbps, E1 framing

format. The channelized STM-1shall support DS3 framing also.

k) The router shall be supplied with 1+1 hot-standby redundancy of

Control and Switch module. Failure of one Switch module shall not lead

to:

l) Degradation in the performance of router.

m) Degradation in any service levels.

n) Reduction in switching capacity.

6.2.6.1.10 Required Interface Capacities

The required interface capacities are mentioned in Annex 9. Shortage of

quantities of each interface offered in Annex 9 shall be treated as “Critical

Deviation”.

6.2.6.2 LAN & Layer 3 (L3) Switches

The Bidder shall provide LAN (If required) and Layer 3 (L3) switches at all

the sites of ICX. Specifications for LAN and L 3 switches are described in the

Clauses 6.2.6.2.1 to 6.2.6.2.7. Required number of LAN and L3 switches

shall be supplied by the bidder. LAN switch is for CDR

Management/storage system and for CDR and other data transfer to

LEA/BTRC. Clause 6.2.6.2.8 describe the specifications for these LAN

switches. All the Switches shall be MEF certified. Any deviation shall be


6.2.6.2.1 General Features

The LAN and L3 switch shall support the following general features:

a) Spanning Tree Protocol (IEEE 802.1d)

b) Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) (IEEE 802.1w)

c) Logical Link Control (IEEE 802.2)

d) Flow control (IEEE 802.3x)

e) TFTP (RFC 783), Telnet (RFC 854) f) it shall support Jumbo Frames

f) SNMP v1/v2/v3

g) Support for 802.1x


STNP_ICX 221

h) Multicast IGMP v2 snooping as per RFC 2236

i) Multicast group and source port filters

j) Rate limiting per port

k) Traffic Shaping per port

6.2.6.2.2 Network Protocol Feature

The LAN and L3 switch shall support the following network protocol

features:

a) All ports shall work on either half or Full duplex. The System shall

support manual or auto negotiation feature for defining the half or Full

Duplex mode of operation.

b) Shall generate Syslog and SNMP trap for all the events.

6.2.6.2.3 VLAN Features

The LAN and L3 switch shall support the following VLAN features. Any

deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

a) IEEE 802.1Q tagging and 802.1p traffic priority

b) IEEE 802.1w VLAN RSTP and IEEE 802.1s

c) VLAN shall be possible to be created among ports of different types

d) 4K VLANs (as per IEEE 802.1Q) shall be supported

e) Shall allow MAC/IP Address bound to a port/VLAN.

6.2.6.2.4 Routing Feature

The core LAN and L3 switch shall support the following routing features:

a) Static Route and Default Route

b) Open Shortest Path First (OSPF)

c) RIP version-1 and 2

d) Intermediate System- Intermediate System (IS-IS)

e) Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)

f) Multicast Features

g) Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping Version-1,

Version-2 and Version-3 shall be supported.

h) Protocol Independent Multicast-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM).

6.2.6.2.5 Security Features

The LAN and L3 switch shall support the following security features:

a) Hierarchical management over the users and password protection

b) Supports the supplicant authentication compliant with IEEE 802.1x

protocol

c) Support local and remote authentication dial-in user service (RADIUS)

Authentication, Authorization and Accounting (AAA) schemes.

d) Supports only port-based packet filtering


STNP_ICX 222

e) Support the simple text authentication and MD5 encrypted text

authentication for routing protocols.

f) Support SNMP v3 encrypted authentication

g) Terminal Access User Security mechanism

h) Packet filter

i) The switch should support identification authentication over the

supplicants with standard Radius Server or local identification

authentication.

j) Secured Shell (SSH)

6.2.6.2.6 Hardware Configuration and Performance Requirement

The LAN and L3 switch shall support the following capacity and

configuration features:

a) The switch shall support minimum of 32000 MAC address

b) The switch shall support minimum of 200 Gbps switching capacity and

150 million packets per second forwarding performance. The switch

shall be supplied with 1+1 hot-standby redundant control and

switching module and 1+1 hot-standby redundant DC (-48V) power

supply modules,

c) The switch shall be supplied with minimum of 256 MB RAM and 32 MB

flash memory,

6.2.6.2.7 Required interface capacities of Switches

The interface capacities of LAN and layer 3 (L3) switches are mentioned in

Annex 10.

6.2.6.2.8 LAN switches to connect PCs/Servers of CDR management/Storage System

Specification for the LAN switches to be used to connect PCs/Servers of

CDR management/Storage system and LEA/BTRC CDR Transfer system.

Different switches are required for different purposes.

6.2.6.2.8.1 General Features

a) Shall be located at Mohakhali, SBN and other Sites where necessary,

b) Scalable and secure network management

c) Network security through a wide range of authentication methods and

data encryption technologies

d) Network Admission Control based on users, ports, and MAC addresses

e) Easy network configuration, Software updates, and troubleshooting

f) QoS for traffic classification and shaping to prioritize various

applications


STNP_ICX 223

g) Single IP address, Syslog, and Simple Network Management Protocol

(SNMP)

h) Enhanced troubleshooting for link connectivity problems and cable

diagnostics

i) QoS and support for multicast services.

6.2.6.2.8.2 Security Features

a) Support of Identity Based Network Services (IBNS) in order to provide

authentication, access control and security policy administration to

secure network connectivity and resources.

b) Support of 802.1x authentication standard to allow users to assign a

VLAN upon authentication regardless of their connectivity to network

which permits user mobility all over the network without any

administrative overhead.

c) Allow ACLs to be used to restrict access to sensitive portions of the

network by denying packets based on source and destination MAC

addresses, IP addresses, or TCP/User Datagram Protocol (UDP) ports

in order to prevent DoS and other attacks. ACL lookups to be performed

in hardware for forwarding performance not to be compromised when

implementing ACL-based security.

d) Support of DHCP snooping and IP source guard to prevent DHCP

spoofing from non-trusted users.

e) Use of Port-Security feature to limit access on an Ethernet port based

on the MAC address of the device. Prevention of MAC flooding attack by

limiting total number of devices plugged into a switched port.

f) Support of SSH version 2 and SNMP version 3 in order to encrypt

network management and administrative information

g) Support of RADIUS authentication support

h) Support of Different Levels of Authorization.

6.2.6.2.8.3 Quality of Services

a) Auto-Detection of IP phones for automatic classification of voice traffic

and egress queuing.

b) Switches should offer QoS features to ensure that network traffic is

classified and prioritized and that congestion is avoided in the best

possible manner. To implement QoS, the Switches should first identify

traffic flows or packet groups, and then classify or reclassify these

groups using the DSCP or 802.1p Class of Service (CoS) field.

c) Switches should support more than two egress queues per port, to

provide more control in assigning priorities for the various applications


STNP_ICX 224

on the LAN. At egress, the switches should perform congestion control

and scheduling, the algorithm or process that determines the order in

which queues are processed.

d) Allocation of bandwidth based on Committed Information Rate (CIR)

on a per port basis. Bandwidth should be allocated based on several

criteria, including MAC source address, MAC destination address, IP

source address, IP destination address, and TCP or UDP port number.

6.2.6.2.8.4 VLAN Features

a) Support of VLAN and 802.1q trunking protocol

b) Support of 4,096 VLAN IDs

c) Support of Up to 255 VLANs per switch

d) Support of VLAN configuration distribution among different switches

in the same Domain

6.2.6.2.8.5 Additional Features

a) DHCP auto-configuration of multiple switches through a boot server

which eases switch deployment.

b) Auto-sensing on each 10/100 port detects the speed of the attached

device and automatically configures the port for 10 or 100 Mbps

operation, easing switch deployment in mixed 10 and 100Mbps

environments.

c) Auto-negotiating on all ports automatically selects half or full-duplex

transmission mode to optimize bandwidth.

d) Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP) to help enable dynamic trunk

configuration across all switch ports.

e) Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) to automate the creation of Fast

Ether Channel groups or Gigabit Ether Channel groups to link to

another switch, router, or server.

f) Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) to allow the creation of

Ethernet channeling with devices that conform to IEEE 802.3ad.

g) DHCP Server to enable a convenient deployment option for the

assignment of IP addresses in networks that do not have a dedicated

DHCP server.

h) Relaying DHCP Broadcast requests to the network DHCP server.

i) Support of SFP based 1000BASE-SX and 1000BASE-LX physical

interface.

j) Automatic Medium-Dependent Interface Crossover (Auto-MDIX)

k) Unidirectional Link Detection (UDLD) Protocol support


STNP_ICX 225

l) Configuration rollback to provide the capability to replace the current

running configuration with any saved Operating System Software

configuration file.

m) DHCP auto install (Boot Host DHCP) and auto image update to allow the

switch to download a configuration file and Operating System Software

image automatically.

6.2.6.2.8.6 Hardware Configuration and Performance Requirement

The switch shall support the following capacity and configuration features:

a) The switch shall support minimum of 5,000 MAC address

b) The switch shall support minimum of 16 Gbps full duplex of switch

capacity and 35 million packets per second forwarding performance

based on 64 byte packet size

c) At least 40 Ethernet 10/100 and 12 GE optical port

d) The switch shall be supplied with minimum of 64 MB RAM and 32 MB

Flash memory

6.2.6.3 Firewall

6.2.6.3.1 The Bidder has to support firewall to protect the NMS, BSS and other

network elements and should also provide secure access/ connectivity for

the remote users. The firewall shall be supplied with 1+1 redundancy to

avoid single point of failure. The capacity of Firewall is given in Annex 11.

The firewall shall support the following features:

a) The firewall should protect the NMS and BSS network and also

provides secure access/connectivity for the remote users.

b) The Firewall shall protect systems from virus, worm, spyware, spam

and possible other threats. The system should have dynamic intrusion

detection and prevention capability.

c) The firewall shall support IPSEC.

d) The firewall shall support SSL in addition to IPSEC based VPN.

e) The system shall provide Failover Port connectivity between Primary

and Secondary Firewall

f) The system shall support DC Power Supply

g) The firewall shall support robust stateful inspection firewall services

h) The firewall shall support 802.1q-based VLAN support on the LAN

Ports.

i) The system shall provide flexible access-control capabilities for more

applications, services, and protocols, with the ability to define custom

applications and services.


STNP_ICX 226

j) The firewall shall Support inbound/outbound ACLs for interfaces,

time-based ACLs, and per-user/per-group policies.

k) The firewall Appliance shall support in a secure Layer 2 bridging mode,

providing rich Layer 2-7 firewall security

l) The system should support AAA services via RADIUS, with support for

redundant servers for increased AAA services resiliency

m) The vendor shall provide unlimited license for the VPN Client over

Windows 98, ME, NT, 2000, XP, Sun Solaris; Intel-based Linux

distributions for remote management and access requirement.

n) Should Support OSPF dynamic routing

o) The Firewall shall support load balancing across equal-cost multipath

routes

p) The firewall shall also support native IPv6 network environments and

applications.

q) The firewall shall support SSHv2, telnet, HTTP/HTTPS, and ICMP-

based management.

r) The system supports dynamic, static, and policy-based NAT, and PAT

services

s) The system shall support SNMP MIB for VPN flow statistics including

tunnel uptime, bytes/packets transferred, etc.

t) The system shall support H.323 NAT Traversal

Any deviation shall be treated as “Material Deviation”

6.2.6.4 Session Border Controller (SBC)

6.2.6.4.1 Border Security Solution shall combine the ETSI TISAPN Border Gateway

Function with the sophisticated Session Border Controller and firewall

elements of the Network Border Switch. It may provide services for the

signalling plane, the media plane, or combine these into a single package.

The system shall have following features. Any deviation shall be treated as


6.2.6.4.2 The SBC shall have 1+1 redundancy in the normal time. The change-over

on failure shall be smooth and should not be traffic affecting.

The Session Border Controller should support the following security

features:

a) Split DMZ

b) Bandwidth and QoS theft protection

c) Session-aware firewall

d) Topology-hiding

e) Traffic policy


STNP_ICX 227

f) DoS and DDoS detection and blocking

g) Rogue RTP Protection

h) SDTP authentication and confidentially

i) TLS signaling authentication

j) HTTPS/SSH management

k) Smart Header Manipulation

l) Service wise overload control

6.2.6.4.3 The SBC shall support following Codecs:

a) G.711 A-Law/ µ-Law

b) G.723.1 5.3/6.3 kbps

c) G.723.1 Annex A- (Silent suppression)

d) G.729 A, B, AB

e) IMS TISPAN A-BGF/C-BGF with H.248 Support

f) Codec Relay/Pass through

i) Video/Multimedia

ii) EVRC, EVRC-B

iii) AMR, AMR-WB

g) G.711/G.7xx transcoding

h) EURC

i) ILBC

j) T.38

6.2.6.4.4 The SBC shall provide transcoding capability, supporting transcoding

between all supported codec and packet size combinations.

6.2.6.4.5 The SBC shall support multiple protocols as follows:

a) SIP (I/T)

b) H.323

c) H.248

d) MGCP

6.2.6.4.5 The SBC shall support

a) GE/FE interface to packet-based network

b) At least 800M bit/s throughput.

c) At least 1GE and 10GE.

d) IPv4 and IPv6 interworking

e) Detecting and analyzing various intrusion, like Worm detection,

Protocol decoding, Log storm handling, Protocol filtering and

misreporting handling etc.


STNP_ICX 228

6.2.6.4.6 The SBC shall allow dynamic switching of vocoders during mid-call or on

a call- by- call basis. This will allow the VoIP system to respond to

available bandwidth conditions in real time.

6.2.6.4.7 The system shall preferably support mechanisms such as piggy-back,

where different voice information to the same destination is multiplexed

into a single packet. This ensures that the header overheads are

significantly reduced.

6.2.6.4.8 The SBC shall support Voice Activity detection (VAD), with silence

suppression and Comfort Noise Generation (CNG).

6.2.6.4.9 The Session Border Controller (SBC) shall be able to handle concurrent

calls/sessions from the inception of the operation of Interconnection

Exchange (ICX). The capacity shall be treated as present capacity. Any

deviation shall be treated as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.6.4.10 The Session Border Controller shall be able to support system logs:

a) Packet loss event

b) Abnormal traffic event

c) System configuration change event

6.2.6.4.11 If there are any limitations of configuring number of trusted IP addresses,

bidder shall specify the limitations. The system shall support more than

500 addresses. Any deviation shall be treated as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.6.4.12 All the SBCs should be able to be monitored by the unified NMS with the

ICX.

6.2.6.5 Intrusion Detection System (IDS)

Bidder has to offer equipment to detect and protect the Network from any

intrusion. The capacity of the IDS has to be determined and proposed by

the Bidder so that the offered equipment is capable of protecting the

proposed network with required capacity. Any deviation shall be treated

as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.6.5.1 The required capacities of SBC are mentioned in Annex 12.



STNP_ICX 229

CHAPTER 6.2.7

REQUIREMENTS OF THE CHARGING FACILITIES


The proposed IP based NFV enabled ICX platform shall perform the

charging of the voice traffic (for all types of calls) passed through each of

the IP circuit in any or all circuit groups. The charging shall be based on Call

Detailed Records (CDR). The system shall provide complete and

comprehensive software and hardware facilities for supporting Charging

and Accounting functions.

6.2.7.2 Call Detailed Recording (CDR) facility in Circuit

6.2.7.2.1 The System must be capable of recording detail data of all completed calls

(both incoming and outgoing) for each of the circuit in any or all circuit

groups. The following data (but not limited to) shall be recorded and

any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”. Absence of these

CDR facilities shall be treated as “Material Deviation”.

a) Node identity

b) Record number

c) Circuit group identity by name and/or number

d) Calling party's National Number

e) Calling party type

f) Re-directing subscriber’s national number

g) Original calling party’s number

h) Called party's Number (all of the digits dialed)

i) Called party type

j) Charging status of the call (Chargeable or Non-chargeable)

k) Traffic type

l) Date of call connection and disconnection

m) Time of call connection and disconnection

n) Chargeable duration of the call

o) Number of meter pulses

p) Length indicator of A and B Party

q) Transit/ reroute indicator

r) Conference indicator

s) Cause for output

t) Origination IP (SIP calls)

u) Destination IP (SIP calls)

v) Type of seizure


STNP_ICX 230

w) Release cause

x) Release from

y) Abnormal Call release indicator

z) Currency factor

aa) Price of the call

bb) Incoming route identifier

cc) Outgoing route identifier

6.2.7.2.2 Activation of the above records shall not be by default for any circuit or

circuit group. The system shall have the capability to activate or deactivate

any of the above recording in any circuit and/ or circuit group by

commands. Deviation shall be treated as “Reservation”.

6.2.7.2.3 The language of these records shall be English. Any deviation shall be


6.2.7.2.4 The records will be continually saved in the central storage device (SSD) by

the system in a pre-fixed regular period and sequence. Each CDR block shall

have a unique sequential number for both successful and failed calls.

Sufficient buffer space shall be reserved in the SSD for saving at least

80,000,000 of such individual records. Negative deviation of this value up

to 20% shall be treated as “Reservation”, negative deviation above 20%

and up to 50% shall be treated as “Major Deviation” and negative

deviation above 50% or absence of such buffer shall be treated as "

Material Deviation".

The system shall be configured to generate a "Critical Alarm" when 80%

of such buffer has been filled. Any deviation shall be treated as “Critical

Deviation” but the absence of such alarm facility shall be treated as "


6.2.7.2.5 The records shall be specially protected (from erasure or corruption)

against system shutdown, power failure, electro-magnetic interference,

electrical and lightning surges, fault conditions, illegal access and wrong

commands. At the same time the system must follow redundant design

philosophy. The Bidder has to describe in detail, in his/her offer, to confirm

design redundancy. Deviation shall be treated as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.7.2.6 Facilities shall be provided to dump the contents (up to any or many

numbers of records) of such records anytime to the back-up devices by

command. Such dump may be titled as "Circuit CDR Dump". Multiple


STNP_ICX 231

dumping of the same records shall be allowed. Absence of dumping

facility shall be treated as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.7.2.7 There should be automatic dumping facility using FTP or any other suitable

protocol to pull the records from the Billing Centre, Law Enforcement

Agencies (LEA) and BTRC facilities as per Interconnection Exchange (ICX)

License guidelines. Storage of dumping server shall have minimum

capacity to store 1 (one) year raw data of CDR. Storage shall have SSD type

disk and shall support Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks (RAID).

Connectivity of Storage Server shall be as shown in Figure 7.3 of Section 7.

Absence of such dumping facility shall be treated as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.7.2.8 After confirmation of the completion of such dump, all the dumped records

are to be automatically deleted from the storage devices (Hard Disks) in

order to create space for new entries. Deviation shall be treated as “Critical

Deviation”.

6.2.7.2.9 The bidder shall also provide Windows-based software in any of the

Control Console for reading and/or de-coding of the Circuit CDR Dump and

printing outputs (for any, many or all circuits/circuit groups) in tabular

formats. The system shall have the capability to store, mediate and print

the raw CDR in switching system environment in case of emergency or if

situation warrants such a processing requirement. Failure to provide such


6.2.7.2.10 The Bidder, in its technical proposal, shall give detail of its standard format

of the Call Detail Record (CDR) dump in the CD/portable SSD/portable

HDD and will also provide sample printout of such data. Failure to provide

the format or printout shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.2.7.3 Content based routing and Charging

The system must support content-based routing and Charging. Failure to

provide such facility shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.2.7.4 Interconnect Charging

a) The purpose of the interconnect charging function shall be to provide

an Operator with data in order to enable the settlement of accounts

between operators. The function shall comprise national and

international accounting. The function shall provide the possibility of

generating a detailed output (CDR) or a bulk output (number of

answered calls, duration and number of charge units). It shall be

possible to perform accounting at the outgoing side, the incoming side,


STNP_ICX 232

or both sides for a call. For routes that are treated in the same way from

an accounting point of view, it shall be possible to define types, and to

group them in an arbitrary way.

b) It shall be possible to define “accounting classes”, for the collection of

different types of accounting data, separate for incoming and for

outgoing accounting. Data shall be recorded per accounting class.

Accounting data shall be recorded on counters. The capacity of the

counters, number of calls, conversation time and number of charge

units, shall be stated. The counters shall not be reset at output of data.

It shall also be possible to have accounting on the received and/or sent

charge units on a per accounting class basis, that is, an accounting class

shall collect either generated and received charge units, or only

received charge units. The recording of conversation time and number

of charge units shall commence at B-answer and terminate at

disconnection of the call.

Failure to provide such facility shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.2.7.5 Ability to store failed calls CDR

a) The system shall have ability to store failed calls CDR (Call Detailed

Records) for every incoming/outgoing call to/from any destination for

operation, maintenance and fault diagnosis purpose.

b) This CDR would be stored on the system storage for at least 15 (Fifteen)

days. After the specific period, the CDRs would be removed from the

system storage automatically.

c) Failed CDR shall be stored in readable format. It is necessary to have

online or offline decoders to translate stored data into intelligible

formats (in English) for proper understanding.

d) Failed calls CDR shall be searched by standard termination codes in

order to get the desired result promptly.

Any disagreement or deviation shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.2.7.6 Technical Specifications for External Storage Server

a) General Requirement

Proposed server should be the Rack server and chassis height should be not

higher than 2U

b) Processors

I) Intel® Xeon® Scalable Processors series CPU or any equivalent

internationally recognized/well-known brand

II) The bidder shall propose the capacity of processors based on


STNP_ICX 233

requirement which shall not exceed more than 50% of present

capacity.

c) Memory

DIMM type: ECC DDR4 RDIMMs or LRDIMMs

Minimum Number of DIMMs≥ 16

d) Storage

The capacity of the storage shall have the following criterion (but not

limited to):

I) Let, a = Capacity required in GB per day based on concurrent

capacity of BTCL ICX

II) Capacity required for one year = 365 X a GB

III) The bidder shall consider 100% more capacity during designing of

external storage server

IV) Built-in disk type: Enterprise class hot-swappable SAS or SATA

disk, or SSD

V) The bidder shall mention clearly about the number of hard disks

those could be scaled and hot-swappable disks

e) Networking and interface

Minimum 2 x GE electrical ports + 2 x 10G (Electrical ports or optical

ports)

Number of PCIe I/O slots: ≥ 16

f) Certification

Passed the Energy Star certification (global), FCC, UL or any other

internationally recognized standard.

g) Power supply unit

i) The power supply unit shall have redundant hot-swappable PSUs

in full configuration and Power cables shall be delivered with the

server.

ii) The bidder shall mention clearly about the rated power.

iii) The bidder shall provide redundant fan modules in full

configuration

h) Manageability

Manageability and maintainability:

i) The proposed server shall support integrated system management

including the following (but not limited to):

Automatically restarts server

a. Monitors and controls fan modules, power supplies, and


STNP_ICX 234

temperature

b. Starts and shuts down server

c. Restarts servers in sequence

d. Updates local firmware

e. Records error logs

f. Provides a visualization tool

ii) The server shall have GUIs for management and other advanced

management functions.

iii) The server shall have independent remote management and

control ports and GUIs for remote monitoring to implement remote

full control over servers, independently of OSs. Remote full control

shall include remote startup, shutdown, and reset, and virtual

floppy and DVD-ROM drives.

iv) The server shall support the Redfish standard and provides a

RESTful interface.

v) The bidding products shall support out-of-band fault detection,

shall not

rely on the OS, and can detect and generate pre-warnings against

hardware faults such as CPU, I2C and IPMB bus, memory, PCIe

device, and hard drive faults. A white paper and official website

against proof of materials are required.

vi) The system shall have bandwidth management port (GE), the

black box function and last-screen Information.

i) Security

The bidder shall provide the followings for security (but not limited to):

i) In-band and out-of-band integrated management

ii) Secure boot; import/export of third-party certificates.

iii) A white paper and official website against of proof materials

j) System architecture

The bidder shall mention clearly multi-controller architecture, and

system that supports up to maximum number of controllers, protocols

including NFS and CIFS, IP SAN, and Fiber Channel SAN protocols and

Cache of each dual-controller system

k) Functions

i) The system shall support multiple value-added functions such as

snapshot, thin provisioning, tiering storage, SSD caching,


STNP_ICX 235

compression & duplication, replication, SAN or equivalent

heterogeneous storage virtualization, active-active.

ii) The bidder shall declare maximum number of disks that

supports in dual controller mode.

l) RAID

The bidder shall mention clearly about the availability of RAID1, RAID3,

RAID10, RAID50, RAID5 and RAID6 or equivalent.

m) Protocol support

Shall support minimum 8 Gbit/s FC, iSCSI, 10 Gbit/s FCoE.

n) Peripherals and Accessories

i) Front end: Minimum 2x Quad port 8Gbit/s FC port, and 2 x Quad

port 10G port configured.

ii) Back-end: at least 2 x 2 x 10Gbit/s SAS 3.0 disk channels

configured

iii) All required peripherals and accessories should be included.

Any disagreement or deviation shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.



STNP_ICX 236

CHAPTER 6.2.8

REQUIREMENTS OF THE SYSTEM FUNCTIONS, FACILITIES AND SUPERVISIONS

6.2.8.1 Switching System Functions

The NFV based Interconnection Exchange (ICX) switching system shall

have the flexibility to use for switching purpose the following functions.

The system shall allow changes to be done by commands.

6.2.8.1.1 Translation Function

Any deviation (each of them) shall be treated as “Material Deviation”.

a) Digit Storing Capacity

The system shall have the facility to receive, store and send digit

information of:

i) Minimum 15 (Fifteen) digits for Local/ANS Operator calls, excluding

trunk prefix “880”

ii) Minimum 15(fifteen) digits for ISD calls, excluding trunk prefix “00”

iii) Minimum 15(fifteen) digits for EISD calls, excluding trunk prefix “012”

b) Analysis of Dialed Number

The system shall be capable of analyzing mixed number length for various

types of calls. The inter-digit pause may be as high as 5 secs. The maximum

and minimum digits required for routing and charging shall be

programmable on site conditions and changeable by commands.

c) Digit Re-translation

The system shall be capable of changing all of the received digits to a

completely re-translated number, to be sent forward for further processing.

The re-translation digits shall be programmable on site and changeable by

commands.

i) Partial Digit Re-translation

The system shall be capable of changing any number of digits (both or

either leading or last digits) from the received digits, to re-translate as a

new number, to be sent forward for further processing. The re-translation

digits shall be programmable on site and changeable by commands.

ii) Digit Deletion

The system shall be capable of deleting any number of digits (both or either

leading or last digits) from the received digits, to be sent forward for further

processing. The number of digits to be deleted shall be programmable on

site and changeable by commands.


STNP_ICX 237

iii) Digit Insertion

The system shall be capable of inserting any number of digits (both or either

at front or after) to received digits, to be sent for further processing. The

digits to be inserted shall be programmable on site and by commands.

iv) Digit Re-generation

The system shall be capable of regenerating any number of received digits,

to be sent forward for further processing. The number of digits to be

regenerated shall be programmable on site and changeable by commands.

v) Flexibility to adapt to changed numbering plan

The system shall have the flexibility to easily adapt to any change in the

present national numbering plan.

6.2.8.1.2 Traffic Routing Functions

The system shall have the flexibility to route outgoing, incoming and transit

traffic on analysis of variations in calling line identity, numbering and

subscriber category. Any deviation shall be treated as “Material

Deviation”.

6.2.8.1.3 Alternate Routing Functions

a) Overload Alternate Routing

The system shall have the possibility to provide automatic alternate

routing in traffic overload conditions. The alternate routing for each route

shall be at least (but not limited to) 5(five).

a) Load-Sharing Alternate Routing

The system shall have the capability to provide automatic alternate routing

for traffic by load-sharing mode.

b) Incoming Route Alternate Routing


for transit traffic by identification of the incoming route of the call.

c) Time-dependent Alternate Routing


for traffic by identifying the day of the week and time of the day both

independently and in conjunction.

d) Calling Line Identity Alternate Routing


for calls to same called number by identification of the calling party number.

Any deviation (each of them) shall be treated as “Major Deviation”. 6.2.8.1.4 Proportionate Routing


STNP_ICX 238

The system shall provide the ability to route outgoing calls of a single

access code to multiple destinations on proportionate call-sharing basis.

The number of destinations (selected either by multiple re-translated

access codes or telephone nos. or/and multiple trunk routes) and the

proportion of dispersion of calls between them shall be field-designated.

Any deviation (each of them) shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.2.8.1.5 Rejection of Incoming Calls

The system shall have the capability to reject termination and/or block

processing of incoming calls via any route by:

a) Identifying the incoming route number

b) Identifying the number of the Calling party

c) Identifying whether the call is transit or not

d) Identifying the called party number

Any deviation (each of them) shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.2.8.1.6 Rejection of Transit Calls


processing of incoming calls via any route by:

a) Identifying the called party number

b) Identifying leading digits of the destination number

c) Identifying the outgoing route number

6.2.8.1.7 Tones and Announcements

The system shall have the following capabilities:

a) Provide embedded tones and announcement functions

b) Register announcements to be played.

c) Capability to broadcast the supported announcements.

d) Request the Gateways to play tones and announcements.

Any deviation (each of them) shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.2.8.2 Various Facilities

The system shall be capable to provide (but not limited to) at least the

following facilities. The system shall have the capability to flexibly assign a

combination of various system facilities to any or all of the subscribers.

Initiation, activation, withdrawal or changes in assignment shall be done

through specific commands.

6.2.8.2.1 Wrong Number Processing

The system shall have the capability of routing wrong dialed numbers or

prefixes to dedicated announcements. This shall be a default feature to all

of the subscribers. The calls to the announcement will be non-charging.


STNP_ICX 239

Relevant backward signals shall be sent in case of incoming calls from other

exchanges. Deviation shall be treated as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.8.2.2 Local Interception Service

The system shall have the possibility to divert all incoming calls to a

subscriber or group of subscribers to any local interception center.

Deviation shall be treated as “Reservation”.

6.2.8.2.3 Trunk Barred Access

The system shall have the possibility to put call barring discriminations on

any incoming circuit group or on any subscriber to access any specified

outgoing routes. Deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.2.8.2.4 Call Gapping

The system shall have the possibility to put the function of limiting the

number of calls to any outgoing route or destination. Deviation shall be

treated as “Reservation”.

6.2.8.2.5 Non-Chargeable Line

The system shall have the possibility, upon receipt of relevant backward

signals, to suppress charging on calling subscriber.

6.2.8.2.6 Reverse Chargeable Number

The system shall provide possibility to assign parameters to any or many

subscribers so that, for any incoming call to that number(s), the system will

send relevant backward signals to the originating exchange for non-

charging the originating number and shall generate charge meter pulses on

the terminating number. The generation of charge meter pulses shall

depend upon analysis of the A-number received.

6.2.8.2.7 Shared Traffic Loading

The system shall have the possibility to provide sharing of traffic load to a

particular destination. The sharing shall be activated in any or both of the

following modes and deviation shall be treated as “Reservation”.

a) Load Sharing Routing

b) Call Sharing Routing

6.2.8.2.8 Switching System Supervision

The system shall be provided with the following (but not limited to)

supervision services. Absence of any such facility shall be treated as

"Material Deviation".

6.2.8.2.9 Fault Detection and Recognition

The system shall have the provision of automatic detection of abnormal

operation and shall be able to recognize the causes to divide into definite


STNP_ICX 240

"error" (for degradation of software performance) and "fault" (for

degradation of hardware). Deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.2.8.2.10 System Reconfiguration

The system, upon detection and recognition of error and/or fault, shall be

able to automatically reconfigure itself in order to:

a) Switch the faulty equipment out of service

b) Generate a fault message with detailed physical location of the faulty

equipment

c) Start the automatic diagnosis protocol

d) Record and print the results of the diagnosis test

e) Switch the stand-by equipment into service

f) Generate relevant alarm message

Deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.2.8.2.11 Fault/Error Reporting

The system, upon detection and recognition of error and/ or fault, shall

generate relevant alarm message giving the exact date and time, reason and

probable location of the fault. The software shall provide facilities for

simultaneous recording of such messages in system's primary memory and

in any or many printers/ consoles. Deviation shall be treated as "Major

Deviation".

6.2.8.2.12 Trunk Supervision

The system shall be equipped with appropriate software to continually

supervise operational condition of trunks. On detection of failures and

faults, relevant trunks will be automatically blocked. Minor and Major

alarm conditions will be triggered when pre-set threshold levels of blocked

circuit numbers are crossed. These thresholds shall be pre-set, for

individual trunk circuit groups, by commands. Deviation shall be treated as


6.2.8.2.13 Traffic Supervision and Control

The system shall be equipped with appropriate software to continually

supervise at least the following aspects of traffic conditions:

a) Abnormal increase in originating and incoming calls

b) Heavy traffic congestion on any trunk circuit group

c) Overload in call processing equipment

Overload control procedures shall be automatically activated and relevant

alarm messages shall be generated. Deviation shall be treated as “Major

Deviation”.


STNP_ICX 241

6.2.8.3 Fault Diagnosis Protocol

The system shall be equipped with necessary software programs to test all

the software and hardware packages of the system. The testing can be

initiated:

a) Automatically, on periodic intervals to test all the packages, and

b) Automatically, upon detection of any fault or trouble, or

c) Manually, by commands

The results of the test shall indicate, as exactly as possible, the physical

location of the suspected package/ card. Deviation shall be treated as

“Major Deviation” but the absence of such facility shall be treated as "


6.2.8.4 System Restart

The system shall be provided with the following restart facilities:

a) Automatic restart in case of faults which relate to interruption of call

processing functions

b) Manual restart, by command, in case recovery is not possible with

automatic restart

c) Manual restart, by operation of some hardware switches, when manual

restart by command is not possible

d) Manual restart, when it is necessary to upgrade system software

e) Cold restart, in case of complete power shutdown.

Deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.2.8.5 Trunk Circuit Testing

6.2.8.5.1 The system shall be equipped with automatic and manual test facilities for

checking proper functioning and localizing faults on trunk circuits. The

facilities shall be accessed by commands.

6.2.8.5.2 The system shall be equipped with an Automatic Answering Number to

terminate test calls and shall have the following features.

a) To automatically answer a test request

b) To send a test tone

c) To automatically clear the test request after 10 seconds

Absence of such facility shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.2.8.6 Signaling Trace facility

The system shall be equipped with an on-line real call signal tracing facility

for the White Book Signaling. Such facility shall also be available for SIP

(I/T) and MGCP. It is necessary to have online or offline decoders to

translate received data into intelligible formats (in English) for proper


STNP_ICX 242

understanding. If this facility is not in built in proposed system, the bidder

may include separate equipment for this. Absence of such test facility and

any deviation from the features shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.2.8.7 Rejection of Outgoing Calls


processing of outgoing calls via any route by:

a) Identifying the incoming route number

b) Identifying the Number of the Calling party

c) Identifying whether the call is transit or not

d) Identifying the called party number

Any deviation of (each of them) shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.



STNP_ICX 243

CHAPTER 6.2.9

REQUIREMENTS OF THE SYSTEM OBSERVATION AND MEASUREMENT

FACILITIES

6.2.9.1 Traffic Load Observation

The system shall have facilities to continually observe traffic load in the

network itself and network elements. The results of such observations

shall be recorded and printed after pre-set period. At least (but not limited

to) the following counters shall be provided. The required counters shall

be activated and deactivated by commands. Absence of Traffic Load

Observation facility shall be treated as "Material Deviation" and any

deviation (each of them) from the following items shall be considered as


6.2.9.1.1 For the IP Based ICX/SBC/iSBC

a) Node-wise number of total Incoming calls presented.

b) Node-wise number of total Outgoing calls presented.

c) Node-wise number of total internal calls presented.

6.2.9.1.2 For every circuit group under IP Based ICX/SBC/iSBC

a) Number of Inward calls presented

b) Number of Outward calls presented

c) Total call duration (in minutes) for incoming calls

d) Total call duration (in minutes) for outgoing calls

e) Total incoming traffic in erlang

f) Total outgoing traffic in erlang

g) Total Traffic in the circuit group in erlang

h) Number of circuits engaged for incoming calls

i) Number of circuits engaged for outgoing calls

j) Number of circuits in use

k) Number of equipped circuits

l) Number of unavailable circuits

m) Percentage of Inward busy circuits

n) Percentage of Outward busy circuits

o) Number of incoming seizures refused

p) Number of outgoing seizures refused

q) Total number of refused seizures

r) Total number of successful calls

s) Percentage of refused incoming calls (due to no auxiliary equipment)


STNP_ICX 244

t) Percentage of refused incoming calls (due to terminating subscriber

busy)

u) Percentage of refused incoming calls (due to other reasons)

v) Percentage of refused outgoing calls (due to no circuit)

w) Percentage of refused outgoing calls (due to other reasons)

x) Percentage of successful Incoming calls

y) Percentage of successful Outgoing calls

z) Number of simultaneous seizures on both-way circuit group

aa) Total number of calls to signaling terminals (MFCS/ MFCR/ CC7

handler)

6.2.9.1.3 For an access code prefix and routing

a) Number of calls to access code prefix

b) Number of calls to access routing

c) Number of calls to first choice routing

d) Number of calls to second choice routing

e) Number of calls to third choice routing

f) Number of completed calls

g) Number of failed calls due to calling subscriber

h) Number of failed calls due to called subscriber

i) Number of calls failed due to originating node/exchange

j) Number of calls failed due to forward node/exchange

k) Causes of the failed calls

6.2.9.1.4 For a destination

a) Observation of call distribution

b) Observation on causes of call failure

6.2.9.1.5 Programming for Traffic Observation

The system shall allow field programming of the format for different traffic

data observations. The selection and activation, de-selection and

deactivation, printout time, circuit groups, counters and other parameters

shall be executed by commands. At least (but not limited to) the following

basis of programming features shall be allowed:

a) Half-hourly basis

b) Hourly basis

c) Two-hourly basis

d) Twelve-hourly basis

e) Daily basis

f) Weekly basis/Monthly basis

g) Circuit group basis


STNP_ICX 245

h) All circuit groups basis

i) Selected counters basis

j) All counters basis

k) Any mixture of the above basis

6.2.9.1.6 Saving of Traffic Data Output

a) The system shall allow saving of any or many sets of traffic observation

data output to system's primary memory,

b) The system shall allow subsequent shifting of those data to secondary

memory devices,

c) Enough buffer shall be provided in the primary memory device to store

data output for dumps equivalent to 48 (Forty-Eight) complete dump

sets for all available traffic counters,

d) Whenever, any portion of the records in the primary memory is shifted

to secondary memory, that portion shall automatically be deleted from

the primary memory

e) The system shall generate a "minor alarm" and "major alarm"

whenever the content of the buffer has exceeded 75% and 85%

respectively,

f) If records in the primary memory are not shifted to secondary memory

and the buffer becomes full, the system shall generate an alarm

message and start over-writing on "First-In First-Out (FIFO)" basis.

6.2.9.1.7 Printing of Traffic Data Output

a) The system shall allow printing of the output of different traffic data in

intelligible tabular formats

b) The bidder shall find out BTCL's exact requirements during

implementation of the contract.

6.2.9.2 Real Time Sample Observation of Calls in Circuit Group IP Based ICX

The system shall allow real-time observation of calls for any or many

circuit groups. The observation shall include at least (but not limited to)

the following events for all the calls made through that circuit group(s). The

observation shall be activated (including provisions for pre-selection of

events and related time-periods for observation) by command and shall be

continued until deactivated by command again or the period has ended.

Absence of this observation facility shall be treated as "Major Deviation"

and any deviation (each of them) from the following listed events shall be

treated as “Reservation".

a) Start Time of observation

b) End Time of Observation


STNP_ICX 246

c) Identity of the circuit group

d) Total number of call attempts through the circuit group

e) Signaling used, for each call

f) Calling party number, for each call

g) Digits dialed by the calling party, for each call

h) Routing code used, for each call

i) Access or translation code used, for each call

j) Duration of conversation, for each call

k) Total Number of successful calls

l) Total Duration of all calls, in minutes

m) Total traffic, in erlang

n) In case of uncompleted calls, the cause of failure

6.2.9.3 Observation of Calls Transferred to any device

The system shall allow observation of calls transferred to any device, like

announcement. The observation shall include at least (but not limited to)

the following events. The observation shall be activated (including

provisions for pre-selection of events and related time-periods for

observation) by command and shall be continued until deactivated by

command again or the period has ended. Absence of this observation

facility shall be treated as "Major Deviation" and any deviation (each of

them) from the following listed events shall be treated as "Reservation".

a) Calling party directory number

b) Calling party circuit (for incoming calls)

c) Cause of call forwarding

d) Signaling code used

6.2.9.4 Observation of Traffic Load on Signaling Links

a) Signaling Link number

b) Signaling Device number

c) Number of bytes of TSM units transmitted on line for the first time

d) Number of bytes of TSM units received on line for the first time

e) Number of 128 TSM blocks transmitted on line for the first time

f) Number of 128 TSM units received on line for the first time

g) Number of TSM received with false CRT

h) Number of TSM lost due to blockage on level 2 emit buffer

i) Number of forced retransmission cycles violating threshold N1

j) Number of forced retransmission cycles violating threshold N2


STNP_ICX 247

6.2.9.5 Real Time Observation of Signaling during call setup

The system shall allow real-time observation of traffic in signaling links.

The observation shall include at least (but not limited to) the following

events. The observation shall be activated (including provisions for pre-

selection of events) by command and shall be continued for all subsequent

calls until deactivated by command again. Absence of this observation

facility shall be treated as "Major Deviation" and any deviation (each of

them) from the following listed events shall be treated as "Reservation".

a) Signals interchanged during call setup phase

b) Signals interchanged up to called party answer phase

c) Signals interchanged during the complete call

6.2.9.6 Measurement of Traffic Volume in Erlang

The system shall allow statistical measurement of traffic volume in any,

many or all trunk or circuit groups under IP MGW/iSBC. The measurement

shall include at least (but not limited to) the following type of output. The

measurement function shall be activated (including provisions for pre-

selection of types and related time-periods for measurement) by command

and shall be continued until deactivated by command again or the period

has ended. Absence of this measurement facility shall be treated as "Major

Deviation" and any deviation (each of them) from the following listed

events shall be treated as “Reservation”.

a) Total originating traffic

b) Intra-Office traffic

c) Total terminating traffic

d) Total outgoing traffic

e) Total incoming traffic

f) Outgoing traffic per route

g) Incoming traffic per route

h) Outgoing traffic per destination

i) Outgoing traffic per circuit group

6.2.9.7 Measurement of Traffic Volume in Packets

The system shall allow statistical measurement of traffic volume at any

point in the IP network. There shall also be facility to observe the packet

loss occurred in the IP network. Absence of such facility shall be treated as



STNP_ICX 248

6.2.9.8 Measurement of Bandwidth Utilization

The system shall allow statistical measurement of bandwidth utilization

of the IP network. The measurement shall be done at any point of the

network. Absence of such facility shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.2.9.9 Requirements of Call Monitoring System

Monitoring system must be provided to monitor traffic generated by

different customers in IP bandwidth level. Provision of listening with

headgears and recording audio and video should be there at least from six

points simultaneously at different locations. The system shall also monitor

modified CLI or symptom of modified CLI, false supervision alarm, dead air

calls, network effective ratio (NER) and post dialing delay (PDD).

Monitoring system when put to operation must not generate signal

degradation. Absence of such system shall be treated as “Material

Deviation”.



STNP_ICX 249

CHAPTER 6.2.10

REQUIREMENTS OF THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE FACILITIES 6.2.10.1 Introduction

The system should include a centralized Network Management System

(NMS) for proper operation and maintenance of all of the equipment

covered by this purchase. The bidder shall also integrate network elements

of existing TDM based Interconnection Exchange (ICX) located at

Mohakhali and newly proposed NFV enabled IP based Interconnection

Exchange (ICX) (Load share basis) at Mohakhali and SBN. At the same time

some of the O&M terminals are to be extended to BTRC premise for

monitoring purpose. The NMS shall include all necessary hardware and

software to be installed on a complete turn-key basis including design,

installation, testing and commissioning. The bidder shall visit existing

BTCL ICX connected NEs before submitting the final bid. The NMS shall

have the following characteristics. 6.2.10.2 Network Management System (NMS)

6.2.10.2.1 Hardware/System Requirements of NMS

6.2.10.2.1.1 Server System

The NMS shall be equipped with high quality server system in replicated

configuration. One server shall be located at Mohakhali and other shall be

located at SBN along with two display panels at both locations. The NMS

shall be integrated with central NMS of BTCL at Moghbazar. The NMS can

be shared with same server of NFV Core System. There shall be availability

of Management & Orchestration service for this NMS system. The

Operating Software shall run on the latest version of Cloud OS certified on

Linux Open Stack (Red Hat Opens stack preferable). The NMS shall have

unified monitoring capability for both VNF & NFVI. The internal network

architecture shall be Ethernet LAN. The deviation shall be treated as

“Material Deviation”.

6.2.10.2.1.2 Memory Devices

a) The NMS system shall have Solid Sate Drive (SSD) in RAID configuration

as the primary memory system or shall share the storage system of

Cloud/NFV Core System. At least 2 (two) numbers of external DVD re-

writable Drives (Or any latest system for same function) shall be

provided to act as the secondary memory device.


STNP_ICX 250

b) The capacity of each of the Solid Sate Drive (SSD) in the RAID shall be

at least 4 (four) TB (Terabyte) and the number of drives in the RAID

shall be at least 3 (three).

Any deviation shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.2.10.2.1.3 Server and Operator Terminals

a) Each of the Server Terminal shall be from internationally reputed

brand and complete in all aspects to work as Personal Computer (PC)

and shall be equipped with LED Monitors (at least 24” Full HD), SSD (at

least 2 TB), RAM (at least 16 GB), DVD Drive and 2.5 inch, Portable USB-

mass storage device (SSD, at least 2TB, 02 Nos.), Sufficient numbers of

USB-2.0/3.0 Ports (at least 4), optical USB mouse, genuine latest

windows OS. The operating voltage should be 230 V AC ± 10%, 50 Hz.

b) Each of the Operator Terminal shall be from internationally reputed

brand and equipped with genuine Windows 11 OS and at least Core-i9

Processor, 10th Generation, LED Monitors (at least 19”, Full HD), solid

state drive (SSD) (at least 2TB), RAM (at least 16 GB), Re-Writable DVD

Drive, Sufficient numbers of USB-2.0/3.0 Ports (at least 4), Optical USB

Mouse. The operating voltage should be 230 V AC ± 10%, 50 Hz.

c) Portable service console shall be used for configuration and testing of

local ports of different equipment, remote measurement, testing and

operation. The console would be laptop computer from internationally

reputed brand with at least Core-i9 processor 10th generation, at least

15”, solid state drive (SSD) (at least 2TB), RAM (at least 32GB), Re-

Writable DVD Drive (Optional), sufficient numbers of USB-2.0/3.0 Ports

(at least 3), sufficient serial ports (Optional), network interface card

(10/100/1000 Base-T, RJ 45, supported protocols TCP/IP, UDP), Slim

size, Weight less than 1.5 Kg, Battery capacity 85Wh or more and OS

must be genuine and preferably Windows 11. The commercial input

voltage should be 230 V AC ± 10%, 50 Hz.

The deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.2.10.2.1.4 All the terminals mentioned in 6.2.10.2.1.3 shall have accompanied with

licensed Windows operating system of latest version, licensed anti-virus

software of latest version, necessary drivers for different ports and

peripherals, product documentation, application software and other

standard companions. The licensing period of any software shall not expire

until the lifetime of respective equipment for which it was provided expires.


STNP_ICX 251

All the operating systems, antivirus, divers, documentation, applications

shall be provided in CDs or DVDs so that in case of any kind of failure, the

maintenance personnel of BTCL can easily install the software and services

and make them functional. The deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.2.10.2.1.5 The bidder shall supply O&M and service terminals at BTCL Mohakhali and

Sher-E-Bangla Nagar (SBN) premises as per following requirement:

a) O&M Control Console : 4+4 (Eight)

b) Service Observation Console : 2+2 (Four)

c) Test Console : 1+1 (Two)

d) CDR Management and Accounting : 1+1 (Two)

e) Portable Service Console : 4 (Four)

f) Additional Console : 3 (Three)

If the bidder fails to quote any or many items described, it shall be treated

as “Critical Deviation” and it shall be considered that the bidder proposed

to supply any number of such items “Free of Charge” to BTCL.

6.2.10.2.1.6 The bidder shall supply Monitoring terminals at BTRC Premise as per

following requirement

a) O&M Control Console : 1 (One)

b) Service Observation Console : 2 (Two)

c) CDR collection : 2 (Two)

6.2.10.2.1.7 Tables and Chairs for Consoles and Terminals

The Bidder shall provide Tables and Chairs for Servers, Consoles and O&M

Terminals. The furniture shall be comfortable and shall be of aesthetic

choice. The specifications of the Chairs and the Tables will be as follows:

a) Chair (36 Nos. For 6 sites)

U Shaped tubular cantilever Structural fixed type armed chair made of

35mm diameter & 1.2mm thick mild steel tube. 50mm thick Foam

cushioning seat and back rest fixed on 12mm thick ply wood and covered

with best quality rexene upholstery. The Seat of the chair will be fixed with

main structure by mild steel (MS) tube in bottom. All surface of MS

chemically de-rusted, zinc phosphate coated and oven-baked electrostatic

powder paint finish. Sledging armrests are Foam cushioning with rexene

upholstery on well-seasoned wood. 11(Eleven) PVC stoppers to be used

with leg base to keep the structure or floor scratch free.

i) Size : Seat-L-460, W-500, Back-H-420, L-460, and

over all.


STNP_ICX 252

ii) Height : 880mm

iii) Standard : ISO 9001:2008

iv) Identification mark : Hologram and Monogram Sticker of

manufacturer

v) Packing : Poly Pack.

b) Table (36 Nos. For 6 sites)

Front decorated executive table with full longitude constructed with 16

and 25mm thick melamine faced chipboard (MFC) board, ply wood, PVC

pasting writing pad, SS tube, Aluminum foil sheet, aluminum foil edging

strip, PVC edging and with necessary hardware is to be supplied. The Table

shall contain triangular shaped working top constructed with double layer

solid 16+16mm thick MFC board with PVC edging on upper top and

aluminum foil strip edging on lower top. 690x400x16mm triangular

shaped Rexene pasted writing pad fixed on working top. Table constructed

with fully knock down facility.

i) Size: Appropriate for 2(Two) personnel

ii) Standard: ISO 9001:2008

iii) Identification mark: Hologram and Monogram Sticker of

manufacturer.

iv) Packing: Carton Pack.

If the bidder fails to quote, it shall be treated as “Major Deviation” and it

shall be considered that the bidder proposed to supply any number of such

items “Free of Charge” to BTCL.

6.2.10.2.1.8 Wide Screen Display (Panel) for NMS

The supply shall include 02 (two) Wide Screen LED Panels (of minimum

size 1.5 m x 0.9 m) of the connected network at Mohakhali and Sher-E-

Bangla Nagar (SBN) and the screen shall be mounted on wall. The screen

shall-

a) Show the real-time alarm status of the related nodes by easily

distinguishable color scheme.

b) The screen shall show different measurement and operational data in

graphical format provided by the NMS system.

c) The display screen should be rugged and industrial nature and should

be able to work 24/7 in the required environmental condition

specified in this document earlier.

d) The LED screen should consist of the Visual Display Unit, Display

Controller and Management Software. The panel management

software shall allow switching the video streams.


STNP_ICX 253

e) The operators whose systems are on the same Ethernet should be able

to work on the large screen sitting at their own position with their

own WIN PC’s/OWS’s keyboard and mouse.

f) The screen shall be of high graphics resolution with flicker free image.

Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.2.10.2.1.9 Laser Printer: 02 (Two) Nos.

Printer shall have the following specifications and each lot shall be

connected with the LAN of the NMS.

a) Functions: Print (Color Laser)

b) Processor: Minimum 500 MHz or higher

c) Print Speed: Copy: Minimum 32ppm (A4), 16 ppm (A3), Resolution:

600 x 600 dpi (Minimum); Print: 32 ppm (A4), 16 ppm (A3), Resolution:

600 x 600dpi (Minimum);

d) Supported File Format (Scan): PDF/Searchable PDF/Compact PDF,

BMP, JPEG, TIFF

e) RAM: 192 MB or higher

f) Interface: Hi-Speed USB 2.0/3.0, LAN port

g) Network Protocol: TCP/IPv4/IPv6

h) Paper support: Legal, letter, A4, executive, envelopes etc.

i) Paper tray: 250-sheet multipurpose tray 1, 250-sheet tray 2; optional

500-sheet tray 3,100-sheet face-down output bin

j) Power Supply: 220 - 240V AC, 50 / 60Hz

k) Supported OS: Microsoft Windows® 10 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows®

Server 2008 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows® Server 2012 (32-bit/64-bit),

Mac OS X, Linux.

Deviation of each feature of clause shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.2.10.2.1.10 Scanner (2 Nos.)

The specifications for the scanner will be as follows:

a) Country of manufacture: To be mentioned by the bidder

b) Resolution: 4800 x 9600 dpi or higher

c) Enhanced: Up to 999999 dpi

d) Paper Size: Legal, Letter, A4, A3

e) Technology: CCD

f) Bit Depth/Pixel: 96 bit or higher

g) Light Source: LED Technology

h) Type: Flatbed, One-pass color and monochrome

i) Connectivity: USB interface


STNP_ICX 254

j) Compatible Operating Systems: Windows® 10 (32-bit/64-bit),

Windows® Server 2008 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows® Server 2012 (32-

bit/64-bit), Mac OS X, Linux

Deviation of each feature shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.2.10.2.1.11 Projector (01 No)

Vendor shall provide High quality, well-known/reputed brand and

Standard interface projector having the following criteria (but not limited):

a) Multimedia Interface: HDMI, USB, VGA, Video, Micro SD Card, Audio in

& out

b) Light Source Lifetime: Minimum 20, 000 Hours

c) Contrast: 100000:1

d) Screen Size/ Project Distance: 50"-200" Inch/1.5-15m

e) Screen Mode: Widescreen

f) Projector Power Consumption: 100watts (Max).

6.2.10.2.1.13 Security and Surveillance System

Vendor shall provide high quality IP camera, NVR, HDD/SSD and Monitors

and install a Security and Surveillance System in Mohakhali, Sher-E-Bangla

Nagar, Chattogram, Sylhet, Khulna and Bogura. Details of security and

surveillance system shall be finalized during BoQ negotiations.

6.2.10.2.1.14 Inverters

The supply shall include necessary inverters for all equipment of the NMS,

if needed. The dimensioning of the inverters shall be as the criteria

specified in Sub-Section 6.2.11, Clause 6.2.11.4 and shall use the ICX’s - 48V

DC as source power. Any deviation shall be treated as “Material

Deviation”.

6.2.10.2.2 Software Requirements of NMS

6.2.10.2.2.1 Software Capability

The software(s) shall be modular in structure and shall be capable of

merging new files and programs with existing files at the site without any

interruption of service in the following cases. Deviation from such

capability shall be considered as “Material Deviation”.

a) Expansion or change of IP based ICX’s capacity

b) Loading of new software patches or changes of program version

c) Changes and employment of new service features and facilities

d) Permanent or temporary withdrawal of any existing hardware

e) Changing of any hardware for maintenance or up-gradation purpose

6.2.10.2.2.2 Password Protection


STNP_ICX 255

The main features and data of the software shall be protected by multi-level

password control. Modification of the Network data and Subscriber

configuration data shall also be protected by passwords. The system

password shall not be erased or corrupted during system re-boot and/ or

redundant server switchover or for any other reasons. Deviation shall be


6.2.10.2.2.3 Immunity against propagated faults

All modules of the software shall be immune against propagation of faults

from any other software or hardware modules and shall be protected

against any mutilation of data. The faulty software module shall also not

propagate its own fault to any other software or any hardware modules.


6.2.10.2.2.4 Records of all executed commands shall be kept in log files and these files

shall be stored in system hard disk. Any deviation shall be considered as


6.2.10.2.2.5 System and Alarm Messages

The software shall be capable of recognizing different system degradation,

alarm and fault conditions and generate appropriate spontaneous

messages. The relevant output messages must be in English. Any deviation

shall be considered as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.10.2.2.6 Real time Bandwidth utilization

Facility should be there to allow viewing online graphical and statistical

bandwidth utilization for ICX and other connected exchanges. This shall be

password protected and shall show up-link bit rate, down-link bit rate,

packet drop rate etc. The administrator of the system can view the total

usage as well usage of individual user/link as a super user. Absence of such


6.2.10.2.3 Functional Requirements of NMS

6.2.10.2.3.1 The NMS shall have the capability to support the following management

functions for all elements connected with the system

a) Fault Management

b) Configuration Management

c) Accounting Management

d) Performance Management

e) Security Management

f) Capacity and Planning Engineering Tool

g) Network Loading and Simulation Tool


STNP_ICX 256

All the management functionalities shall be implemented in the NMS as a

set of interactive application components using client-server architecture

and can be vertically and horizontally integrated.

6.2.10.2.3.2 NMS should support the following:

a) Graphical User Interface (GUI)

b) Real-time alarm displays and collection

c) Card/circuit level diagnosis

d) Interface line status monitoring, both subscriber lines and network

interface.

e) Performance monitoring and traffic measurement.

f) Network/NE configuration management.

g) Routing table management

h) SNMP-based network management interface(s) to support third party

network management system.

i) Adaptive to ITU-T Q3/CMIP.

j) Latest version of the Windows, Certified cloud/NFV based OS or any

management system available.

k) Implementation of software patches and releases on the NGN nodes

remotely.

6.2.10.2.3.3 Basic Features and Capabilities

The NMS shall provide:

a) Preferably Application Program Interface (API) for all network

elements regardless of Brand and Model.

b) End-to-End tracing function that can report combination of signaling

message to over-all nodes in interconnection exchange (ICX)

network/network elements under supervision.

c) Configuration planner for simplifying the task of future network

planning and configuration.

d) Automatic copy of configurations at device, cards, and ports level to the

customer information database system within the NMS.

e) Network Integrity check at the network, device, card, and port levels.

f) End to end path management.

g) Advance alarm management setting for priorities and types.

h) Multiple network managers support with different access authorities.

i) Network element status displayed by colors.

j) Graphical user and user-friendly interface with online help.


STNP_ICX 257

k) Identification of problems through event correlation. It should

intelligently correlate events into high level alarms, immediately

pinpointing the root cause of network problems.

l) Web-based user interface.

m) Scalable architecture

6.2.10.2.3.4 Fault/Alarm Management

The NMS shall support (but not limited to) the following fault and alarm

management capabilities:

a) Detected errors/unusual network behavior should be isolated and

controlled.

b) Results of errors/unusual network behavior should be displayed in

graphical and tabular form.

c) Alarm facilities should permit the easy identification and correction of

faulty element.

d) Alarms should have a status of active, deferred, or cleared and should

be in active state when first received.

e) The severity of the alarm, full alarm message and time of delivery

should be available for display and are logged in the alarm database.

f) The administrator should be able to set various thresholds for alarm

reporting, including filtering by severity, number of occurrences within

a given period and interval between occurrences.

6.2.10.2.3.5 Configuration Management

The configuration management should initialize and close down manage

objects, collect information on demand about the current condition of the

network, obtain announcements of significant changes in the condition of

the network, and change the configuration of the Network and the Network

Elements. The NMS should support (but not limited to) the following

configuration management capabilities:

a) Complete configuration of all network devices, cards, and ports for

connection establishment and complete control of the network.

b) Graphical user Interface for configuring all system devices, cards, and

ports.

c) Web-based GUI for remote configuration management for all system

devices, cards, and ports.

d) The NMS should have an automatic backup configuration facility.


STNP_ICX 258

6.2.10.2.3.6 Accounting Management

The NMS should support, (but not limited to) the following accounting


a) Track resources consumed

b) Enable accounting limits to be set and tariff schedules have to be

associated with the use of resources.

c) Enable accounting data to be combined where multiple resources are

involved to achieve a given communication objective.

d) Providing and accessing logs of accounting data.

6.2.10.2.3.7 Performance Management

The NMS should support, but should not be limited to the following

performance management capabilities:

a) Monitor network throughput and real-time Bit Error Rate must be

supported.

b) Set thresholds for various variables, such as error rates or link

utilization.

c) Continuous background diagnostics during system uptime are required

for early detection of fault conditions and timely activation of alarms.

d) Log and save all or defined events for present and future reference.

e) All man-machine interfaces shall be in a GUI.

6.2.10.2.3.8 Security Management

The NMS should support (but not limited to) the following security


a) Secure access between network elements and the network manager.

b) The system should incorporate security measures against

unauthorized personnel to access the office data/programs and

entering of commands.

c) Several access levels according to the order of their influence on

program

d) Performance should be identified with the corresponding password.

Each deviation of the above requirement shall be treated as “Major

Deviation.”

6.2.10.3 Lawful Interception

The system must meet LI compliance according to –

a) ETSI TS 101 331 Telecommunications security; Lawful Interception

(LI); Requirements of Law Enforcement Agencies;


STNP_ICX 259

b) ETSI ES 201 158 Telecommunications Security; Lawful Interception

(LI); Requirements for Network Functions;

c) ETSI ES 201 671 Telecommunications Security; Lawful Interception

(LI); Handover Interface for the Lawful Interception of

Telecommunications Traffic (revised version);

d) ETSI TR 101 943 Telecommunications Security; Lawful Interception

(LI); Concepts of Interception in a Generic Network Architecture;

e) ETSI TR 101 944 Telecommunications Security; Lawful Interception

(LI); Issues on IP Interception;

6.2.10.3.1 The LI facility shall include necessary hardware and software for

a) Management system for interception

b) Mediation system

c) Delivery systems

6.2.10.3.2 The Lawful Interception Facility shall be capable handover of

a) Administrative Information (HI1)

b) Intercept related Information (HI2)

c) Content of Communication (HI3)

6.2.10.3.3 IP connectivity through ISUP/SIP shall be used to transfer HI3 payload to

the National Telecommunication Monitoring Centre (NTMC).

6.2.10.3.4 LI Monitoring shall be invisible to subscribers and to the staff(s) operating

the network.

6.2.10.3.5 Minimum number of activated warrants is 1500.

6.2.10.3.6 Minimum number of mediated interception request 150. Bidder shall

explain his/her proposal-with diagram, system capacity, integration plan

etc. and provide a compliance statement to relevant ETSI/ITU-T/IETF

recommendations. Any deviation of the above requirement shall be treated


6.2.10.4 CDR Management 6.2.10.4.1 The bidder shall include latest industrial standard hardware and

necessary licensed software to provide the following services:

a) Download CDRs to a PC’s memory (SSD).

b) Processing these data into suitable format for billing server input

c) Saving raw-data into DVD/Portable USB-Mass Storage device

The Bidder must agree that actual mediation and configuration shall be

finalized during implementation.


STNP_ICX 260

6.2.10.4.2 The Bidder shall install Software and Hardware for online CDR transfer to

the BTCL billing center, BTRC, LEA premise or designated places instructed

by BTCL. Bidder shall propose their solution in this regard. The solution

shall include (but not limited to) list of hardware and licensed software,

furniture, transmission requirement, data flow diagram, system

interconnection diagram etc. Any deviation shall be treated as “Critical

Deviation”.

6.2.10.5 Management & Orchestration Requirement If the NMS is shared with same server of Cloud/NFV core system, the

proposed solution shall comply with ETSI, OPNFV, Open Stack Foundation

and open APIs defined management & orchestration in GS NFV-MAN 001

and later. Vendor shall:

a) Describe their NFVO solution architecture.

b) Describe their VNFM solution architecture.

c) Describe the security architecture and security policies of their solution.

d) Provide information of interfaces

e) The proposed solution shall support separate G-VNFM and S-VNFM.

Any disagreement shall be treated as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.10.5.1 NFVO Features

a) The proposed solution shall support multiple VIMs and manage virtual

resources.

b) The proposed solution shall support tenant/user management (role

and domain management).

c) The proposed solution shall support VNFD and package management,

which means managing installation, verification and update from NFVO

d) The proposed solution shall support NS configuration parameters

modification with GUI during instantiation and update and scaling.

e) The NFVO shall use http and https protocol to connect with VIM.

f) The proposed solution shall support cross-layer RCA with

VNF/VM/NFVI.

g) The proposed solution shall support custom policies drive closed-loop

management.

h) The proposed solution shall support vFW policy orchestration and

configuration during NS instantiation and DCN automation.

i) The proposed solution shall support log unified management of

VNF/VM/NFVI/VNFM.

j) The proposed solution shall support Network Service lifecycle

management function.


STNP_ICX 261

k) The proposed solution shall support graphical design tool to simplify

NSD/VNFD creation.

l) The proposed solution shall support ETSI TOSCA.

m) An NSD shall be able to be created by combining existing VNFs or

networks.

n) The proposed solution shall support instantiate a NS using an existing

VNF/NS instance.

o) Vendor shall describe about performance monitoring in proposed

NFVO.

p) The proposed solution shall support policy management functionality

in NFVO.

q) The proposed solution shall support coordinate scaling in/out for VNFs

in NFVO.

r) The proposed solution shall support manage hybrid network of VNF

and PNF.

s) The proposed solution shall support disaster recovery for VNFs.

t) Vendor shall describe how to perform fault detection and processing in

proposed Management and Orchestration system.

u) The proposed solution shall support security orchestration automation

on NS instance.

v) Vendor shall provide information about 3rd party VNF integration.

w) The proposed solution shall support 3rd party VNFs no less than 22+.

x) The proposed solution shall support integrate with SDN of other

vendors.

y) The proposed solution shall support QoS policy management.

z) The proposed solution shall support fault diagnosis/fault demarcation

of NFVO.

aa) The proposed solution shall support upload the VNFD template, VNF

image package and VNF software package in FTP/SFTP mode.

bb) The proposed solution shall support display the resource pool by layer,

the capacity information can be displayed by region, cluster and host.

Any deviation and disagreement shall be considered as “Critical

deviation”.

6.2.10.5.2 G-VNFM Features

a) The proposed solution shall support multiple VIMs from different

vendor.

b) The proposed solution shall support VNF healing.

c) The proposed solution shall support scale up and scale down.


STNP_ICX 262

d) The proposed solution shall provide VNFD and VNF package

management functionality.

e) The proposed solution shall be able to provide VNF lifecycle operation

granting request function.

f) The proposed solution shall be able to instantiate VNF using the on-

boarded VNFD.

g) The proposed solution shall support HOT.

h) The proposed solution shall support SSH interface for VNF

configuration.

i) The proposed solution shall describe the supported based on VNF KPI

of VNF scaling.

j) The proposed solution shall support VNF upgradation

k) Fluctuation of traffic load on VNF could cause repeated scaling out and

scaling. The vendor shall describe how to prevent this problem.

l) The proposed solution shall be able to terminate VNF, release

associated NFVI resources and return them to NFVI resource pool.

m) The proposed solution shall be able to provide VNF performance

monitoring function for scale.

n) The proposed solution shall provide a policy engine for scaling.

o) The proposed solution shall instantiate two or more VNFs

simultaneously.

p) The proposed solution shall support ETSI TOSCA to describe VNFD.

q) Vendor shall describe how to perform coordinated maintenance with

EMS.

r) The offered VNFM should support working independent with NFVO,

VNFM manage the Life cycle of VNF independently.


deviations”.

6.2.10.5.3 Capacity & Licensing

a) The proposed solution must be licensed by vCPU of managed VNFs.

b) The proposed solution must support On-demand purchase G-VNFM.

c) The proposed solution max capacity for managed VMs must no less

than 500.

d) The proposed solution shall support disaster recovery for NFVO and

VNFM.

e) The proposed solution shall support local HA design.

f) The proposed solution shall support disaster recovery for VNFM.


STNP_ICX 263


Deviation”.

6.2.10.5.4 Expandability

The proposed solution shall support system expansion smoothly without

service interruption.

6.2.10.5.4.1 The proposed solution shall have the following features:

a) The proposed solution shall include monitoring data collection, unified

data management and data presentation across VNF, Cloud OS and

COTS, Unified monitoring facilitates operator to have a holistic view of

NFV and enables operator to find out the issues timely.

b) The proposed solution shall be trying to make NFV operations as

automatic as possible thus to reduce mean-time-to-resolve and

improve operations efficiency.

c) The proposed solution shall build unified internal model for object and

relationship to store alarm, performance, and topology resource data.

Unified data mediation guarantees rapid integration of alarm,

performance and resource data across VNF and NFVI.

d) The proposed solution shall ensure that Policies are provided to take

action based on multiple inputs and validations, in order to prevent

impact to services or solve the problem.

e) The proposed solution shall ensure that all policies can be made either

by full automation or by manual intervention.

f) The proposed solution shall ensure that the progress and outcome of

policy execution can be displayed, which shall include detailed reasons

for failure if the execution fails in part or in its entirety.

g) The proposed solution shall ensure that all policy execution is

completely auditable and traceable to the system and/or user executing

the policy.

h) The proposed solution shall correlate VNF Instance-related

events/faults with NFVI performance measurement and faults/events

information & report the events/faults to the supplier OSS, please

describe.

i) The proposed solution shall correlate VNF Instance-related


information for Scale up-down VNF instances, i.e. increase or reduction

of the VNF capacity (CPU, memory etc.)


STNP_ICX 264

j) The proposed solution shall correlate VNF instance-related


information for scale in and out i.e. adding/removing VM instances

k) The proposed solution shall correlate VNF instance-related


information for self-healing of VNF instance (assisted or automated).

l) The proposed solution shall trigger corrective action based on alarms

generated at the NFVI & VM/VNF layer.

m) The proposed solution shall support alarm correlation in upper layer

OSS system to consolidate alarms raised in the NFV:

i) Combine alarms associated with a VNF or VM

ii) Display root cause of associated alarms (rather than display

individual alarms separately).

n) The proposed solution shall support to mine new alarm rules (RCA,

flapping etc.) through Machine Learning.

o) The proposed solution shall have the capabilities of the Assurance to

the 3rd party compatibility

p) The proposed solution shall adjust the use of resources automatically

by monitoring the VNF & NFVI.

q) The proposed solution shall collect and analyse logs from the managed

object for problem location during system running.

Any deviation and disagreement shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

6.2.10.5.5 Fault Management

a) The proposed solution shall be able to collect fault information of

Hardware Resources (compute, storage, and networking), Software

resources (hypervisors), and virtualized resources (VMs) and to

forward faults/events information to the upper layer OSS.

b) The proposed solution shall support real-time pushing alarm feature.

The alarm shall display on the monitoring view in time once collected,

and user can locate the fault.

c) The proposed solution shall support present system and manage the

node of different layer in data center (DC) by topology. The topology

contains VNF, VM, HOST and network. It can display the alarm on

topology and update automatically. And the topology can be edit

manually. Add, delete or copy any NE or group are allowed.

d) The proposed solution shall support to visualize the object (Cluster,

host, data storage, network, etc.).


STNP_ICX 265

e) The proposed solution shall support alarm enrichment, alarm

compression, alarm correlation to minimize the active alarms for

operations and maintenance (O&M) team’s processing.

f) The proposed solution shall provide the capability of historical

event/alarm repository to keep data persistence.

g) The proposed solution shall support all of events shall be processed

into a consolidated form which includes all of relevant event/alarm

information like date, time, severity, unique identifying number, user

defined component identifier, detailed alarm description including

probable cause and impact.

h) The proposed solution shall provide the capability of event/alarm

compression for de-duplication processing. It shall support different

types of compression mechanisms to process repetitive events.

i) The proposed solution shall provide the capability of automatic

event/alarm processing. It can be used to trigger automation processes

to improve operation efficiency

j) The proposed solution shall provide topology-based Root Cause

Analysis (RCA) and correlation to directly locate the fault causes when

a group of NFVI&VNF faults/events occurs.

k) The proposed solution shall provide the capability of real-

time/historical event/alarm query according to different conditions

like severity, occurrence time, key words in the event/alarm summary,

etc.

l) The proposed solution shall provide list-based and topology-based

event/alarm view. The event/alarm lists are used to present the

detailed information of events. The location and distribution of events

can be presented on network topology maps.

m) The proposed solution shall provide various event/alarm operations

like order dispatching, event/alarm acknowledgement or clear,

through the user interface.

n) The proposed solution shall provide various event/alarm indications

like sound, color, etc.

Any deviation and disagreement shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”

6.2.10.5.6 Performance Management

a) The proposed solution shall support end to end network performance

data monitoring, including the collection, monitoring, measurement,

analysis, and reporting network performance or quality.


STNP_ICX 266

b) The proposed solution shall be able to collect performance data of

hardware resources (compute, storage, and networking), software

resources (hypervisors), and virtualized resources (VMs) and VNF to

forward performance data to the upper layer OSS.

c) The proposed solution shall have big data processing capabilities.

d) The proposed solution shall support report customization ability. It

shall support user to define different service report template according

to service scenario and generate report automatically, including

historical reports, historical comparison reports and so on in order that

users can compare, analyze and deal with performance issues, and also

support regularly sent the result to the designated staff.

e) The proposed solution shall be capable of building user defined reports

from the full range of available counters, pre-defined KPIs and user

defined metrics. The report functionality shall be built without the need

for programming languages.

f) The proposed solution shall provide a variety of report types to reach

different service scenarios demand, including: tables, line charts, bar

charts, column charts, pie charts, area charts etc.

g) The proposed solution shall be possible to provide drill down features

from the aggregated views down to the sub-element detailed view.

h) The proposed solution shall be able to regularly generate reports or

immediately generate report based on user demand. It shall support to

generate reports by setting regular tasks, and support to send to the

designated person/role by Email / SMS or uploaded to an FTP server.

i) The proposed solution shall provide report customization function,

users can customize report templates according to business demand,

and can share the created report to make sure other users can access

the report, and also can define new reports based on the defined report

template.

j) The proposed solution shall store raw metrics and aggregated metrics

for a configurable period of time. By default, raw metrics shall be

retained for at least 30 days and daily aggregated metrics for 13 months.

k) The proposed solution shall support the following aggregation

operators, including but not limited to:

i) Sum

ii) Average

iii) Maximum

iv) Minimum

v) Busy hour.


STNP_ICX 267

l) The proposed solution shall support aggregation of metrics over time

periods including 15 mins, hourly, daily, weekly and monthly.

m) The proposed solution shall support to define alarm thresholds for

critical, major, minor, warning and clear conditions for either KPIs or

counters. It shall support to change the colors of each of the alarm

conditions.

n) The proposed solution shall enable performance thresholds to be set on

a per-managed-object or per-managed-object-type basis

o) The proposed solution shall provide threshold configuration function,

support to configure static and dynamic thresholds for each indicator.

p) The proposed solution shall support user-defined performance

monitoring dashboard, for near real-time monitoring of network

performance, in order to fulfill the monitoring tasks.

q) The proposed solution shall provide homepage configurable function,

support user to set the configured dashboard to be homepage

r) The proposed solution shall support static/dynamic object group for

monitoring and reporting.

s) The proposed solution shall support when creating a report or

dashboard, user can find the target objects by rich filter conditions such

as by name, id, attributes.


6.2.10.5.7 Scalability and Availability

a) The Supplier shall detail the strategy adopted for managing the impact

of component failure or processor overload. The effect of

failures/overload on established traffic connections shall be defined.

b) The proposed solution shall support the system recovery.

c) The proposed solution shall support HA and DR solution.

d) The proposed solution shall support micro-service multi-instance

cluster deployment, automatic horizontal scaling, and load balancing.

e) The proposed solution shall be cloud native, metadata driven, and

micro service enabled to build one robust and scalable assurance

platform.

f) The proposed solution shall support unified south command set

framework to send command to EMSs and devices for diagnosing,

collecting and routing inspection, and the protocol type support at least

MML, TELNET, SSH and TL1 etc.

g) The proposed solution shall support a web-based graphical user

interface for operational or administration purposes.


STNP_ICX 268

h) The system shall support distributed and scalable deployment, provide

the recommended deployment scenarios for different scale. Users can

deploy flexibly according to the network scale; and support smooth

upgradation and expansion in accordance with changes in network size,

to meet diversified delivery requirements of different business

scenarios.




STNP_ICX 269

CHAPTER 6.2.11

REQUIREMENTS OF THE POWER PLANT & AIR-CONDITIONING FACILITIES


The offer shall include necessary power plant and air-conditioning

equipment for operation of the switching system. The details of such power

plant facilities are listed below. Any negative deviations of the described

specification and requirement shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.2.11.2 Battery

a) The offer shall include necessary battery sets to provide back-up DC

power source to run the system during AC mains failure to all 6 (Six)

sites. The Bidder in his offer shall use the detail breakdown of its DC

power requirement, as given by him in the bid offer. The required back-

up time shall be minimum 8 (eight) hours and the number of sets shall

be 2 (two). The bidder shall be liable to maintain this back-up for the

mandatory guarantee period. The calculation for minimum capacity

requirement of the battery shall be as follows:

i) Total DC Amps requirement of the system at busy-hour load = l1

ii) Total DC Amps requirement for Inverters = l2

iii) Total Equipment load = l1 + l2 = le Amp

iv) Total minimum reserve DC Amps requirement

= 100 Amp in Mohakhali and SBN sites

= 100 Amp in other four sites

v) Total DC Load = le + 100 (as applicable) = ltm Amp

vi) Allowable maximum discharge = 70 %

vii) Total Required Back-up Capacity = 8 x ltm = lbm AH

viii) Total Required battery capacity = lbm/ 0.7 = lcm AH

ix) Capacity of each Set of Battery = mcm = lcm /2 AH

The Bidder shall give the above details of battery dimensioning. Failure to

give detail breakdown shall be treated as “Material Deviation".

b) The batteries shall be best quality maintenance-free type from country

or abroad. The abnormal fall in terminal voltage shall generate visual

and audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange

OMM shall be connected.

c) The minimum guaranteed life-cycle of the batteries must be at least 06

(Six) years.


STNP_ICX 270

d) Each of the battery sets must be provided with two independent (One

at the rectifier end and the other at the battery-end) circuit-breakers of

adequate capacities which will allow complete disconnection of the

battery set during all any required O&M function.

e) Moreover, both of the battery sets shall be connected to the rectifier

through a common circuit-breaker of adequate capacity which will

allow complete disconnection of both of the battery sets during any

required O&M function.

f) In order to protect the exchange equipment as well as the battery in

case of dropping of the DC voltage below a certain level, the rectifier

connection to the battery sets must be provided with a device for

disconnecting the battery sets as soon as such levels arrive.

g) Provisions must be available to detect the battery-voltage and other

parameters from the exchange.

h) All of the exposed parts of the terminals in each cell of the battery-sets

will be provided with adequate oxidation-proof covers.

i) Provisions shall be provided in the battery-room for an inter-locked

exhaust-fan which will turn-on whenever any of the battery sets goes

into boost-charge mode.

j) Provisions shall be made for adequate acid-proof tiles in the places of

battery mounting.

k) The charging-current at 10 hours charging rate for the battery sets, as

supplied shall be carried-over to calculation for rectifier requirement.

6.2.11.3 Rectifier

a) The offer shall include necessary rectifier with sufficient modules to

provide DC power source to run the system and to charge the back-up

batteries in 6 (Six) sites. The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail

breakdown of its DC power requirement and the charging current for

the back-up batteries at 10 hours charging rate. The calculation for

capacity requirement of the rectifier set shall be as follows:

i) Total DC Amps requirement of the system at busy-hour load = l1

ii) Total DC Amps requirement of the Inverters = l2

iii) Total Charging Amps for the quoted batteries at 10 hours charging

rate = l3

iv) Total Exchange load = l1 + l2 + l3 = le

v) Reserve = 50 %

vi) Required Capacity = 1.5 x le = lr

vii) Reserved Capacity for other requirement


STNP_ICX 271

= 100 Amp in Mohakhali and SBN

= 50 Amp in Other five sites

viii) Total Required capacity = lr + 100 or 50 Amps (As applicable) = ltr

Amp

ix) Capacity of each Rectifier Module = mc

x) Number of required modules = ltr/mc = Nr (rounded up to the next

integer value)

xi) Number of modules to be supplied = Nr + 2

xii) Capacity of the Rectifier Racks = Nr + 4

xiii) Number of spare Rectifier modules to be supplied = 4

The Bidder shall give the above details of rectifier dimensioning. Failure to

give detail breakdown shall be treated as “Material Deviation”.

b) The Rectifiers shall be electronic switch-mode type with automatic

redundancy control and charging control functions. The control panel

shall provide visual and audible alarm facilities and required alarm

loops to the exchange OMM.

c) Each of the rectifiers shall be provided with circuit-breakers (both in

AC and DC side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from

the source and the load.

d) The Rectifier Rack (or Frame) shall be provided with circuit-breakers

(both in AC and DC side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full

isolation from the source and the load. If the all of the rectifiers are

taken-out of service, provisions shall be there for automatic diversion

of the load to battery.

e) The rectifier rack shall contain one or more DC distribution panel

consisting of circuit-breakers of different capacity. The number of such

breakers shall be such that it will be at least 100% redundant from the

quantity destined to be used for the present capacity of the switch in

site.

f) The nominal Input voltage for rectifiers shall be 380V +20%-25%, 50Hz,

3 phase, 4-wire.

6.2.11.4 Inverter

a) The offer shall include necessary DC to AC inverter modules to provide

AC power source to the equipment which require AC supply. The

exchange back-up batteries shall be used as the source power. The

Bidder in his offer shall give a detail breakdown of AC power


STNP_ICX 272

requirement (in VA) of the hardware listed below. The calculation for

capacity requirement of the inverter shall be as follows:

i) Total AC Volt Ampere (VA) requirement for above hardware at

busy-hour load = le

ii) Reserve = 20 %

iii) Required Capacity = 1.2 x le = lr VA

iv) Reserved Capacity for other systems = 500 VA

v) Total required capacity = lr + 500 = lt VA

The Bidder shall give the above details of inverter dimensioning. Failure to

give detail breakdown shall be treated as “Material Deviation” and in such

case BTCL shall draw its own conclusion.

b) The Inverters shall be electronic switch-mode type with automatic

redundancy control functions. The control panel shall provide visual

and audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange

OMM.

c) Each of the inverter shall be provided circuit-breakers (both in AC and

DC side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the

source and the load.

d) The Inverter Rack (or Frame) shall be provided circuit-breakers (both

in AC and DC side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation

from the source and the load. If all of the inverters are taken-out of

service, provisions shall be there for automatic diversion of the load to

incoming commercial AC supply.

6.2.11.5 Air Conditioning System

a) The offer shall include necessary internationally reputed precision-

type air-conditioning unit for the (1) ICX equipment room and (2) split

type for OMC room and (3) battery room. The Bidder in his/her offer

shall give a detail breakdown of its air-conditioning unit requirement.

The parameters of calculation for present capacity requirement (Cr) of

the air-conditioning unit shall be as follows:

Approximate Area of the ICX equipment rooms are as follows:

a. Mohakhali : (33x22) sq. feet

b. SBN : (28x20) sq. feet

c. Chattogram : (23x24) sq. feet

d. Khulna : (45x21) sq. feet

e. Bogura : (19x20) sq. feet

f. Sylhet : (20x10) sq. feet


STNP_ICX 273

i) Separate OMC rooms at Mohakhali and SBN shall require 2 (1+1) unit

A/C in each site of required capacity which will run alternately.

ii) Battery rooms of different sites shall require 2 (1+1) unit of A/C of

required capacity which will run alternately.

iii) Average outside temp (in summer) : 38° C

iv) Average room temp to be maintained : 20° C

v) Average RH to be maintained : 65%

vi) Equipment capacity to be supplied : 2 x Present requirement

vii) Number of precision air-conditioning units: N + 1 (The value of N is 2)

viii) Refrigerant shall be CFC free

b) The Air-con system shall be equipped with a common control unit providing

all the necessary control and monitoring functions. The control panel shall

provide visual and audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the

exchange OMM.

c) Each of the Air-con unit shall be equipped with an independent circuit-

breaker of adequate capacity.

d) Each of the Air-con unit shall be connected to its independent water-drain

and there shall be enough drainage out of the switch room.

e) All of the equipment rooms must be equipped with at least 3(three)

numbers of temperature sensors connected with the control-panel of the

Air-cons.

f) For Equipment/Exchange rooms the value of N in above item a (v) should

be at least 2 (two).

g) Specification of the Air-conditioning unit in ICX equipment rooms:

i) Type : Precision type (Floor-Mounted)

ii) Automatic Control Panel (ACP) : N +1 redundancy (N=2)

iii) Electric Power : 415V ±5% -10%, 50Hz, 3-phase.

iv) Management of relative humidity

h) The bidder shall visit the ICX equipment rooms, OMC rooms and battery

rooms before submit final bid. The bidder will communicate with BTCL

concern Division/Unit in this regard and respective unit will take

necessary action to visit the specified place (Switch and OMC room).



STNP_ICX 274

CHAPTER 6.2.12

REQUIREMENTS OF TRANSMISSION EQUIPMENT (Optional)

6.2.12.1 MSPP

6.2.12.1.1 Introduction

6.2.12.1.1.1 The Specifications in this chapter covers the technical requirements of

Multi Service Provisioning Platform (MSPP) on single mode optical fibers

conforming to ITU Rec. G. 652 at 1550 nm and 1310 nm.

6.2.12.1.1.2 The MSPP equipment/system shall conform to the following ITU-T and

IEEE recommendations-

G.691_Optical interfaces for single channel STM-64 and other SDH systems

with optical amplifiers.

G.702_Digital hierarchy bit rates

G.703_Physical/electrical characteristics of hierarchical digital interfaces

G.704_Synchronous frame structures used at 1544, 6312, 2048, 8488 and

44736 Kbps hierarchical levels

G.707/Y.1322_Network node interface for the synchronous digital

hierarchy (SDH)

G.781_Synchronization layer functions

G.783_Characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipment

functional blocks

G.784_Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH) management (06/99)

G.798_Characteristics of optical transport network hierarchy equipment

functional blocks

G.813_Timing characteristics of SDH equipment slave clocks (SEC)

G.823_The control of jitter and wander within digital networks which are

based on the 2,048 Kbps hierarchy.

G.825_The control of jitter and wander within digital networks which are

based on the Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH)

G.841_Types and characteristics of SDH network protection architecture

G.957_Optical interfaces for equipment and systems relating to the SDH

G.7041/Y.1303_Generic framing procedure (GFP)

G.7041/Y.1303_Amendment 1

G.7042/Y.1305_Link capacity adjustment scheme for virtual concatenated

signals

G.7042/Y.1305_Corrigendum 1

G.7042/Y.1305_Corrigendum 2

IEEE 802.1q_Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks. 2003 edition


STNP_ICX 275

IEEE 802.3_Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection

(CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications. 2002 edition

The latest version of ITU-T Recommendations at date of contract

signature will also be applicable.

6.2.12.1.1.3 The following interfaces shall be available in the offered MSPP

transmission system:

I) E1 at 2,048 Kbps, 75 Ohm

II) STM-1 (including STM-1 POS) at 155,520 Kbps

III) STM-16 (including STM-16 POS) at 2,448,320 Kbps

IV) STM-64 at 10 Gbps (only applied to Large MSPP system)

V) Fast Ethernet (L2 Type)

VI) Gigabit Ethernet

6.2.12.1.1.4 The supply shall be consisted of the required MSPP equipment and

associated with Elements Management system (EMS). MSPP will be

installed at Mohakhali (Karail), SBN, Moghbazar, Chattogram, Khulna,

Bogura and Sylhet.

6.2.12.1.2 Network Configuration

The MSPP system supplied by bidder shall support the following network

configurations;

I) Linear add/drop multiplexing (ADM)

II) Multi-Ring

III) SDH sub-Network Connection Protection Ring (SNCP Ring)

IV) Multiplexer Section Shared Protection Ring (MS-SPRing)

V) Subtending Ring

VI) Point-to-point with or without 1+1 MSP.

6.2.12.1.3 Add/Drop Multiplexer Equipment (ADM)

6.2.12.1.3.1 The equipment shall provide the ability to access VC‘s from STM-N signal.

A mixture of VC‘s {E1, STM-1, STM-4, STM-16 and (for Type 1 MSPP) only

STM-64} shall be possible.

6.2.12.1.3.2 This shall at least support E1 (2 Mbps), STM-1 (155 Mbps), STM-16 (2.5

Gbps) and STM-64 (10Gbps).

6.2.12.1.3.3 Remote and local loopback functionality in STM-1, STM-16, STM-64 shall

be provided for test purpose.

6.2.12.1.3.4 The MSPP equipment shall terminate and originate both the Multiplexer

Section Overhead (MSOH) and Regenerator Section Overhead (RSOH).


STNP_ICX 276

I) Automatic Protection Switchover for STM-N signals shall be available

on tributary interfaces.

II) The equipment shall offer the following network protection: linear

multiplex network protection (MSP), sub-network connection

protection and MS-SPRing.

6.2.12.1.4 Switching Capacity and Protection

6.2.12.1.4.1 Switching and/or cross connect matrix

a) The connection matrix shall be non-blocking at VC12, VC3 and VC4

level for STM-1, STM-16 and STM-64.

b) Grooming at the VC-12 level shall be supported for STM-1, STM-16

and STM-64.

6.2.12.1.4.2 Bidder shall provide the switching capacity at High Order (HO) & Low

Order (LO) as follows;

a) Higher order: 320G or more

b) Lower order: 10G or more

Any disagreement or deviation of the clause 6.2.12.1.4.2 and its sub-clause

will be considered as “Material deviation”.

6.2.12.1.4.3 Hardware protection and redundancy

a) Bidder shall describe whether the cards are protected or not and its

type such as 1+1 or N+1

b) Main control card, cross connection & timing card, power supply card

and aggregation signal cards shall be supported by 1+1 protection.

Any disagreement or deviation of the clause 6.2.12.1.4.3 and its sub-

clauses will be considered as Critical deviation.

6.2.12.1.4.4 Traffic protection

a) SDH Sub-Network Connection Protection Ring (SNCP Ring) protection

shall be supported.

b) MSP linear 1+1 and Multiplexer Section Shared Protection Ring (MS-

SPRing) protections shall be supported.

c) At least one kind of path protection is mandatory.

d) Any variation shall be indicated in the offer.


clauses will be considered as Critical deviation.

6.2.12.1.5 Optical Interfaces

6.2.12.1.5.1 Optical interfaces for system shall be according to ITU-T Rec. G.957 and

G.691.


STNP_ICX 277

6.2.12.1.5.2 The MSPP system offered by Bidder shall provide the following interfaces

and wavelength.

a) Digital Signal: STM-1, STM-16 and STM-64 (for Type 1 only) according

to Rec. G.707/Y.1322, G.783 and G.798.

b) Operating wavelength range: 1530~1570nm and 1293-1334nm

6.2.12.1.5.3 MSPP system interfaces

a) STM-1, STM-16 and STM-64 (for Type 1 only) interfaces shall be

complaint with ITU-T Recommendation G.957 and G.691.

b) E1 interface shall be complaint with ITU-T Recommendation G.703.

c) Parameters and STM-1, STM-16 and STM-64 optical interfaces will be

as per relevant ITU-T Recommendations, G.707, G.783 and G.798.

Bidder should indicate any deviation/ elaboration of the ITU

Recommendation.

d) 2 Mbps tributaries shall be 75 Ohm.

e) Management interfaces applied to this MSPP equipment shall be

complaint to ITU-T Recommendation G.703. Bidder may indicate other

management interfaces of their system.

f) External synchronization shall be a 2048 Kbps interface as defined by

ITU-T Recommendation G.703, Section 9. The impedance of 75 ohm

should be supported.

6.2.12.1.5.4 Ethernet interfaces

a) The proposed MSPP system shall support the following.

b) The Ethernet signals may be 100Base-FX, 100Base-TX and 1000Base-

SX/LX.

c) The proposed MSPP system shall support Ethernet over SDH (EoS)

functionality as follows;

d) Low order virtual concatenation (VC-12-Xv) and high order virtual

concatenation (VC-3/4-Xv)

e) EoS frame format process by Frame Mapped Generic Framing

Procedure (GFP-F)

f) EoS bandwidth adjustment by Link Capacity Adjustment Scheme

(LCAS) (ITU-T G.7042)

g) Link Loss Carry Forwarding (LLCF)

h) Transparent EoS

i) Connector type of the Ethernet card shall be Small Form Factor

Pluggable (SFP)

j) Any other latest features as available at the time delivery of the

system shall also be provided.


STNP_ICX 278


clauses will be considered as Major deviation.

6.2.12.1.5.5 Minimum capacity

MSPP system shall support minimum capacity per shelf as follows;

a) STM-64: 2 ports or more (Protected)

b) STM-16: 8 ports or more (Protected)

c) STM-1: 16 ports or more (Protected)

d) 100Base-FX: 24 ports or more (Unprotected)

e) 1000Base-SX/LX: 16 or more (Unprotected)

Any disagreement or deviation of the clause 6.2.12.1.5.5 and it sub-clauses


6.2.12.1.6 Layer-2 Switching Functionality

STM-64 MSPP system must support layer-2 switching functionality as

follows:

a) Flow control

b) Traffic control (IEEE 802.3) by pause framing

c) Rate limiting per 2Mbps or less

d) Jumbo framing

e) Tagged or untagged VLAN and VLAN trunking

f) Link aggregation and packet priority

g) Tunneling or VLAN tunneling

h) Spanning Tree Protocol (STP, IEEE 802.1d) or rapid STP (IEEE

802.1w)

Any disagreement or deviation of the clause 6.2.13.1.6 and its sub-clauses


6.2.12.1.7 Data Channels

6.2.12.1.7.1 Transfer of bi-directional data between line terminals and regenerators

shall be provided using SOH bytes according to ITU-T Rec. G.707/Y.1322.

6.2.12.1.7.2 Two data channel using data bits D1 to D12 shall be used for Network

Management. Data communication shall be carried on the SDH Section

Overhead Byte. The RS port shall use the D1-D3 and the MS port shall use

the OH bytes D4-D12.

6.2.12.1.8 Overall Performance Requirements

6.2.12.1.8.1 General characteristics of Synchronous Line System shall conform to ITU-

T Rec.G.783 and G.798.


STNP_ICX 279

6.2.12.1.8.2 Error performance

a) The SDH shall meet the relevant performance objectives of ITU-T Rec.

G. 821 & G.921 and any other ITU-T relevant new recommendations at

the tie of supply under the worst environmental condition.

b) Long term Bit Error Ratio (BER) in each direction shall be less than

10Ex10-10 over a period of 14 days.

c) The percentage of error seconds (ES) shall be measured at 2 Mbps level

over a period of 14 days.

d) The percentage of severely error seconds shall be measured at 2 Mbps

level over a period of 14 days.

e) The bringing into service limits for any multiplex section BER shall be

measured during 4 days on a 2 Mbps port.

6.2.12.1.9 Jitter and Wander

6.2.12.1.9.1 Jitter and wander tolerance for STM-N input ports shall comply with ITU-T

Rec. G.825.

6.2.12.1.9.2 The output jitter requirement shall comply with ITU-T Rec. G.813.

6.2.12.1.9.3 Jitter transfer requirements shall be according to ITU-T Rec. G.783, G.813

and G.825.

6.2.12.1.9.4 The SDH jitter requirements for DS-1E shall be according to ITU-T Rec.

G.783.

6.2.12.1.9.5 Jitter parameters and limit present on STM-N shall be compliant to ITU-T

Rec. G.783.

6.2.12.1.10 Synchronization

6.2.12.1.10.1 The synchronization shall be according to ITU-T Rec. G. 783 and

multiplexer timing Source function shall be provided according to ITU-T

Rec. G. 783.

6.2.12.1.10.2 The External Synchronization Interface shall be 2048 Kbps or 2048 Khz

interface as defined in ITU-T Rec. G.703.

6.2.12.1.10.3 The system shall be able to be synchronized on the following sources:

a) 2048 Kbps or 2048 Khz interface by G. 703

b) STM-N aggregate or clock

c) From an internal oscillator with accuracy and stability in accordance

6.2.12.1.10.4 The fall back priority for selection of these timing sources and their priority

must be selectable by software either by Craft Interface Terminal (CIT) or


STNP_ICX 280

by the Elements Management System (EMS). Bidder shall indicate the

priority used.

6.2.12.1.10.5 In case of failure of the active signal source the system shall switch

automatically to another predefined source according to the priority

setting. The switching process shall not interrupt the carrying traffic.

6.2.12.1.10.6 The timing selectors and internal oscillator shall comply with G.813 in

general.

6.2.12.1.10.7 The clock reference shall have 4 modes of operation: External, loop-time,

free-run, and holdover.

6.2.12.1.10.8 In the holdover mode, the frequency of the last valid referenced shall be

held with a maximum drift of 1 ppm/ day.

6.2.12.1.10.9 The accuracy of the local oscillator shall be better than + 4.6 ppm.

6.2.12.1.10.10Loss of Synchronization

a) Restoration to higher priority timing references from lower priority

timing references or restoration from self-timing operation, shall be

automatic, with an inhibit feature provided.

b) Automatic recovery time shall be 10 to 20 seconds, when valid timing

is available and must be hitless.

c) The following conditions shall be regarded as loss of synchronization:

d) Loss of main signal

e) Receiver AIS

Other criteria for loss of synchronization shall be stated by bidder, if any.

Any disagreement or deviation of the clause 6.2.12.1.10 and its sub-

clauses will be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

6.2.12.1.11 Timing Interface

6.2.12.1.11.1 Physical/electrical characteristics of the external timing signal input of the

Network Element (NE) shall be in accordance with G.703.

6.2.12.1.11.2 The Network Element (NE) shall provide at least two independent external

timing signal input ports.

6.2.12.1.11.3 The network Element (NE) shall provide one or more timing output ports

with the physical/electrical characteristics according to G.703.

6.2.12.1.11.4 The ports shall be disabled if the system is synchronized to a low-quality

timing source.


STNP_ICX 281

6.2.12.1.11.5 Each network component except regenerators shall have the following

external, non-traffic, synchronization ports; Input ports for 2048 KHz or

2048 Kbps external timing. Any disagreement or deviation of the clause

6.2.12.1.11.5 will be considered as “Major deviation”.

6.2.12.1.12 Alarms

6.2.12.1.12.1 In general all NE shall collect the information generated in each of the

functional blocks as defined by ITU-T Rec.G.783 for events as alarms, errors

and diagnostic information.

6.2.12.1.12.2 The following alarm indications shall be provided but not limited to:

a) LOS (Loss of Signal)

b) EBER (Excessive Bit Error Ratio)

c) SD (Signal Degrade)

d) LOP (Loss of Pointer)

e) LOF (Loss of Frame)

f) MIS (Mismatch path trace ID/signal label)

g) LOM (Loss of Multiframe)

h) AIS (Alarm Indication Signal)

Any disagreement or deviation of this 6.2.12.1.12.2 will be treated as

“Major deviation”.

6.2.12.1.13 Transmission Delay

6.2.12.1.13.1 The delay time for a transmission signal from its input to its output for

Regenerators /OA /Pass through ADM shall be less than 10ms.

6.2.12.1.13.2 The delay time for a transmission signal from its input to its output for all

other network components shall be less than 125 micro-seconds.

6.2.12.1.14 Present Interface and Other Requirement of MSPP

6.2.12.1.14.1 Type of MSPP: Please refer to Annexure 13 Any disagreement of clause

this 6.2.12.1.14.1 will be treated as “Material Deviation”. The said

penalty is not applicable for any shortage of quantity in the BoQ only if the

offered MSPP shelf/sub-rack can accommodate the short quantity. In such

shortage of quantity in BoQ the relevant clauses of Chapter 6.2.14 will be

applicable.

6.2.12.1.16 Technical Requirement for Elements Management System (EMS)

6.2.12.1.16.1 The following Network Management facilities must be provided.

i) Configuration Management

ii) Security Management

iii) Alarm & Event Management


STNP_ICX 282

iv) Performance Management

v) Software upload/download capability

6.2.12.1.16.2 EMS shall be provided which share common resources such as printers and

archive devices communicating with other equipment in EMS via a Local

Area Network (LAN). The operator interface shall use mimic diagrams and

a point and click approach to view the network 6.2.15.1.16 The EMS shall

allow the operator to monitor and control the status of the SDH line

terminal and add/drop multiplexer systems from a single location. Display

and print out shall be available. Any disagreement or deviation of this

13.1.16 and its sub-clauses will be treated as “Critical deviation”.

6.2.12.1.17 EMS Interfaces and Facilities

6.2.12.1.17.1 EMS shall support Graphical User Interface (GUI).

6.2.12.1.17.2 Alarms shall be displayed on EMS screen in colors representing the

severity (critical, major and minor) and the state of the alarm. The operator

shall be able to acknowledge and investigate the cause of the alarm.

6.2.12.1.17.3 Appropriate network element control system shall be available.

6.2.12.1.17.4 EMS shall be connected to the proposed node equipment via IP interface.

6.2.12.1.17.5 Since the operator has facilities to monitor and control in real-time, the

EMS shall provide facilities to access logged data and to analyze them. Any

disagreement or deviation of this 6.2.12.1.17 and its sub-clauses will be

treated as “Critical deviation”.

6.2.12.1.18 Security Management

The architecture and design proposed for the MSPP EMS shall incorporate

features to ensure the security of the network management. This includes

access security and data security.

6.2.12.1.18.1 Access Security

Facilities shall be provided to ensure that only authorized users are

allowed to access all or a certain part of the system. These include

comprehensive log-in operator identities and password facilities.

6.2.12.1.18.2 Data Security

Adequate arrangement to protect data and to recover data lost due to

stoppage or failure of the EMS hardware or communication system is to be

provided. Any disagreement or deviation of the clause 6.2.13.1.18.2 will be

considered as “Major deviation”.


STNP_ICX 283

6.2.12.1.19 Alarm and Event Management

6.2.12.1.19.1 System events shall be passed-up to the EMS from network elements and

filtering may be applied at the EMS.

6.2.12.1.19.2 Adequate arrangements for display and logging shall be provided if there

is any event received at the EMS.

6.2.12.1.19.3 All alarms received at the EMS shall cause a change of color of the

appropriate object on screen. There shall be also a visible indication on

screen that there is an alarm somewhere in the system.

6.2.12.1.19.4 In addition to the displays, alarm details may be displayed in tabular

format. Any disagreement or deviation of the clause 6.2.13.1.19 will be

treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.2.12.1.20 Performance Management

6.2.12.1.20.1 Transmission Quality

Transmission quality information received from each station shall be

collected and logged by the EMS. Analyses of the accumulated data shall be

possible using the comprehensive facilities provided by the EMS. The

analysis results may be displayed or printed in graphical and tabular

formats.

6.2.12.1.20.2 Equipment Performance

Performance data obtained from network elements can be collated by the

EMS to allow analysis of data from different parts of the MSPP system.

6.2.12.1.20.3 Data Logging

Several types of event data shall be logged at the EMS. Type of event data

to be logged shall be decided in consultation with BTCL. This should

include but not limited to data of alarms, transmission quality and record

of actions taken. The period for which a data shall be stored shall also be

decided in consultation with BTCL. Several types of definable filters are to

be applied when accessing logs. Transmission quality data shall be received

from each station by the EMS and processed to a format suitable for

logging. This is to be done on daily and weekly basis to produce monthly

averages. Facilities should be available to backup stored log data and other

data. Any disagreement or deviation of the clause 6.2.12.1.20.3 will be


6.2.12.1.21 Data Analysis Report

Analysis facilities shall be provided to show how the system has performed

over a period of time and to enable identification of trends indicating


STNP_ICX 284

potential future failures. Data from current logs or historical data may be

analyzed. Results of data analysis can be presented in graphical or tubular

format. Any disagreement or deviation will be treated as “Major

deviation”.

6.2.12.1.22 Configuration Management

6.2.12.1.22.1 Through the configuration management facilities, an operator at the EMS

shall have the control of the MSPP equipment. From a single screen in the

PC, the EMS operator shall be able to manage all proposed MSPP equipment

and other related accessories.

6.2.12.1.22.2 Node equipment configuration can possible by Craft Interface Terminal

(CIT) locally in case of EMS failure for each node separately.

6.2.12.1.22.3 The representations of the system diagram shall be automatically updated

to show the current status of the equipment.

Any disagreement or deviation of the clause 6.2.13.1.22 will be considered

as “Critical deviation”.

6.2.12.1.23 EMS/NMS Software

6.2.12.1.23.1 The EMS/NMS software shall be based on UNIX and/or WINDOWS based

operating system.

6.2.12.1.23.2 The EMS/NMS shall be a multi–task and multi-user system.

6.2.12.1.23.3 The offered software architecture shall be open and configurable to enable

future extensions.

6.2.12.1.23.4 Software license shall be quoted for life time of all proposed MSPP

equipment under this purchase.

Any disagreement or deviation of this 6.2.13.1.23 and its sub-clauses will

be treated as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.12.1.24 Specific Management Requirements

6.2.12.1.24.1 Craft Interface Terminal (CIT) or Elements Management System

(EMS)

A CIT or EMS enables the maintenance staff at every location to directly

access the NEs management functions via the PC interface. The CIT or EMS

has the ability to operate each type of equipment belonging to the network.

6.2.12.1.24.2 Normal operation of the transmission equipment should not require use of

the CIT or EMS functions. The use of CIT or EMS shall be reserved for

special operational needs requiring direct intervention on the equipment


STNP_ICX 285

(installation, preparation for start of service, maintenance and repair,

operation in the event of unavailability of the EMS.

6.2.12.1.24.3 The power supply voltage of the EMS equipment through inverter shall be

220 Volts AC at 50 Hz.

6.2.12.1.24.4 The failure of the management system shall not have any immediate

consequences on the function of the telecommunication systems being

managed. If there is a failure in the power supply, all data concerning

parameter values, network configuration, passwords and user groups shall

be retained. After the return of the power supply, the data referred to above

shall be reloaded automatically without any mutilation of the data and /or

hardware.

Any disagreement or deviation of the clause 6.2.12.1.24.4 will be


6.2.12.1.25 EMS Installation and Commissioning

The EMS will be thoroughly tested during and after installation. Detailed

testing methods are specified by bidder.

Any disagreement or deviation of this 6.2.13.1.25 will be treated as “Major

Deviation”.

6.2.12.1.26 Hardware and Software Maintenance

6.2.12.1.26.1 Bidder shall maintain all hardware and software until the end of guarantee

period. After the performance guarantee period, a maintenance Contract

may be signed with the supplier/manufacturer.

6.2.12.1.26.2 Bidder must give a complete list of hardware supplied and the software

used in the EMS System.

6.2.12.1.26.3 Original Software must be supplied in CD/DVD/Flash Drive as per list

above.

Any disagreement or deviation of any sub-clause of the clause 6.2.12.1.26

will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.2.12.1.26.4 Backup media shall be quoted for EMS to save configurable data base &

software.

6.2.12.1.26.5 Restore/Recovery & maintenance procedure shall be clearly documented

in sequential order.

6.2.12.1.26.6 Good quality document (i.e., easily understandable by operator) shall be

quoted both for hardware and software in CD ROM (2 set).

6.2.12.1.27 Environmental Requirements


STNP_ICX 286

The equipment shall satisfy the following environmental conditions

6.2.12.1.27.1 Guaranteed continuous performance

a) Ambient temperature: 0°C to 50°C

b) Relative humidity: Up to 80% at non-condensing

6.2.12.1.27.2 Storage and transportation in packages

a) Ambient temperature: -30°C to 70°C

b) Relative humidity: Up to 95% at non-condensing

6.2.12.1.28 Equipment Design Requirements

6.2.12.1.28.1 The supplier shall guarantee trouble-free operational performance of the

equipment in the electromagnetic environment as well as electrostatic

discharge.

6.2.12.1.28.2 It should be possible to expand the system on modular add-on basis and

not by replacement of shelves and racks.

6.2.12.1.28.3 Upgradation/expansion of software shall be without interruption.

6.2.12.1.28.4 Tributary addition/up gradation shall be made in-service without causing

bit errors on the tributaries in use.

6.2.12.1.28.6 It should be possible to house a mixture of different type of sub-shelves in

the same rack. Any disagreement or deviation of any sub-clause of the

clause 6.2.12.1.28 will be considered as “Reservation”.

6.2.12.1.29 Optical Safety (Automatic LASER Shutdown) Requirements

a) Generally, if the section is interrupted (e.g. if a fiber breaks), then

measures shall be implemented to ensure that no risk is caused by laser

light escaping uninterruptedly.

b) In the event of an optical signal fail at the incoming port with a duration

of <500ms, and certainly within 600 ms, the laser in the opposite

direction is switched off by the receiver within 0.85 seconds, and the

affected segment will be thus shutdown. It shall not be possible to

activate the forced facility during error-free operation. Any

disagreement will be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

6.2.12.1.30 Input Voltage FOR MSPP Equipment

For MSPP equipment, the input voltage will be -48 VDC (-43.5 ~ -54). Any

disagreement will be considered as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.12.2 Optical Distribution Frame (ODF)

6.2.12.2.1 The optical distribution/termination frame shall be suitable for mounting

in standard rack and will be installed in suitable position in the equipment room.


STNP_ICX 287

6.2.12.2.2 Optical adapter in the optical distribution/termination frame shall be of

high grade FC/SC type.

6.2.12.2.3 Different optical ports of Multi Service Provisioning Platform (MSPP) must

be terminated in the separate ODF.

6.2.12.2.4 There shall be easy access for splicing and provision for maintenance

facility.

6.2.12.2.5 There shall be provision for cable entry either from above or from any side,

allowing the station cable to enter the bay either from above or below.

6.2.12.2.6 The capacity of the optical distribution/termination frame shall be 72

fibers and 24 fibers. The offered optical distribution/termination frame

must have adequate space and will be equipped with necessary pigtail and

I Link for 72/24 fibers at the beginning. The surplus fibers shall be curled

up in splice tray for easy access. The tray shall hold sufficient fiber length

to able not only fusion splicing but also reopening and re-splicing of any

fiber if needed in futures.

6.2.12.2.7 There shall be provision for inspection or cleaning the internal fiber

connectors.

6.2.12.2.8 If the offered optical distribution/termination frame fails to meet the

capacity and technical requirements as mentioned above, then for

each deviation/disagreement of each sub-clause of clause 6.2.12.2

there will be a penalty of “Major Deviation”.



STNP_ICX 288

CHAPTER 6.2.13

REQUIREMENTS OF THE SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE GATEWAY (Optional)


According to the International Long Distance Telecommunication Services

(ILDTS) Policy 2007, inter operator Short Message Services (SMS) would

also be routed through Interconnection Exchanges (ICX). BTCL, therefore,

needs to procure and set up a Short Message Service (SMS) Gateway. Detail

requirements of the SMS Gateway are described in the subsequent clauses.

6.2.13.2 Functional requirement

The SMS Gateway will be responsible for routing the SMS traffics of

SMSC/SMS Gateways between ANS operators. After receiving SMS from an

SMSC/SMS Gateway it will route it to its destination. The forwarding may

be based on number segments of the network operators. Response of the

destination SMSC/Gateway will then be sent back to the source

SMSC/Gateway.

6.2.13.3 Interfaces

All the interfaces the bidder offers in his solution will be based on open and

standard interface and protocol. The protocol between ICX SMS Gateway

and SMSC/Gateway of ANS operator would be SMPP (Short Message Peer

to Peer) or any other open standard protocol that provides bidirectional

interface to implement submission and delivery of short messages. The

physical layer connectivity between the ICX Gateway and ANS

SMSC/Gateway shall be TDM interface. Any disagreement shall be treated


6.2.13.4 Network Connectivity

The proposed SMS Gateway must be able to support connection with at

least 24 (Twenty-four) GSM, CDMA, CDMA (WLL) operator’s

SMSC/Gateways and IGW operators. Six of those connections will be with

cellular network operators. Estimated Number of SMS to be processed per

second will be at least 500 for originating and 500 for terminating. Length

of an SMS would be 160 characters at maximum.

Customer bases of the four cellular network operators are mentioned in

table 16.1. Bidder must make necessary survey to learn about the SMPP (or

other protocol interfaces) versions and the physical layer interfaces used

by the network operators mentioned in the table. Bidder should note that


STNP_ICX 289

it any mismatch (if occurs) during the connection implementation with the

SMSC/Gateways, it has to be solved by them. Any disagreement to this

should be treated as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.13.5 Software Capability

The system software(s) shall be modular in structure and shall be capable

of merging new files and programs with existing files at the site without

any interruption of service in the following cases. Deviation from such

capability shall be considered as “Material Deviation”.

1) Expansion or change of Capacity

2) Loading of new software patches or changes of program version

3) Changes and employment of new service features.

6.2.13.6 Redundancy & Protection against failure

6.2.13.6.1 The SMS Gateway must follow redundant design philosophy. There shall be

no degradation of service during fault condition in any one or more of the

system modules or servers. Change-over from main to standby modules or

Servers should not affect system ‘s performance. Any deviation of the above

item shall be treated as “Material Deviation”.

6.2.13.6.2 The system should be of fault tolerant design. It will have the facility for

automatic, manual and cold restart. The automatic restart shall be initiated

by appropriate fault conditions and manual restart shall be activated either

by MML command or system reset. The restart procedure will be as follows:

a) The system shall use memory elements resident inside the system to

start the recovery protocol.

b) If recovery is not possible from resident memories, the system shall

read relevant files from one or any of the primary storage devices (Hard

Disk Drive).

c) If primary storage devices are finally inaccessible due some reason, the

recovery protocol shall automatically seek to read files from secondary

storage device. The Bidder may propose an alternate system for back-

up.

d) The bidder in his bid shall explain the restart procedure for its system

in detail. Disagreement should be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.2.13.7 Alarm Supervision

The system shall be provided with supervision software to continually

check the normality of hardware and software. In case of any error, trouble,

fault or failure an appropriate "Alarm Indication" shall be generated. The

indication shall be notified by printed messages and by visual & audible


STNP_ICX 290

means. Appropriate procedures shall be applied to cancel audible alarms.

All alarm indications may be classified into the following categories and any

deviation shall be treated as “Reservation”.

a) "CRITICAL" - indicating a very serious failure or fault which can result

in system failure & stoppage of call processing and demanding

immediate attention of O & M personnel.

b) "MAJOR" - indicating a serious fault or trouble demanding immediate

action and which can lead to critical fault if kept unattended for long

time.

c) "MINOR" - indicating fault or trouble not requiring immediate action.

6.2.13.8 Network Management facilities

The system should provide with means of management on the information

service system for operation and maintenance. There shall be at least two

terminals for operation, maintenance & administrative purposes. With

these terminals the user should be able to query the running status,

configuration, performance of the system, alarms and interface

connections. Besides, the Gateway should be connected to the Network

Management Centre (NMC) of BTRC.

The interface to the NMS will be based on GUI (Graphical User Interface) or

MML (Man-Machine Language). Disagreement to the requirements will be


6.2.13.9 Password Protection

The main features and data of the software shall be protected by multi-level

password control. Modification of the Office data shall also be protected by

passwords. The system password will not be erased or corrupted during

system re-initialization and/ or OMM switchover or for any other reasons.


6.2.13.10 CDR

The Gateway must have the hardware to store CDR for every

incoming/outgoing SMS to any destination for billing purpose. This CDR

would be stored on the system storage for at least 15 days. After the specific

period the CDRs would be removed from the system storage automatically

or manually.

The Billing Server (not under this purchase) will pull the CDR periodically

over FE/GE or any other standard interface. The bidder shall calculate the

storage capacity according to 1000 SMS/Second and recordable duration

shall be 60 days. So, for these 60 days all data must be available in the CDR


STNP_ICX 291

storage. Absence of such features will be considered as “Material

Deviation”.

6.2.13.11 Expansion of Capacity

Initial processing capacity of the proposed system will be 1000 SMS per

second. The bidder in its bid shall also quote price for an additional

processing capacity of 200 SMS per second. This price should include all

necessary costs for hardware, software or up-gradation of software, license,

installation and services. Failure to quote such price will be considered

as ―Material Deviation.



STNP_ICX 292

CHAPTER 6.2.14

CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION OF BIDS

(EVALUATION OF SUBSTANTIAL RESPONSIVENESS)

6.2.14 This Sub-Section will be used for evaluation in addition to the other

evaluation criterion stated in ITT and TDS of this Tender Document.

6.2.14.1 Notwithstanding whatever is stated in other clauses of the tender

documents, the criteria for evaluation of substantial responsiveness of the

received bids of this tender shall be according to clauses described in this

sub-section of the tender document. If any bidder refuses to agree to any

clauses of this sub-section, his/her bid shall automatically be considered as

“Non-Responsive”.

6.2.14.2 During evaluation, BTCL shall consider bidders’ compliances to various

clauses and sub-clauses of this tender; but shall have the authority to

conclude its own decision about such compliances. For evaluation purpose,

some deviations have been incorporated with respect to ITT clause 49.7

and 49.8. The deviations are as follows:

I) Material Deviation (MD)

ii) Critical Deviation (CD)

iii) Major Deviation (MJD)

iv) Reservation (R)

Different clauses of Section 6 (Employers Requirement) have been marked

with different deviations as per requirement and importance. These

deviations have different penalty points for the evaluation of the tender(s).

Any deviation/disagreement of these clauses by the tenderer, the specified

deviation (MD/CD/MJD/R) shall be applied and counted with the penalty

points of that deviation. Any deviation once counted for the item will not be

counted further though the same item may appear in several clauses of this

tender document.

6.2.14.3 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the

tender clauses or sub-clauses, its' compliance to that clause/sub-clause (as

applicable) shall be treated as a “Deviation” to that particular clause/sub-

clause.

6.2.14.4 If the bidder puts any condition to his compliance to any of the tender

clauses and/ or sub-clauses, its' compliance shall be treated as a

“Deviation” to that particular clause and/ or sub-clause.


STNP_ICX 293

6.2.14.5 BTCL shall also consider the contents of various attached documents. If any

content of the attached documents contradicts the compliance statement

of the bidder to any of the clauses and/ or sub-clauses, the bid shall be

treated as a “Deviation” to that particular clause and/ or sub-clause. In all

of such cases, BTCL’s decision shall be final.

6.2.14.6 If, in answer to any query by BTCL, the bidder provides any or many

clarifications to its bid, BTCL shall consider those clarifications. However,

if such clarifications contradict the relevant statements given in his original

offer, the clarification(s) shall be disregarded.

6.2.14.7 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “Reservation” of

the bid:

6.2.14.7.1 Any deviation, which has already been termed as “Reservation” in this

tender document.

6.2.14.7.2 The non-compliant of any clause/sub clause of this tender document

having no weight as reservation or major deviation or critical deviation

or material deviation shall be considered as “Reservation”.

6.2.14.7.3 Every item of “Reservation” shall earn a score of 1(one) “Penalty Point”.

6.2.14.8.1 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “Major Deviation”

of the bid:

6.2.14.8.2 Any deviation which has already been termed as “Major Deviation” in this

tender document.

6.2.14.8.2 If the bid BoQ has any shortage of quantity in any of the required hardware

and/or software (for each of such short-quoted item) unless otherwise

specified in the tender.

6.2.14.8.3 Any item of “Major Deviation” shall earn a score of 5 (five) “Penalty

Points”.

6.2.14.9 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “Critical Deviation”

of the bid:

6.2.14.9.1 Any deviation which has already been termed as “Critical Deviation” in

this tender document.

6.2.14.9.2 If the Bidder has changed either the language or format of any of the

different forms attached with this document.

6.2.14.9.3 Any item of “Critical Deviation” shall earn a score of 20 (Twenty)

“Penalty Points”.


STNP_ICX 294

6.2.14.10 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “Material

Deviation” of the bid:

6.2.14.10.1 Any deviation which has already been termed as “Material Deviation” in

this tender document.

6.2.14.10.2 If the bidder refuses to provide answers to any requested clarification(s)

shall be treated as a “Material Deviation”.

6.2.14.10.3 If any Certificate or any other document attached as part of the bid is found

to be false or unauthentic, it shall be treated as a “Material Deviation”.

6.2.14.10.4 The items and quantities are clearly specified in different forms. If any

bidder fails to quote any items completely, it will be considered as

“Material Deviation”.

6.2.14.10.5 Any item of “Material Deviation” shall earn a score of 40 (Forty) “Penalty

Points”.

6.2.14.11 The penalty points earned by each bid shall be added to get total penalty

points. The bid of any bidder which has earned more than or equal to 80

(Eighty) Penalty Points in total shall be treated as “Non-Responsive”.

6.2.14.12 BTCL’s decision to treat any bid as “Non-Responsive” shall be final.

6.2.14.13 The bid(s) treated as “Non-Responsive” shall not be considered for

further evaluation.

6.2.14.14 A bid, not treated by BTCL as “Non-Responsive”, shall automatically be

considered as “Responsive”.

6.2.14.15 If the tenderer quoted different prices for the same products or services in

different sections of the tender document, in such cases, the lowest quoted

prices of those shall be taken into account for evaluation and subsequent

contract agreement (if the tenderer is awarded the contract).

6.2.14.16 The maximum percentage by which quantities per item may be increased

or decreased by BTCL during contract is 30%



STNP_ICX 295

6.3 Form of Completion Certificate


Pursuant to GCC Clause 39 (Completion of the Facilities) of the General Conditions of the Contract entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated [insert date], for the supply and installation of plant and Services for [name of contract], we hereby notify you that the following part(s) of the Facilities was (were) complete on the date specified below, and that, in accordance with the terms of the Contract, the Employer hereby takes over the said part(s) of the Facilities, together with the responsibility for care and custody and the risk of loss thereof on the date mentioned below.

1. Description of the Facilities or part thereof: ______________________________ 2. Date of Completion: __________________

However, you are required to complete the outstanding items listed in the attachment hereto as soon as practicable. This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defect Liability Period. Very truly yours,

for and on behalf of the Employer

[ Signature ] [ Title of the Project Manager ]


STNP_ICX 296

6.4 Form of Operational Acceptance Certificate


Pursuant to GCC Clause 40.3 (Operational Acceptance) of the General Conditions of the Contract entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated [insert date], for the supply and installation of plant and Services for [name of contract], we hereby notify you that the Functional Guarantees of the following part(s) of the Facilities were satisfactorily attained on the date specified below.

1. Description of the Facilities or part thereof: _______________________________ 2. Date of Operational Acceptance: _______________________

This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defect Liability Period. Very truly yours, for and on behalf of the Employer

[ Signature ] [ Title of the Project Manager ]


STNP_ICX 297

6.5 Form of Change Order Procedure and Forms


CONTENTS 1. General 2. Change Order Log 3. References for Changes ANNEXES Annex 1 Request for Change Proposal Annex 2 Estimate for Change Proposal Annex 3 Acceptance of Estimate Annex 4 Change Proposal Annex 5 Change Order Annex 6 Pending Agreement Change Order Annex 7 Application for Change Proposal Annex 8 Capacity Requirements of IP based ICX platform Annex 9 Capacity Requirements of each Gateway Router Annex 10 Capacity Requirements of each LAN/Level-3 Switch Annex 11 Capacity Requirements of Each Firewall Annex 12 Capacity Requirements of each SBC Annex 13 Capacity requirements of MSPP Annex 14 Format for Maintenance Support during Warranty Period Annex 15 Format for Post Warranty Maintenance Support Annex 16 Bond for Spares Annex 17 Bond for Expansion Guarantee Annex 18 List of Deviations


STNP_ICX 298

Change Order Procedure 1. General

This section provides samples of procedures and forms for implementing changes in the Facilities during the performance of the Contract in accordance with GCC Clause 64 (Change in the Facilities) of the General Conditions.

2. Change Order Log The Contractor shall keep an up-to-date Change Order Log to show the current status of Requests for Change and Changes authorized or pending, as Annex 8. Entries of the Changes in the Change Order Log shall be made to ensure that the log is up-to-date. The Contractor shall attach a copy of the current Change Order Log in the monthly progress report to be submitted to the Employer.

3. References for Changes (1) Request for Change as referred to in GCC Clause64 shall be serially numbered

CR-X-nnn. (2) Estimate for Change Proposal as referred to in GCC Clause 64 shall be serially

numbered CN-X-nnn. (3) Acceptance of Estimate as referred to in GCC Clause 64 shall be serially numbered

CA-X-nnn. (4) Change Proposal as referred to in GCC Clause 64 shall be serially numbered CP-

X-nnn. (5) Change Order as referred to in GCC Clause 64 shall be serially numbered CO-X-

nnn. Note: (a) Requests for Change issued from the Employer’s Home Office and the Site

representatives of the Employer shall have the following respective references:

Home Office CR-H-nnn Site CR-S-nnn

(b) The above number “nnn” is the same for Request for Change, Estimate for

Change Proposal, Acceptance of Estimate, Change Proposal and Change Order.


STNP_ICX 299

Annex 1. Request for Change Proposal

(Employer’s Letterhead) To: Date: Attention: Contract Name: Contract Number: With reference to the captioned Contract, you are requested to prepare and submit a Change Proposal for the Change noted below in accordance with the following instructions within _______________ days of the date of this letter ____________________. 1. Title of Change: ________________________ 2. Change Request No. __________________ 3. Originator of Change: Employer: _______________________________

Contractor (by Application for Change Proposal No. _______16: 4. Brief Description of Change:

_________________________________________________ 5. Facilities and/or Item No. of equipment related to the requested Change:

_____________ 6. Reference drawings and/or technical documents for the request of Change:

Drawing No./Document No. Description 7. Detailed conditions or special requirements on the requested Change:

________________ 8. General Terms and Conditions:

(a) Please submit your estimate to us showing what effect the requested Change will

have on the Contract Price. (b) Your estimate shall include your claim for the additional time, if any, for completion

of the requested Change. (c) If you have any opinion negative to the adoption of the requested Change in

connection with the conformability to the other provisions of the Contract or the safety of the Plant or Facilities, please inform us of your opinion in your proposal of revised provisions.

(d) Any increase or decrease in the work of the Contractor relating to the services of

its personnel shall be calculated. (e) You shall not proceed with the execution of the work for the requested Change until

we have accepted and confirmed the amount and nature in writing.


STNP_ICX 300

Signature: [insert signature of authorised representative of the Employer]


Title of the Signatory: [insert title of the Signatory]

Name of the Employer: [insert name of the Employer]


STNP_ICX 301

Annex 2. Estimate for Change Proposal

(Contractor’s Letterhead) To: Date: Attention: Contract Name: Contract Number: With reference to your Request for Change Proposal, we are pleased to notify you of the approximate cost of preparing the below-referenced Change Proposal in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause64.2.1 of the General Conditions. We acknowledge that your agreement to the cost of preparing the Change Proposal, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause64.2.2, is required before estimating the cost for change work. 1. Title of Change: ________________________ 2. Change Request No./Rev.: ____________________________ 3. Brief Description of Change: __________________________ 4. Scheduled Impact of Change: ___________________________ 5. Cost for Preparation of Change Proposal: _______________17

(a) Engineering (Amount)

(i) Engineer hrs x rate/hr = (ii) Draftsperson hrs x rate/hr =

Sub-total hrs Total Engineering Cost

(b) Other Cost

Total Cost (a) + (b)





17 Costs shall be in the currencies of the Contract.


STNP_ICX 302

Annex 3. Acceptance of Estimate

(Employer’s Letterhead) To: Date: Attention: Contract Name: Contract Number:

We hereby accept your Estimate for Change Proposal and agree that you should proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal. 1. Title of Change: ___________________________ 2. Change Request No./Rev.: _______________________________ 3. Estimate for Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________ 4. Acceptance of Estimate No./Rev.: _______________________________ 5. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________ 6. Other Terms and Conditions: In the event that we decide not to order the Change

accepted, you shall be entitled to compensation for the cost of preparation of Change Proposal described in your Estimate for Change Proposal mentioned in para. 3 above in accordance with GCC Clause64 of the General Conditions.






STNP_ICX 303

Annex 4. Change Proposal

(Contractor’s Letterhead) To: Date: Attention: Contract Name: Contract Number: In response to your Request for Change Proposal No. _______________________________, we hereby submit our proposal as follows: 1. Title of Change: _______________________________ 2. Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________ 3. Originator of Change: Employer: [_______________________________

Contractor: _______________________________ 4. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________ 5. Reasons for Change: _______________________________ 6. Facilities and/or Item No. of Equipment related to the requested Change:

_______________________________ 7. Reference drawings and/or technical documents for the requested Change:

Drawing/Document No. Description

8. Estimate of increase/decrease to the Contract Price resulting from Change Proposal:18 (Amount)

(a) Direct material (b) Major construction equipment (c) Direct field labor (Total hrs) (d) Subcontracts (e) Indirect material and labor (f) Site supervision (g) Head office technical staff salaries

Process engineer hrs @ rate/hr

18 Costs shall be in the currencies of the Contract.


STNP_ICX 304

Project engineer hrs @ rate/hr Equipment engineer hrs @ rate/hr Procurement hrs @ rate/hr Draftsperson hrs @ rate/hr Total hrs

(h) Extraordinary costs (computer, travel, etc.) (i) Fee for general administration, % of Items (j) Taxes and customs duties Total lump sum cost of Change Proposal (Sum of items (a) to (j)) Cost to prepare Estimate for Change Proposal (Amount payable if Change is not accepted)

9. Additional time for Completion required due to Change Proposal 10. Effect on the Functional Guarantees 11. Effect on the other terms and conditions of the Contract 12. Validity of this Proposal: within [Number] days after receipt of this Proposal by the

Employer 13. Other terms and conditions of this Change Proposal:

(a) You are requested to notify us of your acceptance, comments or rejection of this detailed Change Proposal within ______________ days from your receipt of this Proposal.

(b) The amount of any increase and/or decrease shall be taken into account in the

adjustment of the Contract Price. (c) Contractor’s cost for preparation of this Change Proposal:2

Signature: [insert signature of authorised representative of the Contractor]



Name of the Contractor: [insert name of the Contractor]

2 Specify where necessary.


STNP_ICX 305

Annex 5. Change Order

(Employer’s Letterhead) To: Date: Attention: Contract Name: Contract Number: We approve the Change Order for the work specified in the Change Proposal (No. _______), and agree to adjust the Contract Price, Time for Completion and/or other conditions of the Contract in accordance with GCC Clause64 of the General Conditions. 1. Title of Change: _______________________________ 2. Change Request No./Rev.: _______________________________ 3. Change Order No./Rev.: _______________________________ 4. Originator of Change: Employer: _______________________________

Contractor: _______________________________ 5. Authorized Price:

Ref. No.: _______________________________ Date: __________________________ Foreign currency portion __________ plus Local currency portion __________

6. Adjustment of Time for Completion

None Increase _________ days Decrease _________ days

7. Other effects, if any Authorized by: Date:

(Employer) Accepted by: Date: (Contractor)


STNP_ICX 306

Annex 6. Pending Agreement Change Order

(Employer’s Letterhead) To: Date: Attention: Contract Name: Contract Number: We instruct you to carry out the work in the Change Order detailed below in accordance with GCC Clause64 of the General Conditions. 1. Title of Change: _______________________________ 2. Employer’s Request for Change Proposal No./Rev.:

_______________________________ dated: __________ 3. Contractor’s Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________ dated:

__________ 4. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________ 5. Facilities and/or Item No. of equipment related to the requested Change:

_______________________________ 6. Reference Drawings and/or technical documents for the requested Change:

Drawing/Document No. Description 7. Adjustment of Time for Completion: 8. Other change in the Contract terms: 9. Other terms and conditions:






STNP_ICX 307

Annex 7. Application for Change Proposal (Contractor’s Letterhead) To: Date: Attention: Contract Name: Contract Number: We hereby propose that the below-mentioned work be treated as a Change in the Facilities. 1. Title of Change: _______________________________ 2. Application for Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________

dated: _______________________________

3. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________ 4. Reasons for Change: 5. Order of Magnitude Estimation (in the currencies of the Contract): 6. Scheduled Impact of Change: 7. Effect on Functional Guarantees, if any: 8. Appendix:

Signature: [insert signature of authorised representative of the Contractor]



Name of the Contractor: [insert name of the Contractor]

Signature

Seal


STNP_ICX 308

Annex 8

Capacity Requirements of IP based ICX platform

Sl No

Name of the Station

Minimum Capacity Minimum

BHCA

Concurrent Sessions

/Call Total TDM SIP

capacity GE Port

1 Mohakhali* 1,10,000 0 1,10,000 10 2640000 44,000

2 Sher-E-Bangla Nagar* 1,10,000 0 1,10,000 10 2640000 44,000

3 Chattogram 80,000 0 80,000 8 1920000 32,000

4 Khulna 65,000 0 65,000 8 1560000 26,000

5 Bogura 43,000 0 43,000 8 1032000 17,200

6 Sylhet 40,000 0 40,000 8 960000 16,000

*Mohakhali and Sher-E-Bangla Nagar (SBN) shall work with load share basis.

Different licenses requirement for each node/station shall have the capability to be used

interchangeably.


STNP_ICX 309

Annex 9

Capacity Requirements of each Router

Sl. Items Unit Quantity Bidder's Offer

1 Total Number of Router Required Each 06

Processing Capabilities

1 Switching Backplane Gbps 320

2 Packet Switching and Forwarding

Performance

Mbps 150

3 Flash Memory MB 512

4 RAM MB 2000

Interface capabilities

1 10GE Optical Interface with SFP Port 8 1+1 redundant mode

2 1 GE Optical Interface with SFP Port 8 1+1 redundant mode

3 STM-1 trunk interface with SFP Port 4 1+1 redundant mode


STNP_ICX 310

Annex 10

Capacity Requirements of each LAN & Layer-3 Switch

Serial Description of items Unit Quantity Configuration

1 Total number of LAN switch required Each 02*

2 Total number of Type A Layer 3 (L3)

switch required

Each 02

3 Total number of Type B Layer 3 (L3)

switch required

Each 04

Common Criterion for LAN Switch & Layer 3 (L3) Switch

1 Chassis Set 1

2 Control and Switch Module (Total) Piece 2 1+1 redundant mode

3 DC power supply (Total) Piece 2 1+1 redundant mode

4 System Software Set 1

Port Capacity for LAN Switch

1 GE Optical Interface with SFP Port 12 1+1 redundant mode

2 10/100/1000TX Interface Port 12 1+1 redundant mode

Port Capacity for Type A Layer 3 Switch (Mohakhali & SBN)



3 FE Optical Interface with SFP Port 28 1+1 redundant mode

Port Capacity for Type B Layer 3 Switch (Chattogram, Bogura, Khulna & Sylhet)



3 FE Optical Interface with SFP Port 14 1+1 redundant mode

*Besides this, the bidder will offer the number of LAN switch required for implementing

the drawing and design described in this specification.

There shall be sufficient slots free for future expansion.


STNP_ICX 311

Annex 11

Capacity Requirements of Each Firewall

Sl. Items Unit Required Configuration

1 Total number of Firewall required Each 02

Processing Capabilities

1 Minimum Cleartext throughput Gbps 3

2 Minimum Concurrent connections

/Sessions

Nos 750,000

3 Minimum system performance with

128/256 -bit IPSec encryption

Mbps 500

4 Minimum Tunnels Nos 3000

5 Minimum Optical FE port with SFP Nos 8 1+1 redundant mode

6 Minimum Optical GE port with SFP Nos 8 1+1 redundant mode

Besides this capacity requirement, the bidder will offer the number of different port

required for implementing the drawing and design described in this specification.


STNP_ICX 312

Annex 12

Capacity Requirements of SBC

Sl. Items Unit Required Bidder's

Offer

1 Total number of SBC required Each 06

2 Minimum Concurrent Session Number 440001

440002

320003

260004

172005

160006

3 Total Basic Session Traffic K (BHSA) Number 1800

4 Average bandwidth per session (Kbps/session) Number 200*

5 Maximum Number of VRF instances supported Number 4095

6 Maximum Number of access-side IP address Number 6000

1 Mohakhali

2 SBN

3 Chattogram

4 Khulna

5 Bogura

6 Sylhet

*The bidder shall specify the different bandwidth required for different codec in SBC or

equivalent equipment.

Different licenses requirement for each SBC shall have the capability to be used

interchangeably.


STNP_ICX 313

Annex 13

Capacity requirements of MSPP (Optional)

Site

DWDM Line

Port/ Card

DWDM Client Port/ Card

STM-64 Ports

STM-16 Ports

STM-1 Ports

FE Ports

1GE Ports

10GE Ports

Moghbazar 1 8 1 8 8 32 16 8 Mohakhali 1 8 1 8 8 32 16 8 SBN 1 8 1 8 8 32 16 8 Chittagong 1 8 1 8 8 16 8 8 Sylhet 1 8 1 8 8 16 8 8 Khulna 1 8 1 8 8 16 8 8 Bogura 1 8 1 8 8 16 8 8

Each STM-64 shall have 1+1 MSP protection.

Each 10GE and 1GE Card should be in 1+1 protection mode.

Each DWDM Line Card and Client Card should be in 1+1 protection mode.

However, depending of the price offered by the bidder, the purchaser may purchase any

combination of the above-mentioned card/ports or equipment.


STNP_ICX 314

Annex 14

Format for Maintenance Support during Warranty Period

The Contractor, at his own cost to be quoted during the bid offer, shall provide the

following maintenance supports during the whole Warranty Period of the Contract:

a) The supports shall start from the date of cut-over into commercial service of the

first equipment/system purchased under this contract.

b) The period of the service shall continue uninterrupted for 2 (Two) calendar years

from “the date of effect” of the last Operational Acceptance Test (OAT) Certificate of

the contract.

c) For providing this service, the contractor shall start an office in Dhaka, within 10 (ten)

days of putting the first equipment in to commercial service.

d) The office must be equipped with necessary logistics support.

e) The service shall cover full trouble-shooting and corrective maintenance support for

all equipment and sites covered by this purchase.

f) The manpower dedicated for this service only and shall not be part of any other

implementation, installation and commissioning team of the Contractor, but shall be

a completely separate team of people dedicated for this purpose only.

g) All personnel of that team must have proper training and must have prior experience

in Trouble-shooting, Operation and Maintenance of the relevant systems.

h) The typical type and experience, minimum number and the locations of the required

personnel shall be as follows:

i) 1 (one) expatriate Expert, having at least 3 (Three) years’ experiences in

providing O&M support to customers, to be stationed in Dhaka and to act as the

Chief of the Maintenance support team.

ii) 2 (two) expatriate/ local Engineers, 1 each for Hardware and Software, having at

least 3 (Three) years’ experiences in relevant equipment, to be stationed in Dhaka.

iii) All the personnel must speak fluent English or Bangla.

i) The Contractor shall submit the bio-data of the Engineers to BTCL at least 15 (fifteen)

days before intended start of the services and obtain necessary approval of personnel.

j) The contractor shall be responsible for all types of expenditure to be borne for this

manpower, including office, overhead, all modes of transportation etc. However, BTCL

will try to provide the relevant space.


STNP_ICX 315

k) The services to be provided (but not limited to) shall be:

I) Equipping and maintaining an updated inventory of spares and accessories in

Dhaka at a premise mutually agreed upon with BTCL. The inventory, at all time,

shall include at least 1 (one) unit of replace spares/ cards/ modules.

II) Replacement of faulty cards/modules/equipment/system within the specified

time period.

III) Regular and required replenishment & updating of the spare & accessories

inventory.

IV) Periodic and Regular checks on the performance of the systems to ensure that

they are running in good condition and are not susceptible to any major fault.

V) Transfer of technology to BTCL’s personnel to enable them to become self-

sufficient in fault finding and fault removal.

VI) Short on-the-job training to BTCL’s personnel as and where and when necessary.

VII) Trouble-shoot and debug any faults occurring in the equipment/ system

within the time-period specified in the contract.

VIII) Identify the faulty elements in installation of the system and take actions for

rectification.

IX) Assist BTCL’s personnel in subsequent re-installation, re-location of different

network elements and other minor works, whenever and wherever desired by

BTCL.

X) Accompany and assist BTCL’s personnel in network performance tests.

XI) Assist BTCL’s personnel in identifying the Key Performance Indicators of the

system and take corrective actions for network optimization.

XII) Help and advice BTCL personnel to properly maintain O&M & CDR data bases

and Management of CDRs

XIII) Regularly inform BTCL of all types of Software and Hardware upgrades of the

equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by BTCL.

XIV) Assist and train BTCL’s personnel in planning expansion activities.

XV) Guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major

design changes for at least 6 (Six) years from the issuance of Operational

Acceptance Test (OAC) Certificate.

XVI) Guarantee that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production,

the contractor will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions.


STNP_ICX 316

l) The format of the support services to be given by the contractor shall be as follows:

I) Chief of the Maintenance support team shall regularly visit the relevant system

sites and carry out regular health-checks of the systems.

II) On occurrence and/ or detection of any fault to any or many systems/equipment

supplied to BTCL’s network, under the contract the representative(s) of the first

party shall inform the representative(s) of the second party, over telephone, of

such fault.

III) All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such

reports.

IV) The personnel of the second party, on being informed by the first party, will

attend to any fault of any or many equipment at any or many sites. Normally, the

second party will send its technical personnel to site within 02 (two) hours after

reporting of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or on weekly holidays,

the response time can be extended up to 04 (four) hours. On abnormal cases and

for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period

shall be 12 (twelve) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party.

V) The procedures for removal of faults shall be as follows:

a) If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the

relevant equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 12 (twelve)

hours from the time of reporting of the fault.

b) If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the

second party shall change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away

the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 4

(four) hours from the reporting of the fault.

VI) For any delay beyond 12 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose

financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the

first party.

a) If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right

to terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the second party as

per discretion of the first party.

b) The second party shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs

for spares & accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics.

However, BTCL may offer spaces to house the relevant inventory & personnel.

c) The second party shall provide its personnel with mobile telephone facilities.


STNP_ICX 317

Annex 15

Format for Post Warranty Maintenance Support

The Contractor, at his own cost to be quoted during the bid offer, shall provide the

following maintenance supports after expiry of the warranty period by the contract:

a) The details of the support services shall be agreed upon between the contractor and

BTCL before expiry of the warranty period of the contract.

b) The duration of the post warranty maintenance support will be for 2 (Two) years.

c) The unit prices and other terms and conditions of the services shall remain unchanged

during two years post warranty period. For subsequent terms such prices and terms

may be fixed on mutual consent between the contractor and BTCL.

d) This support service shall start after the completion of warranty period by the

contract.

e) For providing this service, the contractor shall dedicate a liaison personnel and an

office in Dhaka, at least 15 (fifteen) days before expiry of the Warranty Period of the

contract.

f) The liaison office and personnel must have mobile telephone number(s). The liaison

personnel must have at least 3 (Three) years’ experiences in O&M of similar systems

and fluent in English and/ or Bangla.

g) The service shall cover full on-demand trouble-shooting, debugging and other

corrective maintenance support for all equipment and sites covered by this purchase.

h) The service shall include 24 hours per day x 7 days per week x 52 weeks per year

“Phone-in support desk” service to be located at place of contractor’s choice.

i) The service shall also include “on demand” and “as and when necessary” on-site

personnel support (local and/or expatriate, as the requirement may be) to provide

trouble-shooting, debugging and other corrective maintenance services.

j) All personnel of the phone-in support desk must have proper training and must have

prior experience in trouble-shooting, debugging, operation and maintenance of the

relevant systems.

k) The language of contact shall be either English and/ or Bangla.

l) The services to be provided shall also include (but not limited to):

I) Equipping and maintaining an inventory of emergency spares and accessories in

Dhaka at a premise mutually agreed upon with BTCL. The inventory, at all time,

shall include at least 1 (one) unit of replace spares/cards/modules.


STNP_ICX 318

II) Replacement of faulty cards/modules/equipment/system within the specified

time period.

III) Regular and required replenishment & updating of the spare & accessories

inventory.

IV) Transfer of technology to BTCL’s personnel to enable them to become self-

sufficient in fault finding and fault removal.

V) On-the-job training to BTCL’s personnel shall be provided, if it is required.

VI) Trouble-shoot and debug any faults occurring in the equipment/system within

the time-period specified in the contract.

VII) Assist BTCL’s personnel in subsequent re-installation, re-location of different

network elements and other minor works, whenever and wherever desired by

BTCL.

VIII) Regularly inform BTCL of all types of software and hardware upgrades of the

equipment/system and suggest actions to be taken by BTCL.

IX) Assist BTCL’s personnel in planning expansion activities.

X) Guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major

design changes for at least 6 (Six) years from the issuance of Operational

Acceptance Test (OAT) Certificate.

XI) Guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services

required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 6 (Six)

years from the issuance of Operational Acceptance Test Certificate (OAC).

XII) Guarantee that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production

(of spares and/ or equipment needed for expansion), the contractor will bear all

the costs related to provision of alternate solutions.

The format of the support services to be given by the contractor shall be as follows:

1) On occurrence of any fault to any or many systems/equipment supplied to BTCL’s

network under the contract, the representative(s) of the first party shall inform

the liaison office/ personnel of the second party, over telephone, of such fault.

2) All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports.

3) The personnel of the contractor, on being informed by BTCL, will log the problem/

fault with the “Phone-in Support Desk” service and inform the concerned

personnel of BTCL of the relevant registration details. However, the support desk

shall be advised to also log fault report(s) informed directly by the concerned

personnel of BTCL.


STNP_ICX 319

4) If the relevant fault cannot be removed by assistance from the phone-in desk, the

first party will inform the liaison personnel over telephone of such non-removal

of fault. In such cases, the second party shall arrange to attend to the fault by

sending its technical personnel to site within 02 (two) hours after reporting of the

non-removal of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 hours or during weekly

holidays, the response time can be extended up to 04 (four) hours. On abnormal

cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time

period shall be 12 (twelve) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party.

5) If the fault cannot be removed by the assistance of contractor’s local office, the

contractor shall arrange necessary expatriate personnel within the time period

specified in the contract.

6) If the fault removal involves changing of spares/ cards/ modules, such changes

will be made from the local inventory within 4 (four) hours of detection of such

requirement.

7) The procedures for removal of faults shall be as follows:

i) If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the

relevant equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 12 (twelve)

hours from the time of reporting of the fault.

ii) If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the

second party shall arrange to change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and

take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done

within 4 (four) hours from the reporting of the fault.

iii) If the removal of fault involves assistance of expatriate personnel, such

personnel shall be made available within 7 (seven) days of detection of such

requirement.

iv) If the removal of fault involves import of any additional spares/ cards/

modules, the contractor shall conclude all requirements at its own costs and

make the relevant item(s) available in site within 15 (fifteen) days of detection

of such requirement.

8) For cases where removal of fault involves phone-in and/ or local efforts only, for

any delay in beyond 12 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose

financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the

first party.

9) For cases where removal of fault involves expatriate personnel, for any delay in

beyond 15 days, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty

on the contractor. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of BTCL.


STNP_ICX 320

10) If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to

terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the contractor as per

discretion of BTCL.

11) The contractor shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for

spares & accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics.

However, BTCL may offer spaces to house the relevant inventories.


STNP_ICX 321

Annex 16

Bond for Spares

Whereas, we, ………………………………………………………………………….., are submitting our bid for Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of NFV Enabled IP Based ICX in BTCL on Turn-Key Basis” and whereas we understand that as per relevant clause of the said tender document BTCL is in need of 2 (two) year spares for warranty Period to be quoted in main offer, we enclose a list of such spares with our bid offer. As per tender condition, if our offer is accepted, we hereby submit our guarantee that the supplied spares will be sufficient to run the system for initial 2(two) year of the warranty period. We also guarantee that the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design change for at least 06 (six) years after the expiry of warranty period and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will arrange alternate solution with same price of original solution. Signature and seal Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 2021 ______. Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________


STNP_ICX 322

Annex 17

Bond for Expansion Guarantee Whereas, we, ...................................., are submitting our bid for Supply, Installation, Testing

and Commissioning of NFV Enabled IP Based ICX in BTCL on Turn-Key Basis” and

whereas we understand that as per tender condition, if our offer is accepted, we hereby

submit our guarantee for the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services

required for any subsequent expansion of its offered equipment for at least 06 (six) years

after the expiry of warranty of the system. If there is any major design change or stoppage

of production, we will arrange alternate solution with same price of original solution.

.

Signature and seal Dated Day of 2021 Duly authorised to sign for and on behalf of


STNP_ICX 323

Annex 18 List of Deviations

(A) List of Material Deviations

Sl No.

Article Number Subject

1 6.1.2.1.4 Mandatory works

2 6.1.2.1.6 Spare parts

3 6.1.2.7 Electrical Grounding

4 6.1.2.13 Tools and Testers and other Equipment

5 6.1.2.15.1 (b) (c ) Maintenance Support

6 6.1.2.15.2 (c ) (d) Post Warranty Maintenance Support

7 6.1.2.16 Maintenance Spares Price List

8 6.1.2.17 Spare parts and consumables to be used during warranty as well as post warranty period

9 6.1.2.18 Spare Parts guarantee

10 6.1.2.19 Expansion guarantee

11 6.1.2.30 Cut-Over Service

12 6.1.2.32 Additional Equipment needed for Turn-Key Completion

13 6.2.2.1.1 NFV Requirement

14 6.2.2.1.2.2 Openness

15 6.2.2.1.5 Fault Monitoring and Troubleshooting

16 6.2.2.1.7 VNF Manager (VNFM)

17 6.2.2.1.8.9 Reliability and Redundancy

18 6.2.3.6 Guarantee of Software

19 6.2.3.7 License of Software

20 6.2.3.8 Languare of Software

21 6.2.3.11 Guarantee for up-gradation of Software Version

22 6.2.4.2.1 (a) Design Criteria

23 6.2.4.2.1 (b) Design Criteria

24 6.2.4.3.1 Media Transcoding

25 6.2.4.3.1 Call Admission Control

26 6.2.4.4.3 Network Time Protocol

27 6.2.4.5 BHCA Capacity

28 6.2.4.8 Security Requirements

29 6.2.6.1 Gateway Router

30 6.2.6.1.4 Protocols

31 6.2.6.1.9.4 Hardware configuration and Performance Requirement

32 6.2.6.2 LAN Switches

33 6.2.6.3.1 Firewall

34 6.2.6.4.9 Session Border Controller (SBC)

35 6.2.6.4.11 Session Border Controller (SBC)

36 6.2.6.5 Intrusion Detection System (IDS)

37 6.2.7.2.1 Call Detailed Recording (CDR) facility in Circuit


STNP_ICX 324







44 6.2.8.1 Translation Function

45 6.2.8.1.2 Traffic Routing Functions

46 6.2.8.2.1 Wrong Number Processing

47 6.2.8.2.8 Switching System Supervision

48 6.2.8.3 Fault Diagnosis Protocol

49 6.2.9.1 Traffic Load Observation

50 6.2.9.9 Requirements of Call Monitoring System

51 6.2.10.2.1.1 Server System

52 6.2.10.2.1.14 Inverters

53 6.2.10.2.2.1 Software Capability

54 6.2.10.2.2.2 Password Protection

55 6.2.10.2.2.3 Immunity against propagated faults

56 6.2.10.2.2.5 System and Alarm Messages

57 6.2.10.2.2.6 Real time Bandwidth utilization

58 6.2.10.3.6 Lawful Interception

59 6.2.10.5 Management & Orchestration Requirement

60 6.2.11.2 Battery

61 6.2.11.3 Rectifier

62 6.2.11.4 Inverter

63 6.2.12.1.4.2 Switching Capacity and Protection

64 6.2.12.1.5.5 Minimum capacity

65 6.2.12.1.6 Layer-2 Switching Functionality

66 6.2.12.1.14.1 Present Interface and Other Requirement of MSPP

67 6.2.12.1.23.4 EMS/NMS Software

68 6.2.12.1.30 Input Voltage FOR MSPP Equipment

69 6.2.13.3 Interfaces

70 6.2.13.4 Network Connectivity

71 6.2.13.5 Software Capability

72 6.2.13.6.1 Redundancy & Protection against failure

73 6.2.13.8 Network Management facilities

74 6.2.13.9 Password Protection

75 6.2.13.10 CDR

76 6.2.13.11 Expansion of Capacity


STNP_ICX 325

(B) List of Critical Deviations

Sl No. Article Number Subject 1 6.1.2.8 Lightning and Surge Protection Facility 2 6.1.2.9 Fire detection and Suppression Facility 3 6.1.2.20 Training Course 4 6.1.2.26 Documentation 5 6.1.2.30 Cut-Over Service 6 6.1.2.33 Assurance of operation of Equipment 7 6.2.2.1.3.11 Performance

8 6.2.2.1.4.6 Elasticity 9 6.2.2.1.6.6 Element Management System (EMS)

10 6.2.2.1.9.10 Security 11 6.2.3.4 Operating Voltage 12 6.2.4.3 Signaling Protocols 13 6.2.5.3 Synchronization with NTP Server 14 6.2.5.4 Hardware Features 15 6.2.5.5 Operational Features 16 6.2.5.7 Security Features 17 6.2.6.1.3 General IP Features 18 6.2.6.1.5 Routing 19 6.2.6.1.6 MPLS/VPN Features 20 6.2.6.1.9 Security Features 21 6.2.6.1.10 Required Interface Capacities 22 6.2.6.4.1 Session Border Controller (SBC) 23 6.2.7.2.4 Call Detailed Recording (CDR) facility in Circuit 24 6.2.7.2.8 Call Detailed Recording (CDR) facility in Circuit 25 6.2.7.2.10 Call Detailed Recording (CDR) facility in Circuit 26 6.2.7.5 Ability to Store Failed Calls CDR 27 6.2.7.6 Technical Specifications for External Storage Server 28 6.2.8.1.4 Proportionate Routing

29 6.2.8.6. Signaling Trace facility 30 6.2.8.7. Rejection of Outgoing Calls 31 6.2.9.1 Traffic Load Observation 32 6.2.10.2.1.2 Memory Devices 33 6.2.10.2.1.5 O&M and service terminals 34 6.2.10.2.2.4 Software Requirements of NMS 35 6.2.10.4.2 CDR Management 36 6.2.10.5.1 NFVO Features 37 6.2.10.5.2 G-VNFM Features 38 6.2.10.5.3 Capacity & Licensing 39 6.2.10.5.5 Fault Management 40 6.2.12.1.4.3 Switching Capacity and Protection 41 6.2.12.1.4.4 Traffic protection


STNP_ICX 326

42 6.2.12.1.10.10 Synchronization 43 6.2.12.1.16.2 Technical Requirement for Elements Management

System (EMS) 44 6.2.12.1.17.5 EMS Interfaces and Facilities 45 6.2.12.1.22.3 Configuration Management 46 6.2.12.1.26.3 Hardware and Software Maintenance 47 6.2.12.1.29 Optical Safety Requirements

(C) List of Major Deviations

Sl No Article Number

Subject

1 6.1.2.14 (a) (b) Station Furniture

2 6.2.2.1.10 Operation Support System

3 6.2.3.1.2 Climatic Condition

4 6.2.3.3 Physical Requirement

5 6.2.3.5 Guarantee for Hardware

6 6.2.3.12 Guarantee for up-gradation of Software Version

7 6.2.4.6 Voice Activity Detection

8 6.2.6.1.7 Essential Features to support QoS

9 6.2.6.1.8 Other High Availability Feature Support required from day One

10 6.2.6.2.3 VLAN Features



13 6.2.7.3 Content based routing and Charging

14 6.2.7.4 Interconnect Charging

15 6.2.8.1.3 Alternate Routing Functions

16 6.2.8.1.5 Rejection of Incoming Calls

17 6.2.8.1.7 Tones and Announcements

18 6.2.8.2.3 Trunk Barred Access

19 6.2.8.2.9 Fault Detection and Recognition

20 6.2.8.2.10 System Reconfiguration

21 6.2.8.2.11 Fault/Error Reporting

22 6.2.8.2.12 Trunk Supervision

23 6.2.8.2. 13 Traffic Supervision and Control

24 6.2.8.3 Fault Diagnosis Protocol

25 6.2.8.4 System Restart

26 6.2.8.5.2 Trunk Circuit Testing

27 6.2.9.2 Real Time Sample Observation of Calls in Circuit Group IP Based ICX

28 6.2.9.3 Observation of Calls Transferred to any device

29 6.2.9.5 Real Time Observation of Signaling during call setup

30 6.2.9.6 Measurement of Traffic Volume in Erlang


STNP_ICX 327

31 6.2.9.7 Measurement of Traffic Volume in Packets

32 6.2.9.8 Measurement of Bandwidth Utilization

33 6.2.10.2.1.3 Server and Operator Terminals

34 6.2.10.2.1.4 Server and Operator Terminals

35 6.2.10.2.1.7 Tables and Chairs for Consoles and Terminals

36 6.2.10.2.1.8 Wide Screen Display (Panel) for NMS

37 6.2.10.2.1.9 Laser Printer

38 6.2.10.2.1.10 Scanner

39 6.2.10.2.3.8 Security Management

40 6.2.10.5.4.1 Expandability

41 6.2.10.5.6 Performance Management

42 6.2.10.5.7 Scalability and Availability

43 6.2.11.1 Power plant and air-conditioning equipment

44 6.2.12.1.5.4 Ethernet interfaces

45 6.2.12.1.10.10 Loss of Synchronization

46 6.2.12.1.11.5 Timing Interface

47 6.2.12.1.12.2 Alarms

48 6.2.12.1.18.2 Data Security

49 6.2.12.1.19.4 Data Security

50 6.2.12.1.20.3 Data Logging

51 6.2.12.1.21 Data Analysis Report

52 6.2.12.1.24.4 Specific Management Requirements

53 6.2.12.1.25 EMS Installation and Commissioning

54 6.2.12.2.8 Optical Distribution Frame (ODF)

55 6.2.13.6.2 Redundancy & Protection against failure


STNP_ICX 328

Section 7. Drawings


STNP_ICX 329

Figure 7.1: NFV Reference Architecture


STNP_ICX 330

Figure 7.2: Proposed BTCL NFV Enabled IP Based ICX

ANSs

SBC/iSBC/Cloud IP MGW

SBN Mohakhali

SBC/iSBC/Cloud

IP MGW

SBC/iSBC/Cloud IP MGW

SBC/iSBC/Cloud

IP MGW

SBC/iSBC/Cloud

IP MGW

SBC/iSBC/Cloud

IP MGW

ANSs ANSs ANSs

BTCL Transmission Network LEA/NTMC

Sylhet Bogura Khulna Chattogram

Router

Router Router

Router

Router Router

Firewall

LAN Switch

Local CDR Storage

O & M

L3 switch L3 switch L3 switch

ANSs

L3 switch

ANSs

L3 switch

L3 switch


STNP_ICX 331

Figure 7.3: Storage Diagram

BTCL ICX External Storage System

Storage

LAN Switch

Core Network

2 x 10G 10G

Server Rack

2 x 10G


STNP_ICX 332

Invitation for Tenders [This is the website format and as used for published advertisement.

It is included in this document for information only]

GOVERNMENT OF THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH 1 Ministry/Division < select > V 2 Agency < select > V 3 Purchaser Name

< type in name >

4 Purchaser Code Not used at present 5 Purchaser District < select > V 6 Invitation for <

select >

V < select >

V < select >

V

7 Invitation Ref No < type in name >

8 Date < select > V KEY INFORMATION 9 Procurement Method < select > V <

select >

V

FUNDING INFORMATION 10 Budget and Source of Funds < select > V 11 Development Partners (if

applicable) < type in name >

PARTICULAR INFORMATION 12 Project / Programme Code (if

applicable) < use MOF code >

13 Project / Programme Name (if applicable)

< use MOF name >

14 Tender Package No. < type in name > 15 Tender Package Name < type in name > Date 16 Tender Publication Date < select > V 17 Tender Last Selling Date < select > V Date Time 18 Tender Closing Date and Time < select > V < select > V 19 Tender Opening Date and Time < select > V < select > V 20 Name & Address of the office(s) Address - Selling Tender Document

(Principal) < type in name >

- Selling Tender Document (Others)

< type in name >

NO CONDITIONS APPLY FOR SALE, PURCHASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF TENDER DOCUMENTS

- Receiving Tender Document < type in name > - Opening Tender Document < type in name > 21 Place / Date / Time of < type in name > Pre-Tender Meeting (Optional) Date Time < select > V < select > V


STNP_ICX 333

INFORMATION FOR TENDERER 22 Eligibility of Tenderer < type in name > 23 Brief Description of Plant & Equipment < type in name > 24 Brief Description of Services < type in name >

25 Price of Tender Document (Tk.) < type in price >

Lot No

Identification of Lot Location Tender Security Amount (Tk.)

Completion Time in Weeks / Months

26 1 < type in name > < type in name >

<type in> <type in>

Purchaser DETAILS 30 Name of Official Inviting Tender < type in name > 31 Designation of Official Inviting Tender < type in name > 32 Address of Official Inviting Tender < type in name > 33 Contact details of Official Inviting

Tender < Tel. No.>

<Fax No.>

<e-mail>

34 The Purchaser reserves the right to reject all tenders or annul the Tender proceedings

<select> : these fields are “pop-up” fields and the Purchaser will only have to select the correct name, address or date in order to complete the form. <type in name> : these fields are to be completed by typing in the relevant data.


STNP_ICX 334

Invitation for Tenders [for use when there are MULTIPLE lots in a package

This is the website format and as used for published advertisement. It is included in this document for information only]

GOVERNMENT OF THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH 1 Ministry/Division < select > V 2 Agency < select > V 3 Purchaser Name < type in name > 4 Purchaser Code Not used at present 5 Purchaser District < select > V 6 Invitation for <

select >

V < select >

V < select >

V

7 Invitation Ref No < type in name > 8 Date < select > V KEY INFORMATION 9 Procurement Method < select > V <

select >

V

FUNDING INFORMATION 10 Budget and Source of Funds < select > V 11 Development Partners (if

applicable) < type in name >

PARTICULAR INFORMATION 12 Project / Programme Code (if

applicable) < use MOF code >

13 Project / Programme Name (if applicable)

< use MOF name >

14 Tender Package No. < type in name > 15 Tender Package Name < type in name > Date 16 Tender Publication Date < select > V 17 Tender Last Selling Date < select > V Date Time 18 Tender Closing Date and Time < select > V < select > V 19 Tender Opening Date and Time < select > V < select > V 20 Name & Address of the office(s) Address - Selling Tender Document

(Principal) < type in name >

- Selling Tender Document (Others)

< type in name >

NO CONDITIONS APPLY FOR SALE, PURCHASE OR DISTRIBUTION OF TENDER DOCUMENTS - Receiving Tender Document < type in name > - Opening Tender Document < type in name > 21 Place / Date / Time of < type in name > Pre-Tender Meeting (Optional) Date Time < select > V < select > V INFORMATION FOR TENDERER


STNP_ICX 335

22 Eligibility of Tenderer < type in name > 23 Brief Description of Plant & Equipment < type in name > 24 Brief Description of Services < type in name >

25 Price of Tender Document (Tk.) < type in price >

Lot No

Identification of Lot Location Tender Security Amount (Tk.)

Completion Time in Weeks / Months


<type in>

<type in>


<type in>

<type in>


<type in>

<type in>


<type in>

<type in>

30 Name of Official Inviting Tender < type in name > 31 Designation of Official Inviting Tender < type in name > 32 Address of Official Inviting Tender < type in name > 33 Contact details of Official Inviting

Tender < Tel. No. > < Fax No. > < e-

mail >

34 The Purchaser reserves the right to reject all tenders or annul the Tender proceedings

<select> : these fields are “pop-up” fields and the Purchaser will only have to select the correct name, address or date in order to complete the form. <type in name> : these fields are to be completed by typing in the relevant data.

Signature

Signature

Bangladesh Telecommunications Company Limited - BTCL

Documents

Transcript of Bangladesh Telecommunications Company Limited - BTCL